Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Pakistan: Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project
(Loan 2178 SF-PAK)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
132 KV Miranpur, 132 KV Kameer, 66-132 KV Alipur, 66132 KV Fatehpur and 66-132 KV Noorsar
Grid Stations & Associated Tra
nsmission Lines
Submitted to:
Asian Development Bank
May, 2009
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
i
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
TXL
Rupee, PKR
Asian Development Bank
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Project Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
transmission line
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
ii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
1.
INTRODUCTION
1.1
Overview
1. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessmentfor the Tranche 2 132 KV Miranpur, 132 KV
Kameer, 66-132 KV Alipur, 66-132 KV Fatehpur and 66-132 KV Noorsar Grid Stations & Associated
Transmission Lines substation and proposed by Multan Electric Power Company; MEPCO, Power
Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance Facility (PDEMFF)
under the Asian
Development Bank [ADB] subproject Power distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance
Facility [PDEMFF] Under the ADB Guidelines.
Sr.No
Subproject Name
District
Scope
1
Miranpur
Lodhran
New
132 KV Grid Station
2
Kameer
Sahiwal
New
132 KV Grid Station
3
Alipur
Muzaffargarh
Conversion
66 to 132 KV
4
Fatehpur
Layyah
Conversion
66 to 132 KV
5
Noorsar
Bahawalnagar
Conversion
66 to 132 KV
2. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate investments in
power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs)
that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in
stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program is part of the GoP
long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in
PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover
necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of eight
DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation
(replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement
distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such
as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution
lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the
later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and
institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for above mentioned
subprojects proposed by MEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO)
on behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as
the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own
area. PEPCO’s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of a
coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities;
that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all tranches of the
PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of
ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environmental
Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary.
4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to
their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable
impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects (Schedule II). Distribution lines
and substations are included under energy subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission /
distribution lines of 11kV and less and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by
GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for Grid
Station [DGS] substations (Schedule II).
iii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment
for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework of
Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared
by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to
the FEA submitted by MEPCO to the Pakistan EPA it has been clarified that all proponents must follow
section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also
assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their
advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order
that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for EIA or
EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant
environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.
1.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
6. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance
and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally envisaged
to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation pads and towers to support
the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by MEPCO and supervised by
the MEPCO management.
7. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted
preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis,
and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public
consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and
carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided
leadership and guidance in planning the field work and in finalization of the report. The environmental
team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed
power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with MEPCO by expert consultants of BPI
dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
8.
A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from
construction of the DGS was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures
were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
9. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in March 2009(1st March-5thMarch), in line with ADB
guidelines. Under ADB requirements the environmental assessment process must also include
meaningful public consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process
included verbal disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were
conducted with local families and communities around sites and staff of the subproject management.
The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachments and summarized in following
Sections of this EIA.
iv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Pakistan: Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project
(Loan 2178 SF-PAK)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
132 kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit
Transmission Line
Submitted to:
Asian Development Bank
May, 2009
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
v
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table of Contents
1.
2.
3.
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
Overview
1
1.2
Background
3
1.3
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
1.4
Policy and Statutory Requirements in Pakistan
Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.4.1 Statutory Framework
4
1.4.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
4
1.4.3 Pakistan EPA Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
4
1.4.4 National Environmental Quality Standards
5
1.4.5 Other Relevant Laws
5
1.5
Structure of Report
Error! Bookmark not defined.
6
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
7
2.1
Type of Project
7
2.2
Categorization of the Project
7
2.3
Need for the Project
7
2.4
Location and Scale of Project
8
2.5
Alternatives
2.6
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
Error! Bookmark not defined.
11
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
12
3.1
Project Area
3.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
3.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
12
12
12
3.2
Physical Resources
3.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
3.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
3.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
3.2.4 Surface water
3.2.5 Air Quality
3.2.6 Noise and Vibration
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
3.3
Ecological Resources
3.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
3.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
3.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
14
14
14
15
3.4
Economic Development
3.4.1 Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
3.4.2 Transportation
3.4.3 Energy Sources
15
15
15
15
3.5
Social and Cultural Resources
3.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
3.5.2 Education and Literacy
3.5.3 Health Facilities
3.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
16
16
16
16
16
vi
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
4.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
18
4.1
Project Location
18
4.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
18
4.1.2 General Approach to Mitigation
18
4.1.3 Cultural Heritage, Temples, Religious Sites Social Infrastructure
18
4.1.4 Cut and fill
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2
Potential Environmental Impacts
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.2 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.3 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.4 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.5 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.6 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable DiseasesError! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.8 Disease Vectors
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.9 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goodsError! Bookmark not defined.
5.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
24
6.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
27
6.1
Approach to Public Consultation
27
6.2
Public Consultation Process
27
6.3
Results of Public Consultation
27
7.
CONCLUSIONS
28
7.1
Findings and Recommendations
28
7.2
Summary and Conclusions
28
vii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figures and Maps
Figure 1.1 Tranche 1 Subprojects and National Transmission Lines of Pakistan
Figure 1.2 Plan for Miranpur Grid station and Transmission line
Attachments
Attachment 1
Attachment 2
Attachment 3
Attachment 4
Attachment 5
Attachment 6
Attachment 7
Attachment 8
Pakistan EIA Process.
Environmental Management Plan (matrix)
Monitoring Plan (matrix)
Summary of Public Consultation
Preliminary program for design, construction and commissioning
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
Trees affected by 30m RoW of distribution line route
Implementation Schedule
Prepared by
Name
S Bushra Waheed
Authorised by
Javed Rashid
Initials
MEPCO
viii
Date
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
Miranpur
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
TXL
Asian Development Bank
Miranpur 132kv grid substation and transmission line subproject
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Project Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
transmission line
Rupee, PKR
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
ix
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
2.
INTRODUCTION
2.1
Overview
Environmental Impact Assessment
10. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 Miranpur Grid station and
Transmission line [as associated subproject] substation and proposed by Multan Electricity Supply
Company; MEPCO] [Fig 1.1 and1.2] , Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance
Facility (PDEMFF) proposed by Multan Electricity Power Company [MEPCO] [FIG 1.1 and Fig 1.2]
under the Asian Development Bank [ADB] subproject Power distribution and Enhancement Multitranche Finance Facility [PDEMFF] Under the ADB Guidelines.
11. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate investments in
power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution companies (DISCOs)
that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected to be released in
stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program is part of the GoP
long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new investments in
PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program will cover
necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of eight
DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation
(replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement
distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such
as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution
lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the
later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and
institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
12. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the 132KV Miranpur
substation subproject proposed by MEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company
(PEPCO) on behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP)
to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in
its own area. PEPCO’s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of
a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation
activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of
the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements
of ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environmental
Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary.
13. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment
and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to
their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable
impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects (Schedule I). The proponents of
subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule II) 1are required to submit an
1
Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2006 and the Category is B. Most of the construction impacts will take place
with only local impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T2 (tranche two) subsubproject construction. Initial environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in
August 2008 indicated that all the T2 sub-subprojects will be Category B.
Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003).
Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i)
the 120 day rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in
environmentally sensitive areas. At this stage no component of the T2 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a
critical area and therefore the MFF tranche as a whole is Category B.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and substations are included under energy
subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and less and large
distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub
transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for Grid Station [DGS] substations (Schedule
II).
14. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental assessment
for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework of
Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared
by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to
the FEA submitted by MEPCO to the Pakistan EPA2 it has been clarified that all proponents must
follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has
also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their
advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order
that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for EIA or
EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant
environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.
2.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
15. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance
and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally envisaged
to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation pads and towers to support
the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by MEPCO and supervised by
the MEPCO management.
16. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted
preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis,
and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public
consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and
carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided
leadership and guidance in planning the field work and in finalization of the report. The environmental
team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed
power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with MEPCO by expert consultants of BPI
dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
17. A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from
construction of the DGS was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures
were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
18. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in March 2009(1st March-5thMarch), in line with ADB
guidelines. Under ADB requirements the environmental assessment process must also include
meaningful public consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process
included verbal disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were
conducted with local families and communities around and132KV substation Miranpur site and staff of
the subproject management. The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 5
and summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.
Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to MEPCO, Muhammad
Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, MEPCO, WAPDA House, Lahore.
2
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
3.
Environmental Impact Assessment
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
19. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition
the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public
purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an indirect
bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.
3.1
Statutory Framework
20. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial
governments through two ‘lists’ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the
subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List
contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws.
“Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence both the federal and the
provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government
has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from
the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are
discussed below.
3.1.1
Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
21. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the
government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide
range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling
of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed
subproject relate to the requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and
environmental impact assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No
proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the
Federal Agency an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause
an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from
the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has
delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial
environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)
3.1.2
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
22. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of environmental
assessments: Environmental Impact Assessment s (EIA) and environment impact assessments (EIA).
EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially ‘significant’ environmental impact, whereas
EIAs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively less significant impact. The
Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2003 (the
‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it by the PEP Act,
categorizes subprojects for EIA and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the Regulations, list the
subprojects that require EIA and EIA, respectively.
23. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of
EIAs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see also
Attachment 1):
(i)
A subproject is categorized as requiring an EIA or EIA using the two schedules attached to
Regulations.
(ii) An EIA or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines.
(iii) The EIA or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or
Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on
cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document.
(iv) The EIA/EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of
Regulations.
the
the
the
the
3
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, 2000
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
Environmental Impact Assessment
The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a)
confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report
requiring additional studies, if necessary.
The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45 and
90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness.
Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions:
Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an
undertaking accepting the conditions.
Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a
written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA.
An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.
The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request
and complete documentation.
The EIA/EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord.
A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by annual
monitoring reports during operation.
24. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11 kV and above are included under energy subprojects in
Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination (EIA) is
required for distribution lines less than 11 kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A review
of the need for EIA/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab
Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab.
25. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing distribution
lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each
subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is required and the need
for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will be forwarded to the Punjab
EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment process.
3.1.3
National Environmental Quality Standards
26. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have been
amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be relevant
to the Tranche 2 subprojects:
27. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial
effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of
numbers)
28. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle
exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.
3.1.4
Other Relevant Laws
29. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of
environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed
below.
30. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain areas
reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides
protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision
of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject.
31. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no
reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed
subproject.
32. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan’s cultural resources. The Act defines
‘antiquities’ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural
interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from destruction,
theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new construction in the
proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in
any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the subproject
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a protected
antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any archaeological
discovery made during the course of the subproject.
3.2
Structure of Report
33. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological,
hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic
aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the
environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes
various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality,
environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental
quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes
throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes:
 Description of the Subproject
 Description of Environmental and Social Conditions
 Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Environmental Monitoring Plan
 Public Consultation
 Recommendations and Conclusions
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
4.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
4.1
Type of Project
Environmental Impact Assessment
34. The Miranpur 132kV Grid Station and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Multan
Electric Power Company (MEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Gelaywal town and
nearby towns of District Lodhran. This substation will be linked to the existing Multan – Bahawalpur
132kV double circuit transmission line by constructing a new 11.390 km long 132kV double circuit
transmission line, starting from Miranpur village, in District Lodhran (Punjab). The Miranpur subproject
wil involve the construction of a new grid station and11.39 km long 132 kV double circuit transmission
line. The new grid station will be constructed on 5.72 acre or 2.32 ha. of land at Gelaywal.(Purchase of
land is in process by MEPCO) The new transmission line will mainly traverse private farmlands
(97.9%) and a small section of private and government uncultivated land (2.1%) like canal, road, paths
and water courses. No land will be acquired permanently for the transmission line. However, its
construction and stringing works will affect crops and trees within the 30m wide safety corridor and the
crop damage will be compensated for the whole affected strip of land. No land acquisition is involved
in the construction of the substation.
35. The new transmission line is 11.39 km long and will pass through four villages Miranpur, Gujarwala
Chak, Dolatpur, and Rawani located in Tehsil and District Lodhranan (Punjab province). The first 3,880
meters long section of the line traverses the farmlands of Miranpur village , 2,323 meter section will
pass through Gujarwala Chak, then 2,834 meter section will pass through Dolatpur village and
remaining 2,353 meter section will pass through Rawani village. The transmission line will traverse
private farmlands for most of its length 11,150.5 meter (97.9%) and only 239.5 meter (2.1%)
uncultivated private and government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and watercourses). As a result, some
71 households, with a total population of 689 persons (Affectees), will be affected by temporary
disruption to land, and loss of 35.77 ha of crops and 122 wood trees. See Figure 1.1 presents the line
route
4.2
Categorization of the Project
36. Categorization is based on the most environmentally sensitive component of a sub project. The
aspects of the subproject with potential of significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in
detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible
from the construction activities of the subproject.
37. The site for the proposed DGS as well as proposed TXL route is located in rural setting with some
minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Miranpur subproject is categorized as a
Category B sub-project 1.3 under ADB requirements and this EIA report is based on that assumption.
4.3
Need for the Project
38. The standards and conditions of the power transmission system in Pakistan are inadequate to meet
rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic
growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power transmission infrastructure has to be improved
and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional arrangements
and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of
investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment
and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector
39. Domestic, commercial and industrial power demands in the Lodhran area of Mapco jurisdiction
(Fig.2.1) have increased rapidly, especially in summer months, so that the existing DGS are unable to
cope up with the increasing demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors. Due to the
increased power demand of the area the existing grid stations has become overloaded and insufficient
to meet the increased demand. There is need to improve the power supply of the area. For this
purpose MEPCO is planning to construct 132kV Miranpur new grid station in this area named
Miranpur, Grid Station.
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figure 2.2: Jurisdiction Map of MEPCO
4.4
Location and scale of project
40. The EIA has included field reconnaissance of site and surroundings of MiranpurDGS site and TXL
.The Miranpur subproject is located within MEPCO Jurisdiction Fig2.2 presents the location of
substation. Substations site location is determined by a committee , comprising of professionals from :
planning ; design ; construction ; operation ; and social, formations of the DISCO . The committee
selects the best site based, from a number of alternatives, on the following considerations : Least cost
technically and socially acceptable alternative ; least social impacts ; soil; and atmospheric conditions
that are not likely impose a higher cost or damage the planed facilities ; acceptable living conditions for
staff members (health, education , water etc.); reasonable access conditions to allow movement of
heavy equipment; reasonable access conditions to allow incoming and outgoing transmission lines
right of way .
41. The Miranpur subproject will involve the construction of 132kV substation and11.39km long a132kV
double circuit TXL requiring.46 towers.The proposed DGS site and route to the nearest 132 line
appears to be environmentally feasible and technically appropriate and will join DGS with an
existing132kV line at about11.39km in Miranpur village.
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figure 2.2: Location Miranpur Substation
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
42. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in late March 2009 when the
preliminary designs for the DGS and TXL were completed and the overall requirements for installation
of the equipment had been identified (Attachment1). The detailed designs are currently being
progressed by MEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are expected to include
the usual localized civil works such as extension of the main yard, including excavation and concreting
of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor banks, cable trays and terminal tower (within the
DGS compound), installation of the transformers, equipment and fittings, erection of the towers,
cabling, construction of the control rooms and installation of allied equipment, and construction of the
offices and residences. Impacts from construction of the Miranpur substation are envisaged to be
minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired for construction of the DGS and TXL, the works
for the construction of DGS will be on the land already owned by MEPCO . This EIA , however, is
based on detailed line route surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes
the social impacts is chosen) . The line route is then submitted to the design formation which
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
determines the line profiles and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground . The EIA is ,
therefore based on line design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence ) and only is changed
at implementation stage if so warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the
following parameters
0
Permissible Conductor Clearances at 65 C
Clearance
m
Sr. No.Description
1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles
2 Roads and Streets
3 Communication and power lines
power lines up to 66 kV
power lines up to 33 kV
4 Highways
5 Railroads
6 Electrified railroads trolley wire
7 River at high flood
8 places accessible to pedestrians only
9 Building roofs not accessible to people
10 Tops of trees (Orchards)
11 Canals
6.7
7.9
2.7
2.7
7.9
7.9
3.85
9.1
7.9
5.2
5
9.1
43. The connecting line from Miranpur to the network will involve erection of 46 towers that will be strung
with the new DGS. Transmission Line will pass through private farmlands of four villages. The line
consists of four sections. 3,880m long section requires 15 towers which will be installed in Miranpur,
2,323m long section require 09 towers which will be constructed in Gujarwala Chak, 2,834 long section
will require 11 towers which will be erected in Dolatpur and 2,353m long section need 11 towers to be
installed in Rawani.
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
44. Designs power transmission arrangements, access, review of environmental management and
construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed,
tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction period
will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years.(Attachment 8 presents the
implementation schedule of the sub project ) . The imp[lamentation schedule of the tranche is
presented as follow
TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Responsibility
1
2
Loan Processing
Loan negotiation
Tranche 2 Approval
Loan Effectivity
Bidding Documents
Bidding Documents Preparation
Evaluation
Contract Awards
Construction
Delivery of equipment
Construction & Installation
Testing & Commissioning
Loan Closing
ADB
ADB
EAD
EAD
EAD
ADB
PEPCO
PEPCO
PEPCO
DISCOs
DISCOs
DISCOs
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
ADB
PEPCO
I
Year 2009
II III IV
I
Year 2010
II III IV
I
Year 2011
II III IV
I
Year 2012
II III IV
I
Year 2013
II III IV
I
Year 2014
II III IV
I
Year 2015
II III IV
I
Year 2016
II III IV
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
5.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
5.1
Project Area
5.1.1
General Characteristics of Project Area
Environmental Impact Assessment
45. The Miranpur132kV grid station and transmission line subproject has been prepared by Multan Electric
Power Company (MEPCO) to provide additional power supply to the Gelaywal town and nearby towns
of District Lodhran. This substation will be linked to the existing Multan – Bahawalpur 132kV double
circuit transmission line by constructing a new 11.390 km long 132kV double circuit transmission line,
starting from Miranpur village, in District Lodhran (Punjab). MEPCO has purchased 5.72 acres of land
at Gelaywal for the construction of substation, so no land acquisition is involved. The transmission line
will pass through four villages and will temporarily affect a total of 33.45 ha of crops and 122 wood
trees. There are 71 affected households households losing agricultural crops and trees and one
structure, with a total population of 689 affected people (APs). The selected DGS site is presently used
as agriculture land located in rural cultivated area. The whole construction activity of the grid station
will be done with in the boundary wall of the land owned (under process) by MEPCO, and 11.39km
long transmission line will traverse through (97.9 percent) farmlands and 2.1 percent through govt. or
unproductive land. For this subproject no private land is required, only compensation or tree and crops
will be paid to concerned parties.
5.1.2
Affected Administrative Units
46. The Miranpur subproject will indirectly affect four village authorities in Tehsil and District Lodhran,
Province of Punjab (Figure 1.2). For the purpose of this study the Miranpur subproject has been
assumed to affect Miranpur, Gujarwala, chak, Daulatpur and Rawani, interviews have been conducted
with the public from all along the DGS site TXL corridor.
5.2
Physical Resources
5.2.1
Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
47. The entire area is a smooth plain, almost whole under cultivation through canals and tube wells. The
subsoil, water in Dunyapur sub-division is brackish while in Kahror Pakka and Lodhran sub-division is
drinkable.
5.2.2
Climate and Hydrology
48. There is little variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment. The small change
and short length of the transmission line means no variation between the climates of the project area.
The climate at Miranpur is typical of that of the South Punjab.
49. The maximum temperature in summer reaches 42oC. In winter the minimum is 5oC. The mean
maximum and minimum temperatures in summer are 39C and 28oC; and in winter 21oC and 5oC
respectively. The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are
the hottest months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till
March, December, January and February are the coldest months.
50. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Annual rainfall is 71 millimeter. More rains
occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the months of
January, February and March.
5.2.3
Groundwater and Water Supply
51. Irrigation is largely dependent on the canals, but tube wells have also been sunk in the areas where
water is fit for irrigation. The chemical quality of ground water in the district varies area wise and depth
wise. The strata near the Miranpur are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater
potential throughout the project area and the water table is fairly near the surface. The water table is
not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in the area and there
are tube wells within 500m of the proposed TXL towers but the wells are generally well away from the
proposed transmission lines. There is no piped water supply in most areas in Miranpur. Elsewhere the
Page 12 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
local population is generally reliant on supply from hand pumps. There should be no impact on these
sources of water during the construction.
52. Around 15 percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which has that facility in their
own houses. A majority is using hand pump for potable water representing 79.1 percent. Just 0.4
percent households are using potable water taken out from wells. Such facility is mostly being availed
in rural areas where their percentage share is around 0.4..
5.2.4
Surface water
Rivers and Tributaries
Rivers
53. River Satluj runs on the southern flank. The district is served by artificial canals dug at different times.
i.ecanal Dewan wahl, Sheikh wah Sharqiai, Mubarak Wah, Khan wah, Sheikh wah Gharbi . New
canals were dug in 1925-26 which started irrigating the area in 1927. Satluj valley project brought
major portion of the district under cultivation. All these canals became instinct with the passage of
time. Sidhnai-Mailsi-Bahawal line was cut in 1965 which irrigates parts of Lodhran, Kehror Pacca and
Dunyapur Tehsils. Lower Pakpattan which emanated from Thingi from SMB link canal is now serving
the whole of Dunyapur tehsil throughout the year. These canals have turned whole of the area into
lush green fields.
Nullahs
54. There is no natural marsh and nullah in the district.
55. Irrigation: District Lodhran is served by two canals i.e. Qutabpur canal (perennial) and Mailsi canal
(non-perennial). Area under perennial irrigation is 17,101 acres. While non perennial canal irrigates
520,105 acres. Area irrigated by tube wells is about 398,060 acres. Nal Nahri areas come to about
16,250 acres. Area irrigated by Jhalr is 479 acres. There are further two perennial and two nonperennial main distributaries.
5.2.5
Air Quality
56. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period.
Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered
mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the transmission line works that may give rise
to many complaints about dust and other emissions, however there should be well dissipated. The
major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction. In
comparison domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning
stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor.
57. Industrial pollution sources are not present in the vicinity of Miranpur subproject.. The project area is
distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such
as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air
quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period . Air quality measurements in
major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess
of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards . Air
quality testing by DISCOs (average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO 2 24.34 ppb, NO2
23.73 ppb )through various consultants has reveled that most substations have NO2, CO2 and CO
values below international standards although TSP levels at some locations was higher than
international standards .
58. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase the
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from
the project.
59. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil
disturbance. Near the access roads, when vehicles pass, dust levels will increase. Dust levels are
Page 13 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
elevated when vehicles pass intermittently over the roads based on field observations and may be
high enough to obscure vision significantly based on observations in August and September 2006.
5.2.6
Noise and Vibration
60. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the
occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant
disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion
will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and
also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise
levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at
various substations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq
values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs
established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in the equipment specifications
. Typical values were : average 46.21 dBA ; high 63.14 dBA ; and low 34.35 dBA .
5.3
Ecological Resources
5.3.1
Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
61. There is no significant wild life in the district. Jackals and wild cats, Wild rabbits can also be seen in
the un-inhabited area. In the winter season many varieties of ducks visit the district. Koonj and talur
can also be seen in winter season mostly along river Satluj. Nightingale (quils0 are in abundance
before the harvest of wheat and cotton crops. Large scale netting is done by professional people and
is freely available in the market. Partridges are also found in most parts of the district. They are more
common in Miran Pur forest which is game reserve. People also domesticate partridges.
5.3.2
Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
Vegetation cover and trees
62. The project area, which is dry, is dominated by urban suburbs and with various productive fields of
monocultures that now dominate the agro-ecosystems present in the project area. Common floral
species with rooted vegetation are also present in most of the water bodies of the area.
63. Vegetation of the district is not very different from the rest of the southern Punjab. The only preserved
area is Miran Pur Zakhira. The agriculturist grows Shesham and Kkar on their lands. The forest
department also undertakes plantation on the road sides and canal banks. The tendency of orchards is
also taking roots. There are fruit gardens in the vicinity of Lodhran city which mostly have mangoes
and citrus plants. So farmers are taking keen interest in developing new varieties of mangoes. All the
landlords usually have a small fruit garden mostly for their own consumption. The soil is suitable for
growing mangoes, citrus, date palms, beri, jaman etc.
64. There is no wild growth of any bush near the area of works but natural forest cover in the district has
been significantly reduced in the past but some of the older stands of trees are well established could
be considered as semi-naturalized to some extent.
65. The majority of the land adjacent to the substation and TXL is cultivated rural area with minor
settlements The substation will be constructed on land (under purchase process) presently used for
agriculture where there is very sparse vegetation.
5.3.3
Protected and Religious Trees
66. There is no tree within the proposed DGS boundary but there are trees along the RoW. In general
permission should be sought from the local tree owners for the felling of any trees. The LARP may
make provision for compensation of local people for the loss of trees, if needed after detailed study.
The works must deal with trees that need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the
necessary permissions.
67. There is no natural forest in the district. The area under artificial forests is also very small i.e. 1671
acres. The only worth mentioning forest is at Miran pur at a distance of about 12km from Lodhran on
Page 14 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Bahawalpur– Multan road. Keekar, Shesham, Jal and Pepal are the trees generally grown. The
artificial forests also have eucalyptus.
5.3.4
Protected areas / National sanctuaries
68. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the
dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There are no protected areas near the near
proposed DGS and transmission alignment.
5.4
Economic Development
5.4.1
Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
69. Agriculture: The main crops are wheat, oil seeds, maize, sugarcane, cotton, jawar, bajra, rice and Til.
In addition there are subsidiary crops known as Zaid Rabi, Zaid Kharif and dobari.
70. Horticulture: The main fruits grown are date, orange and mango. An area of 5616 acres is under the
fruit gardens. Kehror Pakka is known for its vegetables which are supplied to the neighboring districts.
These vegetables include all vegetables of summer and winter season in addition to melons and water
melons.
71. Industry: There is only one vegetable ghee mill and flour mill in the district in addition to 58 cotton
ginning factories.
5.4.2
Transportation
72. There is a network of inter-city roads in the district, connecting all tehsil headquarters and important
towns. Lodhran is also linked with other parts of the country by Lodhran – Bahawalpur road, Lodhran –
Multan road, Lodhran – Jalalpur road and Lodhran – Shujabad road.
73. The district headquarter is connected with its Tehsil headquarters through railway line. Lodhran railway
station is a junction of all the above railway lines. The district is also served by Bahawalpur-Sama Sata
to Karachi Railway line, Kehror Pakka Kasur - Lahore Railway line, Dunyapur – Khanewal – Lahore
Railway line and Shujabad – Multan Railway line.
74. Lodhran district is not directly connected to other parts of the country by air but it is connected through
Multan Airport which 40km from Lodhran.
75. The air, rail and road transport systems are all reliant to some extent on electrical power and thus the
majority of the local population is reliant on the power network for transportation.
76. Tourism: There are many places of interest those attract tourists and promote tourisms e.g. Talwara,
Tewat, Kehror Khuna, Dhanot, Jalal Abad Kuhna, Mona Bhir, Lado Wala, Ladha, Nasir-ud-Din, Malik
Wahan, Chamb Kalyar, Kalay Wala, Kot Pir Sadat, Rukanpur Kuhna, Khanpur Kuhna, Khara,
Manglotabad and Inayatabad.
5.4.3
Energy Sources
77. The transmission lines for electrical power run to a main grid substation at. The existing 132 kV
Grid Station owned by MEPCO, transmits power to the load centers.
78. Reserves of fossil fuels the main sources of energy in Pakistan others are derived from hydropower. In
the study area there is no source of hydropower and other energy sources are progressively more
common further away from the major towns. The biomass sourcing is concentrated on home garden
production of fuel wood, the extraction of wood from forests, woodland, crop plantations and
agricultural residues. The other significant energy sources in the area are kerosene and LPG. There
are numerous petrol stations and LPG dealers in the district.
79. Nearly 60 percent of housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 1.2 percent is
using gas for this purpose. Hardly one percent is using kerosene oil and other sources of cooking fuel
in their houses. Regarding urban and rural differential wood is mainly used, representing 55.1 percent
Page 15 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
in rural and 85.2 in urban areas followed by other material in rural areas and gas in urban areas
representing 43.9 and 6.7 percent housing units respectively.
5.5
Social and Cultural Resources
5.5.1
Population Communities and Employment
80. The total population of Lodhran district was 1,171,800 persons as enumerated in March 1998.
Population of Patwar Circe Miranpur and village Miranpur was 6175 and Rawani Patwar Circle was
12583 personsin 1998. As emerged from 1998 census the population of district is predominantly
Muslims i.e. 99.4 percent. The next higher percentage is of Christians with 0.3 points, followed by
Ahmadis 0.1 percent. While other minorities like Hindu (Jati), Scheduled castes etc. are very small in
number. The proportion of population of Muslims is slightly higher in rural s compared to urban areas.
Christians are mostly living in urban areas representing 0.6 percent as compared to 0.2 percent in
rural areas. Ahmadis are also more in proportion in urban than rural areas. Siraiki is the predominant
language being spoken in the district, representing 69.9 percent of the population, followed by Punjabi
and Urdu spoken by 18.6 and 9.1 percent respectively and Pushto 0.2 percent while others speak
Sindhi, balochi, Bravi,Dari etc Siraiki speaking represents 71.7 percent in rural areas while proportion
of people speaking Urdu are more in urban than in rural areas.
81. Of the total economically active population 93.4 percent were registered as employed in 1998. Over
three fifths i.e. 68.3 percent were self employed, 16.9 percent private employees and 3.6 percent
government employees. Unpaid family helpers were recorded as 6.6 percent. The different in
proportions of employed population were significant between the Enders and urban and rural
residences.
5.5.2
Education and Literacy
82. The literacy ratio in the district has increased from 14.9 percent in 1981, to 29.9 percent in 1998. The
literacy ratio for males is 42.7 percent as against 16.0 percent for females. The ratio is much higher in
urban when compared with rural areas both for male and female. There are 6 colleges, 856 schools,
11 Maktab schools and one vocational institutes functioning in the district during 1997-98.There
Primary, Middle, and High schools for boys and girls in city at 1km from DGS site. The detail is given
as:
Institutions
Male
Female
3
2
Both
Sexes
-
Commerce College
High schools
Middle schools
Primary schools
Maktab schools
Vocational institute
48
15
326
-
43
414
1
1
11
-
Community schools
-
10
-
Colleges
Source:
5.5.3
Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1999.
Health Facilities
83. There are 01 district headquarter hospital, 02 tehsil headquarter hospitals, 4 rural health centers and
50 basic health units in the district. Civil Hospital is located at 1km from in city DGS site in Galewal.
5.5.4
Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
84. There are no official heritage sites or historic, religious or archeologically important sites located in the
Subproject works areas. There is no major historic or archaeological feature of note but there a few
places of worship a mosque is at about 500m of the works.
Page 16 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
85. The main ethnic groups inhabited in the district are Rajput. Arain and Jat.Rajput are concentrated in
Randjada, Gahi Mammer, Ismail Pur, Jamrani Wah, Dhanot, Kehror Pacca city, Lodhran city,
Dunyapur city, Danwaran and Chak Himat, Arain and Jat mostly inhabited the area now falling in
Dynyapur tehsil. The old population consisted of Joya, Kanju, Baloch, local Arain, Uttera, Ghallu and
Pathan. Majority belong to the Baloch and Arain, Baloch tribe inhabited Haveli Naseer Khan, Chowki
Rango Khan, Dera Jand, Chowki Masti Khan, Randjada, Chowki Sobay Khan, Kotha Uttera, Lai
Whan, Chak 53/M, Fazil Wala, Kundi Baluchan. The concentration of Arain tribe is in Jallah Arain,
Balail, Mainpur Arain, Qutabpur, Wahi Ali Arain, Rukan pur and Lodhran city.
Page 17 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
5.6
Project Location
5.6.1
Impact Assessment and Mitigation
86. ThisTranche2 subproject will involve the construction of 132Kv DGS and 11.39km double circuit
transmission line, implying an expansion of both outside and within the existing boundaries of Miranpur
grid station (DGS will be constructed on land owned by MEPCO). There are no sensitive receivers
close to the DGS which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. The TXL will
cross roads, watercourses, and canal and could not require the removal of trees but there is no other
sensitive receiver on its routs, which could be affected by the works.
87. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts. This
process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the recommendations
and mitigation measures are carried out according to with reference to the conditions on the ground in
the affected areas (Figure 1.2 show TXL route) in the spirit of the environmental assessments process.
In this section the potential environmental impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough
to exceed accepted environmental standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact
to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the project being implemented. Therefore,
it is essential that a proper analysis is carried out during the project planning period. In this regard, the
impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation measures
and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the impacts and
mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts are set up
and in the light of any fine tuning of the Subproject proposals.
88. The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Attachment 2) has been reviewed
based on the EMP and shall be reviewed in due course at project inception and through construction
in order to feed back any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of impacts,
primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from Subproject project implementation,
to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the project design, to design monitoring and
evaluation schedules to be implemented during Subproject project construction and operation, and to
estimate costs required for implementing Subproject mitigation measures. The EMP plan must be
reviewed in the Subproject inception by the project management and approved before any
construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the
proposals.
5.6.2
General Approach to Mitigation
89. Based on experience on some projects contractors have put emphasis on the financial compensation
for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is necessary or
where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international practice to accept
payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the subproject contractor pays money for
nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable. This practice should not be
allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental impacts or
environmental nuisance.
90. During the preparation for the Subproject construction phase the future contractors must be notified
and prepared to co-operate with the executing agency, project management, supervising consultants
and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through
bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage
trained environmental management staff to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as
the project proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan
conditions and the executing agency (MEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO
must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by FEPA on the environmental aspects
of power projects and the recommendations already made for Subproject in this EIA and under
Pakistan’s PEP Act law.
91. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage sites
has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough [at100m] to the
subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from
disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because the TXL is very short (11.39km), and the
Page 18 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
alignment is with in DGS boundary and has no human settlements and structures .as the development
of the colony is under progress.
92. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this is
likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles on
unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study
area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in
the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m
of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and
the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin
sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is
the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted
on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds.
93. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to
schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the
physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be
discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage to assist in public relations.
5.6.3
Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
94. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in Section
3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The transmission line will
traverse private farmland for most of its length 11,150.5 meter (97.9%) and only 239.5 meter (2.1%)
uncultivated private and government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and watercourses). As a result, some
71 AHs, with a total population of 689 persons (APs), will be affected by temporary disruption to land,
and loss of 35.77 ha of crops and 122 wood trees. Overall, a total of 69 farming households will be
affected by the construction of the new 132 kV transmission line. Out of 69 AHs 36 AHs will be
affected by both towers and the transmission line, while the remaining 33 AHs will be affected only by
the transmission line during the stringing activity. The new line will also not affect or disturb any such
site. (Attachment 6).
95. The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 500m from the edge of the Subproject or TXL route, but the
nearest school is at 100m from the TXL the Subproject, and the nearest houses at about100mm from
the DGS. The TXL will cross some roads, watercourses, paths etc. Apart from these features, there
will be sufficient buffer distance between the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts
should be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure
nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.
5.7
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
5.7.1
Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
96. The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the power
corridor (RoW) created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected from
construction of the Miranpur.
5.7.2
Cut and fill and waste disposal
97. Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the
commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting and
filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the foundations for the
new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on the mode of
contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable materials, or
to stockpile topsoil.
98. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper functioning
of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that consideration be
given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and shops if they are
within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.
Page 19 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
99. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these should be
used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in. The use of
immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based materials
extraction from outside.
100.
The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials
will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.
101.
At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious
plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the
woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the
woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be
identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at
a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted
trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority.
102.
Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials
management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and
aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior
to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate
nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for
environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the
impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and
fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different
contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall
balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.
5.7.3
Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
103.
There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment. . The
proposed line will require the installation of 46 towers. All these towers will be installed on mainly on
farm land of 4 villages. In addition to crop loss, 122 private trees also fall within the 30 meter wide
corridor of transmission line. All these 122 trees will need to be removed for the construction of the
line. All these 122 trees are wood trees. As shown in Table 3.6, some 42 AHs will lose these 122 wood
trees. All affected wood trees are scattered and mostly located along the field boundaries. There are
no plantations, orchards of fruit trees affected. Of the 122 wood trees, 84 trees will be affected by the
transmission line, while the remaining 38 trees will be affected by the construction of towers.
Compensation for the affected trees will be paid for once on their initial removal. In case removal all
the trees on private or forest land during the works, written permission should be sought.
104.
If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or
other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and
the owner after written justification by MEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with
three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.
105.
A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Miranpur DGS
and TXL site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may
permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written
justification by MEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.
5.7.4
Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
106.
The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale
of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.
5.7.5
Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
107.
The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV substation (about 150
cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large. In
transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location from the
quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly construction
materials for the substation are stored within the substation site are scheduled as per the work
progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are built
Page 20 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
in phases over 6 to 12 months period ) , which means that at any given point in time the amount of
construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction material required for a
typical substation or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic
hazard , these requirements are time dispersed in case of substations and time and space dispersed
in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be , however, required to provide a traffic
management plan before commencement of work at site .Field observations indicate that ambient air
quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical
equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical
equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous
emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any
necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
108.
Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the transformers
and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed:
109.
Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and cement
works are required.
110.
Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be maintained
damp by watering the construction area.
111.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks
covered with tarpaulins.
112.
Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements
113.
All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works) shall be
well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in the
NEQS.
114.
The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials
from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other
public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use and
at the end of the working day to enclose dust.
5.7.6
Noise, Vibration and Blasting
115.
It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool methods
will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered mechanical
equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from several machines
can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should be requested by the
construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and certification that all equipment
to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and noise dampening devices to
meet EPA requirements.
116.
A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous
EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to
prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
117.
Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not
covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is
recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and 70dB(A)
Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land from
which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been
used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS or as
far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
118.
Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction
and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come a
major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a
building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling should be
assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local population as well as
timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and
Page 21 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss with the school principals
the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine use near schools during
examination times, if such a need arises.
5.7.7
Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
119.
The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid wastes
into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and open
defecation by construction workers.
120.
In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS
lavatories should be allowed provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker
camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason
a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near
sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided.
121.
Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper storm
water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a breeding
site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if open water
is allowed to accumulate at the Miranpur site. Temporary and permanent drainage facilities should
therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas and prevent the
accumulation of surface water ponds.
5.8
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
5.8.1
Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
122.
The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or schools
will be close to the new DGS and TXL in the operational phase. The DGS will be constructed at land
presently used as agriculture land in rural area, extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to
cause any appreciable increase in the noise level already generated by the existing equipment.
However, it is recommended that an acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of
any noise barriers are required. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the
subproject. In the operational phase any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical
equipment will be the main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain
and there will be no cumulative effect from the subproject.
123.
Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the detailed design
stage. There are/not national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise emissions that
would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has
been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be made on the
likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment at the
detained design stage
5.8.2
Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
124.
No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to
arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as
transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water
resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with
the local authority. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated
Page 22 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be
disposed at a site agreed with the local authority . DISCOs are served by the Technical Services
Group (TSG) , TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware .TSG
also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO)
.Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the
transformer serves ) .Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance .TSG and
GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills .
125.
The DISCO procedures for handling PCB need to be strengthened the maintenance of
transformers need to be based on the manufactures instructions. There need to be performance
evaluation procedure prescribed and followed for each power transformer. In working areas where
PCBs are handled, it is necessary to monitor the levels of chlorinated solvents. In case of emergencies
the first step is to attempt to control the spread of the liquid, this is especially relevant during
transportation. In case of spills emergency measures need to be taken by personal specially trained
and wearing protective clothes. Oil absorptive materials are a useful tool and needs to be spread over
the spill. All equipment and surfaces exposed to the spill need to be washed with solvent. The best
international procedures and guidelines need be followed; one such guideline is the UNEP PCB
transformers and capacitors – Form Management to Reclassification and disposal, May 2002. This
however, is not relevant as this EIA is related to the development and construction if a new substation
and PEPCO/DISCOs have already banned the use of any equipment that uses PCB.
126.
MEPCO already prohibits use of PCBs in new power transformers, there is however need to
prepare an inventory of any PCB carrying equipment in the system and all such equipment be
replaced. The maintenance instructions prepared by the Technical Services Group needs to be
reviewed and revised to add PCB based equipment maintenance and a procedure for handling any
PCB spills. The Kot Lakhpat and Shalimar workshops already follow. Such procedures, however,
these need to be reviewed and upgraded in light of best international practice. This would include
provision of special clothing availability of oil absorptive solvents, availability of steel containers.
Training to staff on oil spills and special care during transportation of equipment using PCB’s. TSG
ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to . DISCOs have also
established a safety unit, which among other tasks , investigates all accidents .Frequency of accidents,
on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are
non-fatal .Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision negligence .Detailed report of each
accident is prepared .
5.9
Enhancement
127.
Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Miranpur subproject site.
However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and soft
landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many sites.
This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements can
be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local
population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to
assist in public relations. Trees removed for construction purposes should be replaced as
compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional
trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the TXL.
Page 23 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
6.
Environmental Impact Assessment
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
128.
In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Miranpur Tranche 2 subproject, to
reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the project, are
discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration of the
identified environmental impacts for the Miranpur Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been prepared
following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003.
129.
It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to the
spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The EMP matrix is
presented as Attachment2. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in reconfirming
typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the feasibility and
detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage.
130.
Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended and
reviewed by the MEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall be
based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility stage
on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects. For
example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation
boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation
schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs
estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject
basis.
131.
The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by the PEPA
before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take account of
any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before the works
contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the
environmental requirements of the project (EIA/EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents.
Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their
awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for
the prequalification of contractors.
132.
In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the construction
phase the MEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders in the
mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the contract documentation
and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. MEPCO will need to engage at least one trained
environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation
measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as
part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the
inception stage.
133.
The details of EMP given in the Attachment 2 are for the Miranpur subproject. The EMP matrix will
have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects that have a
similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and
line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more
sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.
134.
The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage, construction
stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation measures
recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of mitigation
measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The institutional
responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the supervision. The
matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Attachment 3) for the performance indicators. An
estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been
prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.
135.
Prior to implementation of the subproject the MEPCO needs to comply with several environmental
requirements, such as submitting and EIA/EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance (“No Objection
Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct (guidelines and
regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. MEPCO will also need to
Page 24 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory requirements and have
appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical equipment and to operate in
line with local authority conditions.
136.
The EMP (Attachment 2) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of MEPCO to
conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. MEPCO has appointed 01 environmental
manager with support staff. MEPCO ESU is functional. However, an environmental manager will be
required. It is envisaged that experience in this field should therefore develop in the near future.
However it is also strongly recommended that for subprojects in future Tranches that the MEPCO be
prepared to engage more support where necessary (e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3
years experience in environmental management one years site experience in environmental
monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal assessment and submission process under
the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of August 2007, the MEPCO has demonstrated
only limited commitment to developing in-house environmental and social capability.
137.
The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be
responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds
kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to
consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control
and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management
staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for
the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally
responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation.
It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made
available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the
PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of
the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the
environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and
oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.
138.
In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the graduate
environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior to the
outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations under
the PEP Act. It is also recommended that MEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level from the
in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger subprojects
then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project implementation unit
to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended that the project
management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all environmental aspects in the
detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental manager will cover the
implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages.
139.
Overall implementation of the EMP will become MEPCO’s responsibility. MEPCO and other
parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:
140.
Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP
measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;
141.
The MEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely resources are
allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of all construction
and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and
142.
Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities, Department
of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation
of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their respective areas and
local land use groups at the local levels.
143.
Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the EMP,
training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six months
or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report on the
implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation and to
achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental impacts
occur.
Page 25 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
144.
The monitoring plan (Attachment 3) was designed based on the project cycle. During the
preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor’s bidding
documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included;
and (ii) checking that the contract documents’ references to environmental mitigation measures
requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor’s assignment and making sure that any
advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power
distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be
carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that
environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be
monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to
address unexpected impacts.
145.
Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental performance
and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use local community
groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting up the
Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter of good
practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.
146.
At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by generally
keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will be
manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to its
full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some
contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In
order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is
recommended that environmental measures be coasted separately in the tender documentation and
that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance, vis a vis the carrying out of the
EMP.
147.
The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the
executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO (the IA) must be prepared to
guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.
Page 26 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
7.
7.1
Environmental Impact Assessment
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
Approach to Public Consultation
148.
The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so as to
involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken place
during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account and
their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate.
Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction
impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and
its equipment.
149.
There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement (LARP)
and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected that this
process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate stakeholders'
aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation and where
possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.
7.2
Public Consultation Process
150.
The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to
construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback
regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the
population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and
school teachers.
151.
Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to support
this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed TXL that may
be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the stakeholder to
stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered any outright
opposition to subproject.
152.
The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with stake
holders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public
consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better
serve the stakeholders.
153.
The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act only
requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / EIA has been accepted by the relevant
EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this EIA the consultation process was performed to
satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the full
table of public consultation presented in Attachment 4.
7.3
Results of Public Consultation
154.
The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and perceptions of
the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 39 responses in March 2009
(Attachment-4). The community generally supports the construction of the subproject. The local poor
people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the
contractors during implementation of the project. The land owners asked for fairly and timely
compensation for the damage of the crops and trees. Women requested that line should not pass over
the residences safety measures should be taken and local norms should be respected. However,
compensation will be paid to the concerned parties / owners of land under the towers and where the
loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected.
155.
On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no insurmountable
environmental and social impacts but MEPCO will have to make sure that compensation and
assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment should be
preferentially given to the AP as far as is reasonably practicable.
Page 27 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
8.
8.1
Environmental Impact Assessment
CONCLUSIONS
Findings and Recommendations
156.
This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary data were
used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in a
comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental impacts
associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study recommends
that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to meet the ADB
requirements.
157.
There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance for the
project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from the
power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some noise
impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the
detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage
the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to
detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have
been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report.
158.
There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to construction the
MEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and MEPCO must complete an EMP that
will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the contract. The
information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA as required in
future.
159.
No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will be
compensated to the concerned parties. However, provisions may be made in LARP, based on the
proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the detailed designs
are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse impacts and maximize
benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has been completed in
tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of
the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the
project districts.
Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status
of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the
project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and
poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included.
Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials,
including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and
ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation.
Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts
(minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.
160.
Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to
establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring
schedule (Attachment 3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results
should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds,
pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor’s performance.
161.
During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory requirements have
been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic recording
environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected impacts.
8.2
Summary and Conclusions
162.
The construction of the Miranpur subproject is a feasible and sustainable option from the power
transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the
EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly
mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available. Additional human and financial
resources will be required by MEPCO to complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations
Page 28 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed
mitigation and management plans are practicable but require additional resources.
163.
This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance program
and be included as an Attachment to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed design
stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental clearance
should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued monitoring of
the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental conditions for
work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related to the
operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as part
of the project performance report.
Page 29 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 30 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-2
Environmental Management Plan – Matrix July 2008
Environmental
concern
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
Affected Families will be
compensated by MEPCO
through the concerned
District
Revenue
Department and Land
Acquisition Collectors.
MEPCO
ESU / LACs
MC
and
External
Monitors
If lines or substation are
relocated
near
water
courses,
culverts
or
bridges in the design
stage reports
MEPCO
ESU with the
Design
Consultant
MEPCO
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
1.
Social Impacts
To ensure that the
adverse impacts due
to
the
property
acquisition
and
resettlement
are
mitigated according to
the LARP.
1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place
IN CASE UNFORSEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED
2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of
people.
3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide
compensation and assistance to the APs.
4. MEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property
or house such that no additional land is required..
5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the
Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP.
6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the
project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into
the Entitlement Matrix.
Before
the
construction of the
GSS and all the
included structures,
the APs to be given
sufficient time with
compensation
money
and
to
resettle
satisfactorily.
2.
Hydrological
Impacts
To
minimize
hydrological
and
drainage
impacts
during constructions.
1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water
courses or bridges and culverts.
2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be
completed
3. Noise barriers
Ensure
cumulative
noise impacts are
acceptable
in
construction
and
operational phase.
1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school,
(other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line.
2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and
controlled.
3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of
noisy equipment) and monitoring.
4. Waste disposal
Ensure
adequate
disposal options for all
waste
including
transformer
oil,
residually contaminated
soils, scrap metal.
1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations
for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and
disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal
“cradle to grave”.
2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal.
3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates
accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification
or tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
MEPCO ESU. Locations
approved by EPA and
MEPCO and local waste
disposal authorities.
MEPCO ESU
and EPA with
the
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
5.
Temporary
drainage
and
erosion control
Include mitigation in
preliminary designs for
erosion
control
and
temporary drainage.
1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be
affected by works.
2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s).
During
designing
stage no later than
pre-qualification
or
tender negotiations.
Locations based on drainage
or irrigation crossing RoW
near DGS.
MEPCO ESU
and
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
6. Contract clauses
Ensure requirements
and
recommendations of
environmental
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
DESIGN STAGE
1.
2.
Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make
contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by
reference to EIA/EIA in contract.
Include preparation of EMP review and method statement
Before
the
commencement of
construction
activities/during
design stage
1. During detailed
design stage. No
later
than
prequalification
or
tender negotiations.
2. Include acoustic
specification in the
contract.
1.
During
tender
preparation.
2.
No
later
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
Mitigation Measures recommended
Objectives
assessment
included
in
contracts.
Environmental Impact Assessment
are
the
3.
WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment
milestone(s).
Require environmental accident checklist and a list of
controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the
contractor’s
work
method
statement
and
tender
documentation.
Timing to
implement MM
than
prequalification or
tender
negotiations
3.
In bidding
documents as
evaluation
criteria.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1. Locations of each
construction activity to be
listed
by
the
CSC
engineer.
2. Special locations are
identified on the site by
the contractor to minimize
disturbances.
3. A list of locations of
irrigation channels / drains
to be compiled and
included in the contract.
1.Contractor
supervised
by CSC or to
actively
supervise
and enforce.
MEPCO
ESU
All staff members in all
categories.
Monthly
induction and six month
refresher
course
as
necessary until contractor
complies.
MEPCO
ESU,
Contractor
and the CSC
and record
details.
MEPCO &
CSC
to
observe
and record
success.
Locations to
implement MM
PEPA.
CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
1.
Hydrology And
Drainage
Aspects
To ensure the proper
implementation of any
requirements
mentioned in EPA
conditions of approval
letter in relation to
Hydrology
of
the
project.
1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular construction
activities are undertaken.
2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for
material exploitation or spoil disposal.
3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction
activity as an erosion control measure.
4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible
and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have
been cleared of such areas.
1. MEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress
all environmental statutory and recommended obligations.
2. Orientation for
Contractor,
and
Workers
To ensure that the
CSC contractor and
workers understand
and have the capacity
to ensure the
environmental
requirements
and
implementation
of
mitigation measures.
2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training for
the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement of
the project. Record attendance and achievement test for
contractors site agents.
3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary
mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project
activities.
4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be
followed.
3. Water quality
To prevent adverse
Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before
Prepare a thorough
drainage
management plan
plan
to
be
approved by CSC
one month prior to
a commencement
of construction
Proper
timetable
prepared
in
consideration with
the
climatic
conditions of the
area, the different
construction
activities mentioned
here to be guided.
Induction course for
all site agents and
above including all
relevant
MEPCO
staff / new project
staff
before
commencement of
work.
At early stages of
construction for all
construction
employees as far
as
reasonably
practicable.
1.Contractor
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
4. Air quality
5.
Ground
Vibration
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
Ensure
adverse impacts on
water quality caused
by
construction
activities
are
minimized.
commencement of works.
1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control
before works within 50m of water bodies.
2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and
EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to
avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of
construction machinery and equipment.
3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in selfcontained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies.
4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities.
5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a
suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and
avoid stockpiling near to water bodies.
6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural
drainage will be disrupted.
7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of
drinking water.
CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE.
1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant
regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway
Act).
2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading,
particularly in windy conditions.
3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be
employed to minimize exhaust emissions.
4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials
shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary.
Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.
5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and
fruit farms.
6. Spraying of bare areas with water.
7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory
requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors.
To minimize dust
effectively and avoid
complaints due to the
airborne
particulate
matter released to the
atmosphere.
To minimize ground
vibrations
during
construction.
1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical
equipment within 100m of SRs.
2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation
with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling
and schedule works accordingly.
3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable.
4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours.
5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be
allowed at night time.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
(MEPCO
ESU & CSC
to enforce).
1 month prior to
construction.
1. 50m from water bodies
2. Relevant locations to be
determined in the detailed
project design.
2. Contractor
has to check
water quality
and report to
MEPCO.
MEPCO
review
results
3.
CSC
supervises
implementati
on activities.
During
construction.
all
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain
acceptable
standard
CSC
to
supervise
activities.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
activities.
6. Noise
To minimize noise
increases
during
construction.
Prevent
adverse
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
7. Soil Erosion /
Surface Run-off
To
minimize
soil
erosion due to the
construction activities
of towers, stringing of
conductors
and
creation of access
tracks for project
vehicles.
1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment
within 100m of SRs.
2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive
time for works and schedule works accordingly.
3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations and with
effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise.
4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours.
5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall
be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize
noise.
7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls.
8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise
nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting
available acoustic methods.
SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS)
FOR DRY SEASON
1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to
be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion control
plan one month before commencement of works to protect all
areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall be
in the final design).
2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m
of water bodies.
3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site
preparation.
5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any
tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid
reporting and feedback to CSC.
5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with
MEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where
possible.
6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled
areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage.
7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind
excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the
slopes or cause slippage.
8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and
scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and
restored to natural contours.
9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and
adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the
construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be
endorsed and monitored byt CSC after consulting with concerned.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
1 month prior to
construction
because the area
can be subject to
unseasonal heavy
rain Plan before
and
during
construction
(cut
and
fill,
land
reclamation
etc.)
while considering
the
climatic
conditions.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
activities.
1. Locations based on
history
of
flooding
problems indicated by
local authorities .
2. A list of sensitive areas
during construction to be
prepared by the detail
design
consultant
in
consideration with the cut
and fill, land reclamation,
borrow areas etc.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU /
CSC
3. Locations of all rivers,
streams,
culverts,
irrigation channels, roads
and highways.
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
8.
Exploitation,
Handling,
Transportation
and Storage of
Construction
materials
9.Construction
Waste Disposal
Objectives
To
minimize
disruption
and
contamination of the
surroundings,
minimize and or avoid
adverse
environmental
impacts
arising
out
of
construction material
exploitation, handling,
transportation
and
storage
by using
sources that comply
with EPA license
conditions
Minimize the impacts
from the disposal of
construction waste.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
authorities.
10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and
handed back to MEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation
cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the
deceleration of surface run-off.
(consider also for future trances if civil works)
1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to
minimize adverse environmental impacts.
2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions,
recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject
activities using the licensed source including:
(i) Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material
exploitation.
(ii) Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for material
transport.
(iii) Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in
material transport or construction.
(iv) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material storage.
(v) Conditions that apply for aggregate production.
(vi) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or dangerous
materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic chemicals.
1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and
approved by MEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works.
WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste
to be generated by the project.
2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or
by other interested parties without any residual environmental
impact.
3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or
those designated sites in the contract.
4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites
and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites.
5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas
to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may
be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or
other water bodies.
6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or
removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local
regulations.
7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed
with local authorities/EPA.
8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or
reused at DISCO’s facility.
9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill
during the construction.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
month
prior
to
starting of works.
Update monthly.
1. List of borrow areas to
be prepared with tender
stage contractors method
statement and updated
one
month prior to
construction.
2.List
of
routes
of
transport of construction
material is to be prepared
for the contract and
agreed one month prior to
construction.
3. Map of locations of
storage is prepared by the
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC to
agree format
of reporting
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
1.Contractor
2-11. CSC
and MEPCO
ESU should
supervise
and
take
action
to
ensure that
contractor’s
complete
relevant
activities
according to
EIA / EIA /
EMP
requirement
& NEQS.
MEPCO/
CSC
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
1.Dumping:
A list of temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement
A
list
of
temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement (in W M Plan)
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
Objectives
10.
Work
Camp
Operation
and
Location
(if required)
To ensure that the
operation of work
camps
does
not
adversely affect the
surrounding
environment
and
residents in the area.
11. Loss of Trees
and
Vegetation
Cover
of
the
Areas for Towers
and
Temporary
Work-space
To avoid negative
impacts
due
to
removing
of
landmark,
sentinel
and specimen trees
as well as green
vegetation
and
surface cover.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip
trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during
maintenance.
11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste
facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to
good environmental practice.
1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local
authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the
MEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements
or near drinking water supply intakes.
2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation
shall be minimized.
3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be
provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be
backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites.
4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the
national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be
dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be
disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied
with the necessary permits of local authority permission.
5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation,
collection and transport system.
6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid
hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and
disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations.
7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be
removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings,
shelters and toilets shall be removed.
8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation.
9.MEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect
and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to preproject conditions.
1. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month
before tender.
2. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to
prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees.
Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting.
3. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction,
borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important
vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful
alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included in
tree survey.
4. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not
burned.
5. The contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to
Resp
mon
MM
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
UPDATE Once a
month
Location Map is prepared
by the Contractor.
Contractor
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Route design and
site identification (1
& 2) during design
stage and other
matters
during
construction
of
relevant activities
Tree
survey
to
be
completed one month
before tender at relevant
Locations with a Map to
be compiled prior to
tender by the design
consultant / MEPCO ESU
during detailed design and
CSC
to
update
as
necessary.
Design
consultant,
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Resp Imp
MM
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
12.
Safety
Precautions
for
the Workers
13.
Traffic Condition
15.Social Impacts
16.
Institutional
Strengthening
and
Capacity
Building
Objectives
To ensure safety of
workers
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside
immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works
timber.
6. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees
in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land
holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees.
7. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside
the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree
removed.
8. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion.
9. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a
rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice.
10. After work completion all temporary structures, including office
buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.
1. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate
warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the
workers to use the provided safety equipment.
2. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe
shoes.
Minimize disturbance
of vehicular traffic and
1.
Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month
pedestrians
during
prior to start of works.
haulage
of
2.
Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided.
construction materials
and equipment.
1. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable
To ensure minimum
diseases from labour camps shall be avoided (worker awareness
impacts
from
orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained).
construction
labour
2. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / damage
force.
on
public
close to ROW to be considered and responded to promptly.
health.
3. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local
community impacts.
To
ensure
that Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in
MEPCO officials are Tranche 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with
trained to understand in MEPCO under Director Operations in Tranche 1. Development
and to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with
EMP
resources.
Resp
mon
MM
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Prior
to
commencement
and
during
construction
Location to be identified
by
the
CSC
with
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Prior
to
throughout
construction.
The
most
important
locations to be identified
and listed. Relevant plans
of the Contractor on traffic
arrangements to be made
available.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Complaints
of
public to be solved
as soon as possible
All
subprojects
tranches
Contractor
and the CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Initiate
preconstruction and
continue
beyond
project completion.
Awareness training for all
management and senior
staff in MEPCO at senior
engineer and above in
PMU and related units.
MEPCO
ESU
MEPCO &
ADB
MEPCO
MEPCO
ESU
MEPCO
ESU
and
the
Resp Imp
MM
all
OPERATIONAL
STAGE
1. Air Quality
2.Noise
Minimize air quality
impacts
Minimize
noise
impacts
No significant Impacts Tranche 1.Monitor designs and plans for all
future tranches.
No significant Impacts Tranche 1. Acoustic designs checking and
plan for all future tranches.
Operational phase
Operational phase
all subprojects in future
tranches
all subprojects in future
tranches
MEPCO
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
Minimize
improper Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
waste disposal
of all subprojects and MEPCO activities.
tranches
ESU
3. Compensatory Maintain survival of Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
tree planting
trees planted
replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary.
tranches
ESU
Avoid landslips and
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
4.Land slides and
No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and
all subprojects in future
loss of productive
ESU
soil erosion
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
land
Minimize
water No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
5. Water quality
quality impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Monitor impacts from
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
6
Crops
and maintaining
tree
all subprojects in future
ESU
Track growth of large trees under the conductors.
vegetation
clearance
under
tranches
transmission lines
Ensure
no
Operational phase
MEPCO
encroachments
/
ESU
Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed
7. Social safety construction
under
all subprojects in future
all along the line.
MEPCO
Impacts
the transmission line.
tranches
Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the DXLs..
No
violation
of
clearance spaces.
LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.
CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. TXL = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS = National Environmental Quality Standards
3. Waste disposal
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-4
SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
132Kv Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Sr.
No.
Participant Name
Participant
Profession
Address
Date
Issues Raised/Concerns
expressed/ Suggestions &
Requests
Proposed
Measure
Action Taken / Proposed
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
-
-
-
-
Line should be
avoided to pass
over the houses .
Line should be
avoided to pass
over the houses .
Safety precaution
should be taken
during works
Safety precaution
should be taken
MEPCO
should
avoid
Distribution lines to pass over
the houses.
MEPCO
should
avoid
Distribution lines to pass over
the houses.
Man Group: Miranpur
1.
Abdul Jabar
Landowner
Miranpur
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
2.
Muhammad Usman
Landowner
Miranpur
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
3.
Khushi Muhammad
Landowner
Miranpur
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
4.
Muhammad Baqir
Landowner
Miranpur
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
5.
Abdul Ghani
Landowner
Miranpur
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
6.
Ghulam Haider
Govt. Servant
Miranpur
March 2009
7.
Muhammad Ashraf
Driver
Miranpur
March 2009
He expects stable supply in the
region with lesser complaints.
No comments
Women Group: Miranpur
8.
Zahida Bibi
House Wife
Miranpur
March 2009
Line should not pass over the
residences.
9.
Ruqaia
House Wife
Miranpur
March 2009
Line should not pass over the
residences.
10.
Sajida
House Wife
Miranpur
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
project works
11.
Kainat
House Wife
Miranpur
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
project works
MEPCO should take safety
precaution during works.
MEPCO should take safety
precaution during works.
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
12.
13.
Abida
Kosar
House Wife
House Wife
Miranpur
Miranpur
Environmental Impact Assessment
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
project works
March 2009
Frequent power failure and
voltage fluctuation in summer
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
during works
Safety precaution
should be taken
during works
MEPCO should take safety
precaution during works.
-
.-
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
Man Group: Gujarwala Chak
14.
Haji Habib Ullah
Landowner
Gujarwala
Chak
15.
Bashir Ahmad
Landowner
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
16.
Farzand Ali
Landowner
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
17.
Muhammad Iqbal
Sharecroper
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
Skilled
unskilled
should
preferred
the area
and
labor
be
from
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
-
-
Line should be
avoided to pass
over the houses .
Line should be
avoided to pass
over the houses .
MEPCO
should
avoid
Distribution lines to pass over
the houses.
MEPCO
should
avoid
Distribution lines to pass over
the houses.
18.
Khushi Muhammad
Labour
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
19.
Haji Majeed
Sharecroper
Gujarwala
Chak
20.
Iqabl Ahmad
Busniss
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Stable supply in the region with
lesser complaints.
Women Group: Gujarwala Chak
21.
Shamim
House Wife
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Line should not pass over the
residences.
22.
Naseem
House Wife
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Line should not pass over the
residences.
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
23.
Parveen
House Wife
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
24.
Shazia
House Wife
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
25.
Aysha
House Wife
Gujarwala
Chak
March 2009
Line should not pass over the
residences.
Skilled
and
unskilled
labor
should
be
preferred
from
the area
Skilled
and
unskilled
labor
should
be
preferred
from
the area
Line should be
avoided to pass
over the houses .
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO
should
avoid
Distribution lines to pass over
the houses.
Man Group: Dobywali
26.
Allah Ditta
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
27.
Qari Manzoor
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
28.
Muhammad Arif
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
29.
Muhammad Ijaz
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
30.
Muhammad Sardar
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
31.
Muhammad Iqbal
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
32.
Malik Manzoor
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
33.
Muhammad Shahzir
Landowner
Dobywali
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Compensation
should be paid
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
trees fairly and timely atleast
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
pay
compensation of crops and
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Tranche 2- 132kV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
adequately and trees fairly and timely atleast
timely
15 days before civil works
Women Group: Dobywali
34.
Nasreen
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
35.
Aysha
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
project works
36.
Fatema
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
37.
Nasira Bibi
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
project works
38.
Kareem Khatoon
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
39.
Rahmat Bibi
House Wife
Dobywali
March 2009
Frequent power failure and
voltage fluctuation in summer
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Frequent power failure and
voltage fluctuation in summer
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Skilled
and
unskilled
labor
should
be
preferred
from
the area
Safety precaution
should be taken
during works
Skilled
and
unskilled
labor
should
be
preferred
from
the area
Safety precaution
should be taken
during works
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should take safety
precaution during works.
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should take safety
precaution during works.
-
.-
-
.-
Page 12 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-6
Project: –132KV Miranpur Grid Station and Double Circuit Transmission Line
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
No.
TOWER
From-To
DISTANCE
IN METER
TREES
TL
1
1
2
100.00
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
280.00
11-kv
225.00
260.00
280.00
250.00
290.00
280.00
280.00
290.00
280.00
290.00
280.00
280.00
290.00
290.00
260.00
280.00
220.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
200.00
280.00
210.00
230.00
280.00
280.00
260.00
260.00
270.00
260.00
230.00
220.00
275.00
230.00
90.00
200.00
260.00
270.00
270.00
220.00
270.00
130.00
11-kv
HOUSE
/ABADI
DERA
WATER
COURSE
MASQUE
FOOT
PATH
RAILWAY
K/
ROAD/P/
ROAD
1
2
K-R
1
1
K-R
ABADI
DERA
1
1
1
K-R
K-R
K-R
K-R
1
11-KV
ABADI
SOLING
1
2
K-R
11-KV
ABADI
DERA
1
1
1
K-R
11-KV
K-R+2P-R
K-R+P-R
1
1
1
K-R
11-KV
11-KV
ABADI
ABADI
1
1
2K-R
2-11KV
ABADI
1
1
1
P-R
K-R
1
11-KV
1
DERA
ABADI
ABADI
P-R
2
SOLING
1
K-R
i
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-7
Trees affected by 30m RoW of distribution line route
Affected Wood Trees (No.)
Sub Project
Section
Eucliptus/
Shisham
Kikar
Others
Poplar
From
To
(Sisso)
(Acasia)
A: Miranpur
1
2
2
3
3
4
5
3
4
5
1
5
6
2
6
7
2
7
8
1
8
9
9
10
10
11
1
11
12
1
12
13
2
13
14
2
14
15
1
15
16
1
12
8
2
Sub-total (A):
B: Gujarwala Chak
15
16
3
2
16
17
1
8
17
18
2
1
18
19
4
19
20
2
4
20
21
2
3
21
22
3
22
23
1
23
24
4
2
24
25
1
17
16
10
Sub-total (B):
C: Dolatpur
24
25
1
25
26
2
26
27
2
2
27
28
28
29
2
1
29
30
3
30
31
4
31
32
1
32
33
33
34
3
34
35
2
1
35
36
3
3
17
8
3
2
Sub-total (C):
D: Rawani
35
36
2
36
37
2
37
38
3
3
1
38
39
2
4
-
ii
Total
Affected
Trees (No.)
8
1
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
22
5
9
3
4
6
5
3
1
6
1
43
1
2
4
3
3
4
1
3
3
6
30
2
2
7
6
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
39
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43
44
44
45
45
46
46
Gantry
Sub-total (D):
E: Grid Station
Grid Station
Sub-total (E):
3
3
4
19
7
-
1
3
3
4
27
-
-
-
-
-
TOTAL:
65
53.28
39
31.97
5
4.10
13
10.66
122
100.00
Percentage:
iii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Photographs
Picture 1: 11 kV crossing by proposed transmission line
iv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 2: Road crossing by proposed transmission line
v
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 3: crops and trees under the proposed transmission line
vi
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 4: Crops under the proposed transmission line
vii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 5: Grid site at Rawani (Gilaywal) showing access road
Picture 6: Present land use at proposed grid station site
viii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ix
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Pakistan: Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project
(Loan 2178 SF-PAK)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Construction of New 132kV Kameer Grid Station
and transmission Line
Submitted to:
Asian Development Bank
May, 2009
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
x
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table of Contents
1.
2.
3.
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
Overview
1
1.2
Background
3
1.3
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
1.4
Policy and Statutory Requirements in Pakistan
Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.4.1 Statutory Framework
4
1.4.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
4
1.4.3 Pakistan EPA Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
4
1.4.4 National Environmental Quality Standards
5
1.4.5 Other Relevant Laws
5
1.5
Structure of Report
Error! Bookmark not defined.
6
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
7
2.1
Type of Project
7
2.2
Categorization of the Project
7
2.3
Need for the Project
7
2.4
Location and Scale of Project
8
2.5
Alternatives
2.6
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
Error! Bookmark not defined.
11
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
12
3.1
Project Area
3.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
3.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
12
12
12
3.2
Physical Resources
3.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
3.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
3.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
3.2.4 Surface water
3.2.5 Air Quality
3.2.6 Noise and Vibration
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
3.3
Ecological Resources
3.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
3.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
3.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
14
14
14
15
3.4
Economic Development
3.4.1 Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
3.4.2 Transportation
3.4.3 Energy Sources
15
15
15
15
3.5
Social and Cultural Resources
3.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
3.5.2 Education and Literacy
3.5.3 Health Facilities
3.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
16
16
16
16
16
xi
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
4.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
18
4.1
Project Location
18
4.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
18
4.1.2 General Approach to Mitigation
18
4.1.3 Cultural Heritage, Temples, Religious Sites Social Infrastructure
18
4.1.4 Cut and fill
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2
Potential Environmental Impacts
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.2 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.3 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.4 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.5 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.6 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable DiseasesError! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.8 Disease Vectors
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.9 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goodsError! Bookmark not defined.
5.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
24
6.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
27
6.1
Approach to Public Consultation
27
6.2
Public Consultation Process
27
6.3
Results of Public Consultation
27
7.
CONCLUSIONS
28
7.1
Findings and Recommendations
28
7.2
Summary and Conclusions
28
xii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figures and Maps
Figure 1.1 Tranche 2 Subprojects and National Transmission Lines of Pakistan
Figure 1.2 Plan for Kameer Grid Station
Attachments
Attachment 1
Attachment 2
Attachment 3
Attachment 4
Attachment 5
Attachment 6
Pakistan EIA Process.
Environmental Management Plan (matrix)
Monitoring Plan (matrix)
Summary of Public Consultation
Preliminary program for design, construction and commissioning
Implementation schedule
Prepared by
Name
S Bushra Waheed
Authorised by
Javed Rashid
Initials
MEPCO
xiii
Date
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
Kameer
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
TXL
Asian Development Bank
New Kameer132kv grid substation and transmission line subproject
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Project Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
transmission line
Rupee, PKR
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
xiv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
9.
INTRODUCTION
9.1
Overview
164.
1. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 Construction of
Kameer Grid station and Transmission line (as associated subproject) substation and proposed
by Multan Electricity Supply Company; MEPCO] [Fig1.1] , Power Distribution and Enhancement
Multi-tranche Finance Facility (PDEMFF) proposed by Multan Electricity Power Company
[MEPCO] [FIG1.1andFig1.2] under the Asian Development Bank [ADB ]subproject Power
distribution and Enhancement Multitrache Finance Facility [PDEMFF] Under the ADB Guidelines.
165.
2. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate
investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution
companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is
expected to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE)
Investment Program is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB
intervention will finance new investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related
agencies. The investment program will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary
transmission / distribution networks of eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension
(additional transformers) and augmentation (replacement of transformers with higher capacity)
distribution line extensions, new and replacement distribution lines, additional substations,
transformer protection and other non network activities such as automatic meter reading,
construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution lines to and from various
network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the later trenches. The
proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and institutional aspects
in the electrical power sector.
166.
3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the construction of
66Kv Kameer substation and transmission line subproject proposed by Mapco, and are submitted
by Pakistan Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by
Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO
being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO’s role in the processing and
implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation
of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of
environmental assessments for all subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB
operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines
(May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environmental Impact
Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary4.
167.
4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules
according to their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have
reasonably foreseeable impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects
(Schedule I). The proponents of subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts
(Schedule II) are required to submit an environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines
and substations are included under energy subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission /
distribution lines of 11kV and less and large distribution subprojects (Schedule-I). EIA is required
by GoP for all subprojects involving sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for
Grid Station [DGS] substations (Schedule II).
168.
169.
.
4
Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2008-9 and the Category is B. Most of the construction impacts will take place with only local
impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T1 (tranche one) sub-subproject construction. Initial
environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in August 2008 indicated that all the T2 subsubprojects will be Category B
Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003).
Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i) the 120 day
rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in environmentally sensitive areas. At
this stage no component of the T1 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a critical area and therefore the MFF tranche as a
whole is Category B.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
170.
5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental
assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A
Framework of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation
subprojects was prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with
provincial EPAs. In response to the FEA submitted by MEPCO to the Pakistan EPA5 it has been
clarified that all proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for
all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant
provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the
scope and extent of each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if
additional land is required and the need for EIA or EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for
submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this
case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.
171.
Figure 1.1 : Pakistan EPA Procedure
172.
Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to MEPCO, Muhammad
Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, MEPCO, WAPDA House, Lahore.
5
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
173.
9.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
6. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological
importance and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are
generally envisaged to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation
pads and towers to support the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject
by MEPCO and supervised by the MEPCO management.
174.
7. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed
conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling
and analysis, and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the
various public consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and
assessment activities, and carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International
Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided leadership and guidance in planning the field work and
in finalization of the report. The environmental team also benefited from technical support and
other information on the impacts of the proposed power works provided in feasibility summaries
prepared with MEPCO by expert consultants of BPI dealing with engineering, power distribution,
socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
175.
8.
A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts
from construction of the DGS was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation,
measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
176.
9. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in March 2009, in line with ADB guidelines. Under ADB
requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public
consultation during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal
disclosure of the sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted
with local families and communities around and 66KV substation Kameer site and staff of the
subproject management. The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 4
and summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
10.
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
10. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In
addition the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for
public purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an
indirect bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.
10.1
Statutory Framework
11. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial
governments through two ‘lists’ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers
the subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the
Concurrent List contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments
can enact laws. “Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence
both the federal and the provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date,
only the federal government has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental
institutions derive their power from the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996
is now superseded by the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental
laws affecting this subproject are discussed below.
10.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
12. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the
government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a
wide range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the
handling of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the
proposed subproject relate to the requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and
environmental impact assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that:
“No proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with
the Federal Agency an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely
to cause an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has
obtained from the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency has delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments
to the provincial environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)
10.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
13. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of
environmental assessments: Environmental Impact Assessment s (EIA) and environment impact
assessments (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially ‘significant’
environmental impact, whereas EIAs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a
relatively less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA
and EIA Regulations, 2006 (the ‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers
conferred upon it by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for EIA and EIA. Schedules I and II,
attached to the Regulations, list the subprojects that require EIA and EIA, respectively.
177.
14. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of
EIAs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see also
Attachment 1):
178.
(xiv) A subproject is categorized as requiring an EIA or EIA using the two schedules attached to the
Regulations.
(xv) An EIA or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines.
(xvi) The EIA or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the
Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the
cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document.
6
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, 2000
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
(xvii) The EIA/EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the
Regulations.
(xviii) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a)
confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report
requiring additional studies, if necessary.
(xix) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45 and
90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness.
(xx) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions:
(xxi) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an
undertaking accepting the conditions.
(xxii) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a
written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA.
(xxiii) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.
(xxiv) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request
and complete documentation.
(xxv) The EIA/EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord.
(xxvi) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by
annual monitoring reports during operation.
15. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11 kV and above are included under energy subprojects
in Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination (EIA) is
required for distribution lines less than 11 kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A
review of the need for EIA/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case
the Punjab Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in
Punjab.
179.
16. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing
distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and
extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is
required and the need for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will
be forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental
assessment process.
10.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
17. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have
been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be
relevant to the Tranche 2 subprojects:
180.
18. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial
effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets
of numbers)
181.
19. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle
exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.
10.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
20. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of
environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed
below.
182.
21. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain
areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also
provides protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas,
no provision of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject.
183.
22. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no
reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the
proposed subproject.
184.
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
23. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan’s cultural resources. The Act
defines ‘antiquities’ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of
anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these
antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law
prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government
of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological
significance. Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is
undertaken in the proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology,
Government of Pakistan, any archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.
10.2
Structure of Report
24. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological,
hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic
aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the
environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes
various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality,
environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental
quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as
footnotes throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and
includes:
 Description of the Subproject
 Description of Environmental and Social Conditions
 Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Environmental Monitoring Plan
 Public Consultation
 Recommendations and Conclusions
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
11.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
11.1
Type of Project
25. MEPCO is providing electricity to Arifwala and nearby towns through 132 kV Arifwala grid station.
Local domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing rapidly. Due to
the increased power demand of the area the power supply has become insufficient and existing
grid station has become overloaded. So there is need to improve the power supply of the area. For
the purpose MEPCO is planning to construct a new grid station named 132 kV Kameer grid
station. The subroject will be constructed in Tibe Sultan village,Tehsil Arifwala ,District Pakpattan.
This subproject comprises 132kV substation and 60 m long double circuit transmission line. The
grid station will be connected Yusafwala-Arifwala 132kV double circuit transmission line which is
passing just over the proposed DGS site and to traverse the line one tower will be constructed
within grid site without affecting any tree, any infrastructure or, any person except one tube well.
185.
186.
Categorization of the Project
187.
26. Categorization is based on the most environmentally sensitive component of a sub project. The
aspects of the subproject with potential of significant environmental impacts need to be assessed
in detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts
possible from the construction activities of the subproject.
188.
27. The Kameer subproject is categorized as a Category B sub-project 1.3 under ADB requirements
and this EIA report is based on that assumption.
11.2
Need for the Project
28. The standards and conditions of the power transmission system in Pakistan are inadequate to
meet rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and
economic growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power transmission infrastructure has
to be improved and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires
institutional arrangements and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and
planning and management of investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been
designed to address both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector
189.
29. MEPCO is providing electricity to Kameer and nearby towns through 66 kV Kameer grid station. In
last few years local domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing
rapidly. Due to the increased power demand of the area the power supply has become insufficient
and existing grid station has become overloaded. So there is need to improve the power supply of
the area. For this purpose MEPCO is planning to construct a new 132Kv Kameer grid station .
The whole construction and construction activity of the grid station will be done with in the
boundary wall of proposed grid station, and construction of only 60m transmission line will be
involved in this subproject. For this subproject no private land is required.
190.
191.
192.
193.
194.
195.
196.
197.
198.
199.
200.
Figure 2.1:
Jurisdiction Map of MEPCO
201.
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
202.
11.3
Location and scale of project
30. The EIA has included field reconnaissance of site and surroundings of Kameer DGS and TXL .The
Kameer DGS s located within MEPCO Jurisdiction Fig2.2 presents the location of substation.
Substations site location is determined by a committee , comprising of professionals from :
planning ; design ; construction ; operation ; and social, formations of the DISCO . The committee
selects the best site based, from a number of alternatives, on the following considerations : Least
cost technically and socially acceptable alternative ; least social impacts ; soil; and atmospheric
conditions that are not likely impose a higher cost or damage the planed facilities ; acceptable
living conditions for staff members (health, education , water etc.); reasonable access conditions
to allow movement of heavy equipment; reasonable access conditions to allow incoming and
outgoing transmission lines right of way .
203.
31. The Kameer subproject will involve the construction of 132 kV grid station and 60m double circuit
transmission line. The proposed location route to the nearest 132 line appears to be
environmentally feasible and technically appropriate and DGS will be connected to an existing
Yusafwala Arifwala 132kV line(,passing just over the proposed grid) site .by constructing
60m132kV transmission line. .
204.
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
205.
206.
207.
208.
209.
210.
211.
Figure 2.2:
Location of Kameer Substation
212.
213.
214.
32. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in March 2009 when the
preliminary designs for the DGS and TXL were completed and the overall requirements for
installation of the equipment had been identified (Attachment-1). The detailed designs are
currently being progressed by MEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are
expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of the main yard, including
excavation and concreting of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor banks, cable trays
and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), installation of the transformers, equipment and
fittings, erection of the towers, cabling, construction of the control rooms and installation of allied
equipment, and construction of the offices and residences. Impacts from construction of the 132Kv
Kameer DGS subproject are envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired
for construction of the DGS and TXL,, the works for the construction of DGS will be on the land
owned by MEPCO.(under process)
215.
33. The connecting line from Kameer to the network will t involve erection of one tower that will be
strung with the new DGS. The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under
the subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA , however, is based on detailed line route
surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is
chosen) . The line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line
profiles and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground . The EIA is , therefore
based on line design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence ) and only is changed at
implementation stage if so warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the
following parameters
216.
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C
Clearance
m
Sr. No.Description
1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles
2 Roads and Streets
3 Communication and power lines
power lines up to 66 kV
power lines up to 33 kV
4 Highways
5 Railroads
6 Electrified railroads trolley wire
7 River at high flood
8 places accessible to pedestrians only
9 Building roofs not accessible to people
10 Tops of trees (Orchards)
11 Canals
217.
6.7
7.9
2.7
2.7
7.9
7.9
3.85
9.1
7.9
5.2
5
9.1
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
34. Designs power transmission arrangements, access, review of environmental management and
construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed,
tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction
period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years.(Attachment 6
presents the sub project implementation schedule ) the tranche implementation schedule is
presented as follow
218.
TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Responsibility
1
2
Loan Processing
Loan negotiation
Tranche 2 Approval
Loan Effectivity
Bidding Documents
Bidding Documents Preparation
219.
Evaluation
Contract Awards
Construction
Delivery of equipment
Construction & Installation
Testing & Commissioning
Loan Closing
ADB
ADB
EAD
EAD
EAD
ADB
PEPCO
PEPCO
PEPCO
DISCOs
DISCOs
DISCOs
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
ADB
PEPCO
I
Year 2009
II III IV
I
Year 2010
II III IV
I
Year 2011
II III IV
I
Year 2012
II III IV
I
Year 2013
II III IV
I
Year 2014
II III IV
I
Year 2015
II III IV
I
Year 2016
II III IV
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
220.
12.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
12.1
Project Area
12.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
221.
35. The Kmeer subproject will be located on Arifwala raod.On the South of DGS proposed Site (which
is presently used as cultivated land,) is Rajbah(canal).This subproject will be constructed at Tiba
Sultan village of Tehsil Arif Wala of District Pakpatan. Subproject Kameer comprises a 132 KV
substation named Kameer Grid Station and a 60 meters long 132 KV double circuit transmission
line. Grid station will be linked to Yousafwala – Arifwala 132 KV double circuit Transmission line.
This transmission line is passing exactly over the proposed site, so only one new tower and a 60
meter line will be required. The entire line will be traversed with in proposed substation site.
Kameer new grid station will require forty nine Kanals and eight Marlas (6.175 Acres) of land
which MAPCO is purchasing directly by the land owner, there is one tube well on this land, which
is owned by the land owner who is willing to sell it to MEPCO.No further land acquisition is
required for the Substation. And to traverse transmission line one tower will be constructed which
is planned to construct with in the same site without affecting any person at all. exceptone tube
well. neither any structure nor any tree will be affected by this sub project.
12.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
36. The Kameer subproject will indirectly affect only and Tiba Sultan village authorities, in Tehsil
Arifwala and District Pakpattanr, Province of Punjab (Figure 1.2). For the purpose of this study the
Kameer subproject has been assumed to affect Tiba Sultan village and interviews have been
conducted with the public from all along the DGS site TXL corridor.
12.2
Physical Resources
12.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
37. Pakpattan district is a flat plain, bonded on the north by the old bed of the Bias river ad on the
south-east by the Satluj river. The general elevation of the area is about meters above sea level.
Soil impregnated with soda and other salts is common and known as Kallarathi. It is found
extensively in the Ganji Bar i.e. north-western part of the Pakpattan district. the traditional name of
the Stluj river in Pakpattan district is “Nili” which is on account of the colour of its water. The bed of
the river is broad and sandy and the banks are generally abrupt. The silt deposited by the Sutluj
river is small in quantity and also deficient in fertilizing quality.
222.
38. River Satluj lies on the south-eastern portion of Pakpattan district. Haveli Lakha is located on its
east. On the south-east flows Satluj River which creates also a natural boundary here between
Pakistan and India. Arifwala is free o any prominent physical feature.
39. There is no mineral production. Salt petre is found in abundance here. This Kallar is not that one
called Kallar which is harmful for crops. There is also sulphate of soda present in Kallar shore. Soil
is impregnated with soda. Other salts are found in Ganji Bar. Some years back the sub division
Arifwala was famous for the production of melons which were exported to other countries i.e.
Bangladesh, Saudi Arabia, India and Iran etc.
12.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
40. There is little variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the short
length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the area. The climate at
Kameer SP is typical of South Punjab
223.
41. he climate of the district is hot and dry. The maximum temperature in summer reaches 42oC. In
winter the minimum is 5oC. The mean maximum and minimum temperatures in summer are 42oC
and 28oC; and in winter 22oC and 5oC respectively. The summer season starts from April and
continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest months. The winter season on the other
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
hand starts from November and continues till March, December, January and February are the
coldest months.
224.
42. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Annual rainfall is 11.20 inches. More rains
occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the
months of January, February and March.
12.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
43. Irrigation is largely dependent on the canals, but tube wells have also been sunk in the areas
where water is fit for irrigation. The chemical quality of ground water in the district varies area wise
and depth wise. The tube wells have been installed to make up the deficiencies. The strata near
the Kameer and Tiba Sultan towns are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater
potential throughout the project area and the water table is fairly near the surface i.e 5-7m.. The
water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in
the area and there are tube wells within 500m of the proposed TXL towers but the wells are
generally well away from the proposed transmission lines. There is piped water supply in most
areas Tiba Sultan town. Elsewhere the local population is generally reliant on supply from hand
pumps. There should be no impact on these sources of water during the construction.
225.
44. Around 16. Percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which has that facility in
their own houses. A majority is using hand pump for potable water but their percentage share
does not exceed 80 percent. Hardly 1.0 percent households are using potable water taken out
from wells.
12.2.4 Surface water
Rivers and Tributaries
Rivers
45. Water of Satluj and Sukh bias rivers was given to India through Indus basin treaty hence very
samall quantity of water is available in it. It is called as Nili on account of the colour of its water in
Pakpattan. Its course has been affected by three weirs of the Satluj valley project. The silt deposit
of this river is lesser than other ones and is also less fertile. The Sukh Bias is smaller than the
Satluj. Water of Bias River was also given to India under Indus basin treaty, therefore, almost
entire year it remains dry except in rainy season. No nullahs, streams, marshes or lakes are
present in the district.
46. Irrigation:
The major means of irrigation in the district are canal and tube-wells. Depalpur
canal, originating from Gandasingh wala headworks in kasur district, enters the district from east
and irrigates the northern half of the district. Pakpattan canal takes off from Sulemanki Headworks.
This canal and its branch namely Khadir branch irrigate a vast area of the district.
47. Irrigation mostly depends upon Pakpattan canal and Khadar which are fed by a Head Sulemanki
from Satluj River. Irrigation is also done by means of wells and electric tubewells. Weirs controlled
canal plays a vital role in the cultivation of Pakpattan district. In 1925 the upper and lower Sohang,
Khanwah and the Para in inundated channels were brought under controlled system. The Ganda
Singh Walla Head works were constructed on the Satluj River and on this Head works the main
Canal on the right was named as “Dipalpur canal”.
12.2.5 Air Quality
48. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period.
Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered
mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the transmission line works that may give
rise to many complaints about dust and other emissions, however there should be well dissipated.
The major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
In comparison domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene
burning stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor.
226.
Page 12 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
49. Industrial pollution sources are not present in the vicinity of Kameer subproject. The project area is
distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources
such as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid
wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period . Air quality
measurements in major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO
levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found
below WHO standards . Air quality testing by DISCOs (average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 ,
CO 634 ppb , SO2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb )through various consultants has reveled that most
substations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below international standards although TSP levels at
some locations was higher than international standards.
227.
50. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase the
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect
from the project.
228.
51. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil
disturbance. Near the access roads, when vehicles pass, dust levels will increase. Dust levels are
elevated when vehicles pass intermittently over the roads based on field observations and may be
high enough to obscure vision significantly based on observations in August and September 2006.
12.2.6 Noise and Vibration
52. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the
occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant
disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power
expansion will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of
background noise and also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience
background daytime noise levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out
noise level measurements at various substations and transmission line locations within the system
.These analyzed to calculate Leq values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit
prescribed under
the NEQs established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by
DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in the equipment specifications . Typical values were : average 46.21 dBA
; high 63.14 dBA ; and low 34.35 dBA
12.3
Ecological Resources
12.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
53. Pigs are in abundance along the river belt while jackal, porcupine, snakes, wild lizard are also in
abundance. In wild birds, dove, cuckoo, deer (heron), nightingale, wood pecker, quail and owl are
common.
12.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
Vegetation cover and trees
54. The project area, which is dry, is dominated by rural suburbs and with various productive fields of
monocultures that now dominate the agro-ecosystems present in the project area. Common floral
species with rooted vegetation are also present in most of the water bodies of the area.
229.
55. There were many wild trees like Jand (Prosopis spicigera), Van (Salvadora abeoides), Okan Tree
like Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo) and Kikar (Accacia Arabica) were planted in large number on
canal banks and adjacent roads. In recent years Eucalyptus and Popular were introduced and
have grown sufficient in number. General out look of the area is green wherever, water is
available. There is some wild growth of any bush near the area of works but natural forest cover in
the district has been significantly reduced in the past but some of the older stands of trees are well
established could be considered as semi-naturalized to some extent.
230.
Page 13 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
56. The majority of the land adjacent to the substation is agriculture rural area The construction
activity will be within the grid station boundary presently used as agriculture land, where there in
little vegetation besides crops. DGS site is presently used as agricultural land. Just either side of
the transmission line alignment no vegetation exists.
231.
232.
12.3.3 Protected and Religious Trees
57. There is no tree within the proposed DGS site (presently used as agriculture land) and along the
RoW. The main tree large forests of this district is Dul Wryam. There are many trees look like
Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Accacia Arabica), Mulbery (Morus maraceae) and Eucalyptus
planted on sides of the canals. In general permission should be sought from the local tree owners
for the felling of any trees. The LARP may make provision for compensation of local people for the
loss of trees, if needed after detailed study. The works must deal with trees that need to be lopped
or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.
12.3.4 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
58. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the
dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There are no protected areas near the near
proposed DGS and transmission alignment.
12.4
Economic Development
12.4.1 Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
59. Agriculture: The main crops in the subproject area during winter are wheat, rape-seed and
mustard, lentil (Masoor), Gram and gardens and Cotton, rice, sugarcane, maize, jawar, bajra,
mung and mash are the summer crops.
233.
60. Horticulture: fruit gardens become very popular with the farmers especially for citrus, guava and
banana, which represent the highest are of cultivation such as 1686522 and 425 hectares
respectively. It is remarkable to note that the highest yield for mango and water and musk melons
are 11102 and 22121 kg per hectare as compared the small are of cultivation i.e. 98.0 and 115.00
hectares. However the soil is fit to grow fruits of all kinds due to persistent hot weather.
234.
61. Industry:
the district Pakpattan has no industry before independence. Now a days there is
Iteffaq Sugar Mills, Rice Mills, Cotton and Ginning/pressing mills, Brick Kilns are also working.
12.4.2 Transportation
62. There is a complete network of roads in the district. All major villages are connected with the
district headquarters through metalled roads. Important roads are Pakpattan Sahiwal road,
Pakpattan Haveli road, Pakpattan Okara road, Pakpattan Bahawalnager road, Pakpattan
Minchanabad road and Arifwala Fortabass road.
235.
63. Pakpattan district is situated on the railways line which runs from Lahore to Lodhran. So railway
plays an important role in the communication of this district.
236.
64. Tourism: There are many places of interest those attract tourists and promote tourisms e.g.
shrine of Hazrat baba Farid-Ud-Din, Town Qabullah, Town Malka Haus.
12.4.3 Energy Sources
65. Around four-fifths of housing units are using wood. i.e. 79.1 percent as cooking fuel in their houses
while nearly 2.9 percent are using kerosene oil for this purpose. About 1.6 percent are using gas
and 16.4 percent are using other sources of cooking fuel in their houses. Regarding urban and
rural differential wool is mainly used in rural and urban areas representing 80.1 and 72.6 percent
respectively while kerosene oil is the main source of cooking fuel in urban areas representing 14.3
percent of the house units, followed by gas representing 9.1 percent housing units.
Page 14 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
12.5
Social and Cultural Resources
12.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
66. The total population of Pakpattan district and Tehsil Arifwala was 1,286,680 and 603,096 persons
respectively as enumerated in March 1998 As emerged from 1998 census the population of district
is predominantly Muslims i.e. 99.2 percent. The next higher percentage is of Christians with 0.8.
While other minorities like Ahmadi, Hindu (Jati). Scheduled castes etc. are very small in number.
The proportion of population of Muslims is higher in rural areas. 99.4 percent as compared to their
counterparts in urban areas, 98.0 percent. Christians are mostly living in urban areas representing
2.0 percent as compared to just 0.6 percent in rural areas. Punjabi is the predominant language
being spoken in the district, representing 95.9 percent of the population, followed by Urdu spoken
by 3.7 percent and Pushto 0.4 percent while others speak Siraiki, Sindhi, Balochi, Bravi, Dari etc.
leaving aside the rural area which is influenced by the local people, the proportion of people
speaking Urdu and Pushto are less in urban areas than in rural areas.
237.
67. Of the total economically active population 83.5 percent were registered as employed in 1998.
Only 4.1 percent were government employees, 65.4 percent self employed and 23.0 percent
private employees. Un-paid family helpers were recorded as 6.2 percent. The difference in
proportions of employed population was significant between the genders and urban and rural
residences.
12.5.2 Education and Literacy
68. The literacy ratio in Bahawalnagar district has increased from 19.5 percent in 1981, to 35.1
percent in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 45.5 percent as against 23.8 percent for females.
The ratio is much higher in urban when compared with rural areas both for male and female.
There are primary, middle and high schools for boys and girls in city at 1 km .There is a school
girls at 350m and a and a high school for boys at 200m from DGS
238.
239.
Number of educational institutions and their enrolment 1997-98 is given in the table below:Table 3.1
Educational Institutions by Level of Education, 1997-98
Level
Degree
Intermediate
Professional
and
commercial
Training institute
Schools
High schools
Middle schools
Primary schools
Community models
Institution
Male
Female
2
2
1
-
Enrolment
Male
Female
1439
1450
757
-
3
-
295
-
-
-
-
-
51
22
410
-
13
33
308
6
23587
7089
42177
-
8990
4951
21568
300
Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1999.
12.5.3 Health Facilities
69. In district Pakpattan one district headquarters hospital, one tehsil HQ hospital, six rural health
centers, seventy four basic health centers, one T>B clinic and one MCHC are the main medical
centres serving the people of the district and here free medical facilities are provided.
12.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
240.
Page 15 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
70. There are no official heritage sites or historic, religious or archeologically important sites located in
the Subproject works areas. There is no major historic or archaeological feature of note but there a
few places of worship a mosque in the DGS within about 500m of the works.
71. The ancient dwellers of the Pakpattan district were the position tribes, namely Jats, Rajputs,
Arains, Wattoos, Hans, Bhattis, Noon Pattans, Chishties and Syeds.
Page 16 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
13.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
13.1
Project Location
13.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
72. This Tranche 2 subproject will involve the construction of 132kVDGS and 60m transmission Line is
passing just over theproposed sitel of the grid station. Kameer Grid station will be llinked to
Yusawala-Arifwala 132 kV transmission line by constructing 60 m long double circuit transmission
line See Figure 1.1 which presents the line route. of Construction of 132kV DGS implying an
expansion of both outside and within the existing boundaries of Kameer grid station (DGS will be
constructed on land owned by MEPCO(under process). There are no sensitive receivers close to
the DGS which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. The TXL will not
cross roads, highway, and canal and could not require the removal of trees but there is no other
sensitive receiver on its routs, which could be affected by the works.
73. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts.
This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the
recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to with reference to the
conditions on the ground in the affected areas (Figure 1.2 show TXL route) in the spirit of the
environmental assessments process. In this section the potential environmental impacts are
reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental standards,
mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the
expected outcomes of the project being implemented. Therefore, it is essential that a proper
analysis is carried out during the project planning period. In this regard, the impact prediction plays
a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation measures and any alternative
options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the impacts and mitigation
measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts are set up and in
the light of any fine tuning of the Subproject proposals.
74. The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Attachment 2) has been
reviewed based on the EMP and shall be reviewed in due course at project inception and through
construction in order to feed back any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis
of impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from Subproject project
implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the project design, to design
monitoring and evaluation schedules to be implemented during Subproject project construction
and operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing Subproject mitigation measures.
The EMP plan must be reviewed in the Subproject inception by the project management and
approved before any construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes
and fine tuning of the proposals.
13.1.2 General Approach to Mitigation
75. Based on experience on some projects contractors have put emphasis on the financial
compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is
necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international
practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the subproject
contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable.
This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation
for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance.
76. During the preparation for the Subproject construction phase the future contractors must be
notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing agency, project management, supervising
consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be
primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and
be ready to engage trained environmental management staff to audit the effectiveness and review
mitigation measures as the project proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be
audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency (MEPCO) must be prepared for
this. In this regard the MEPCO must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by
FEPA on the environmental aspects of power projects and the recommendations already made for
Subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan’s PEP Act law.
Page 17 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
77. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage
sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough to the
subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from
disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because theDGS is located in rural setting,
TXL is very short (only60 m), and the alignment is with in DGS boundary and has no human
settlements and structures ..
78. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this
is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy
vehicles on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available
in the study area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at
vulnerable locations in the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that
where works are within 15m of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install
segregation between the works and the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should
be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary
visual barrier to the works. Where dust is the major consideration the barrier can take the form of
tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted on a concrete base. These can be moved along
from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds.
79. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to
schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the
physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be
discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage to assist in public relations.
13.1.3 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
80. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in
Section 3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The new 60 m line
will also not affect or disturb any such site. .
81. The nearest clinic / hospital is more than3 km from the edge of the Subproject or TXL route, but
the nearest school is at 2km from the Subproject, and the nearest houses at about 2km from the
DGS site. The TXL will not cross road, canal .. Apart from these features, there will be sufficient
buffer distance between the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts should be
expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure
nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.
13.2
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
13.2.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
82. The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the
power corridor (RoW) created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected
from construction of132kV Kameer DGS and TXL..
13.2.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
83. Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the
commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting
and filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the
foundations for the new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending
on the mode of contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove
unstable materials, or to stockpile topsoil.
84. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper
functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that
consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses
and shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.
85. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these
should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought
Page 18 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
in. The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock
based materials extraction from outside.
86. The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials
will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.
87. At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious
plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the
woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the
woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be
identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of
trees at a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the
newly planted trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest
authority.
88. Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials
management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement
and aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be
employed prior to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be
employed to mitigate nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as
mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to
control the impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the
subproject cut and fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange
between the different contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line
and to provide an overall balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.
13.2.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
89. There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment. 132 kV
transmission Line Yusafwala-Arifwala line is is passing over proposed grid station site.(Figure
1.1)which presents the line route. by MEPCO (Marchl 2009) will not affect any tree .In case
removal all the trees on private or forest land during the works, written permission should be
sought.
90. If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or
other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority
and the owner after written justification by MEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees
with three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.
91. A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Kameer DGS
and TXL site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may
permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written
justification by MEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.
13.2.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
92. The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale
of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.
13.2.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
93. The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV substation (about 150
cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large.
In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location
from the quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly
construction materials for the substation are stored within the substation site are scheduled as per
the work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction
materials are built in phases over 6 to 12 months period ) , which means that at any given point in
time the amount of construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction
material required for a typical substation or transmission tower are not so larger that they
potentially represent a traffic hazard , these requirements are time dispersed in case of
substations and time and space dispersed in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be ,
Page 19 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
however, required to provide a traffic management plan before commencement of work at site
.Field observations indicate that ambient air quality is generally acceptable and that emissions
from traffic and other powered mechanical equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will
be a few items of powered mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution
line works that may give rise gaseous emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The
major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the
transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are
needed:
Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and
cement works are required.
Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be
maintained damp by watering the construction area.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks
covered with tarpaulins.
Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements.
94. All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works) shall be
well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in
the NEQS.
241.
95. The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials
from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other
public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use
and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.
13.2.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
96. It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool methods
will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered mechanical
equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from several
machines can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should be
requested by the construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and
certification that all equipment to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution
and noise dampening devices to meet EPA requirements.
97. A criterion of 70dB (A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous
EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to
prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
98. Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not
covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is
recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and
70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of
land from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB (A)Leq (exterior, boundary of
DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be
located within DGS or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other
structures from operation.
99. Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction
and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come
a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a
building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling
should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local
population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall
discuss with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely
avoid machine use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.
Page 20 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
13.2.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
100.
The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid
wastes into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water
and open defecation by construction workers.
101.
In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS
lavatories should be allowed provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker
camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen
reason a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement
areas or near sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be
provided.
102.
Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper
storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer
a breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be
encountered if open water is allowed to accumulate at the Kameer DGS site. Temporary and
permanent drainage facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of
surface water from all areas and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.
13.3
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
13.3.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
103.
The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or
schools will be close to the new TXL in the operational phase.The DGS will be constructed at a the
extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the
noise level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an
acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required.
There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase
any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters.
All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative
effect from the subproject.
104.
Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the
detailed design stage. There are/not national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution
noise emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior,
boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that
a check be made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the
installed equipment at the detained design stage
13.3.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
105.
No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues
such as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release.
Transformer oil is supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as
necessary on site. There are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling
(dehydrating) oil from breakers. However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are
located have no dedicated drainage which can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any
contaminated soil residues should be captured at source and refueling and maintenance should
take place in dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and
waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority. No significant
impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to arise in this
subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as transformer oil and
lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is supplied in drums
from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There are facilities in
some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers. However
the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which can
capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in
dedicated areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily
Page 21 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
residues should be disposed at a site agreed with the local authority . DISCOs are served by the
Technical Services Group (TSG) , TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each
piece of hardware .TSG also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid
System Operation (GSO) .Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends
upon the level of load the transformer serves ) .Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by
routine maintenance .TSG and GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills .
106.
The DISCO procedures for handling PCB need to be strengthened the maintenance of
transformers need to be based on the manufactures instructions. There need to be performance
evaluation procedure prescribed and followed for each power transformer. In working areas where
PCBs are handled, it is necessary to monitor the levels of chlorinated solvents. In case of
emergencies the first step is to attempt to control the spread of the liquid, this is especially relevant
during transportation. In case of spills emergency measures need to be taken by personal
specially trained and wearing protective clothes. Oil absorptive materials are a useful tool and
needs to be spread over the spill. All equipment and surfaces exposed to the spill need to be
washed with solvent. The best international procedures and guidelines need be followed; one such
guideline is the UNEP PCB transformers and capacitors – Form Management to Reclassification
and disposal, May 2002. This however, is not relevant as this EIA is related to the development
and construction if a new substation and PEPCO/DISCOs have already banned the use of any
equipment that uses PCB.
107.
MEPCO already prohibits use of PCBs in new power transformers, there is however need
to prepare an inventory of any PCB carrying equipment in the system and all such equipment be
replaced. The maintenance instructions prepared by the Technical Services Group needs to be
reviewed and revised to add PCB based equipment maintenance and a procedure for handling
any PCB spills. The Kot Lakhpat and Shalimar workshops already follow. Such procedures,
however, these need to be reviewed and upgraded in light of best international practice. This
would include provision of special clothing availability of oil absorptive solvents, availability of steel
containers. Training to staff on oil spills and special care during transportation of equipment using
PCB’s. TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to .
DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among other tasks , investigates all accidents
.Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years
record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal .Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision
negligence .Detailed report of each accident is prepared .
13.4
Enhancement
108.
Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Kameer subproject
site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard
and soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in
many sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for
enhancements can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be
discussed with the local population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage and to assist in public relations. Trees removed for construction purposes
should be replaced as compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one
removed however additional trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the
DGS and along the TXL.
Page 22 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
14.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
109.
In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Kameer subproject
Tranche 2 subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected
outcomes of the project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the
type, extent and duration of the identified environmental impacts for the Kameer subproject
Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and by reference to the
ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines 2003.
110.
It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out
according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines.
The EMP matrix is presented as Attachment 2. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a
vital role in reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches
based on the feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this
stage.
111.
Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended
and reviewed by the MEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review
shall be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this
feasibility stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the
subprojects. For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of
the substation boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance
and evaluation schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be
updated and costs estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a
subproject by subproject basis.
112.
The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by
the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to
take account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended
that, before the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a
full extent of the environmental requirements of the project (EIA/EIA and EMP) are included in the
bidding documents. Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of
contractors and their awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used
as indicator criteria for the prequalification of contractors.
113.
In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the
construction phase the MEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all
stakeholders in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the
contract documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. MEPCO will need to
engage at least one trained environmental management staff and the staff should audit the
effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective
implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the mid term review of loan conditions and
the executing agency must prepare for this at the inception stage.
114.
The details of EMP given in the Attachment 2 are for the Kameer subproject. The EMP
matrix will have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects
that have a similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated
substation and line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for
lines traversing more sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.
115.
The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage,
construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the
mitigation measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the
implementation of mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility
of the institution. The institutional responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the
implementation and the supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan
(Attachment-3) for the performance indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the
monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been prepared following best practice and the
ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.
Page 23 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
116.
Prior to implementation of the subproject the MEPCO needs to comply with several
environmental requirements, such as submitting and EIA/EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA
clearance (“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under
PEPAct (guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other
authorities. MEPCO will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied
with all statutory requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered
mechanical equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions.
117.
The EMP (Attachment 2) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of MEPCO
to conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. MEPCO has appointed 01
environmental manager and 01 social impact manager with support staff. MEPCO ESU is fully
functional. However, an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in
this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that
for subprojects in future Tranches that the MEPCO be prepared to engage more support where
necessary (e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental
management one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the
subsequent formal assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor
compliance with the EMP. As of April 2009, the MEPCO has demonstrated only limited
commitment to developing in-house environmental and social capability.
118.
The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be
responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds
kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated
to consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality
control and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior
management staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all
environmental concerns for the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are
in EMP auditing, environmentally responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution
management and ecological impact mitigation. It is recommended that an environmental specialist
consultant with 10 years experience be made available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects
full time for at least the first six months of the PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with
local support those services are retained for the life of the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed
graduate environmental manager can then shadow the environmental specialist to improve
awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and oversight for the EMP
implementation for the first 12 months.
119.
In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the
graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved
prior to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory
obligations under the PEP Act. It is also recommended that MEPCO Board allow direct reporting
to Board level from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires
resources for larger subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed
through the project implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed
design. It is recommended that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the
ESU to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The
graduate environmental manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation
measures in the project packages.
120.
Overall implementation of the EMP will become MEPCO’s responsibility. MEPCO and
other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:
121.
Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP
measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;
122.
The MEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely
resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation
of all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts,
and
123.
Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities,
Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the
Page 24 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their
respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels.
124.
Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the
EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every
six months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the
monitoring report on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned
in the implementation and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if
unexpected environmental impacts occur.
125.
The monitoring plan (Attachment-3) was designed based on the project cycle. During the
preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor’s bidding
documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been
included; and (ii) checking that the contract documents’ references to environmental mitigation
measures requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor’s assignment and making
sure that any advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g.
for power distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of
designs must be carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on
ensuring that environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance
indicators will be monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide
any remedial action to address unexpected impacts.
126.
Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental
performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use
local community groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in
setting up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs
as a matter of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.
127.
At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by
generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts
will be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is
implemented to its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience
suggests that some contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry
out some measures. In order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP
and to ensure compliance, it is recommended that environmental measures be coasted separately
in the tender documentation and that payment milestones are linked to environmental
performance, vis a vis the carrying out of the EMP.
128.
The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and
the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO (the IA) must be
prepared to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.
242.
Page 25 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
15.
15.1
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
Approach to Public Consultation
129.
The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so
as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken
place during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into
account and their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where
appropriate. Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of
construction impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines
and the DGS and its equipment.
130.
There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement
(LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is
expected that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to
accommodate stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the
project implementation and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to
facilitate timely completion.
15.2
Public Consultation Process
131.
The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to
construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback
regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were
the population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village
leaders and school teachers.
132.
Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to
support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed
TXL that may be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the
stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none
registered any outright opposition to subproject.
133.
The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with
stake holders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public
consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better
serve the stakeholders.
134.
The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act
only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / EIA has been accepted by the
relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this EIA the consultation process was
performed to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted
are listed in the full table of public consultation presented in Attachment 4.
15.3
Results of Public Consultation
135.
The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and
perceptions of the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in15 responses in April
2009 (Attachment-4). The community generally supports the construction of the DGS. The local
poor people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the
contractors during implementation of the project. Women requested that safety precaution should
be taken during construction .No land acquisition and resettlement is involved in this subproject.
243.
136.
On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no
insurmountable environmental and social impacts but MEPCO will have to make sure that
compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled
employment should be preferentially given to the AP and safety precaution should be taken during
implementation as far as is reasonably practicable.
Page 26 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
16.
CONCLUSIONS
16.1
Findings and Recommendations
137.
This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary
data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were
assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential
environmental impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation
measures. This study recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during
project processing in order to meet the ADB requirements.
138.
There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining
clearance for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but
environmental impacts from the power enhancements will mostly take place during the
construction stage. There are also some noise impacts and waste management issues for the
operational stage that must be addressed in the detailed design and through environmentally
responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage the number of and exact locations for
transmission tower enhancements may change subject to detailed surveys but the impacts are
likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have been reviewed in the environmental
impact section of this EIA report.
139.
There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to
construction the MEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and MEPCO must
complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing
the contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission
to PEPA as required in future.
140.
No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will
be compensated to the concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made in LARP,
based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the
detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse
impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP)
has been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of
the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the
project districts.
Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status
of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the
project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and
poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included.
Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials,
including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and
ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation.
Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts
(minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.
141.
Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to
establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring
schedule (Attachment-3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The
results should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action
thresholds, pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor’s performance.
142.
During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory
requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on
periodic recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any
unexpected impacts.
16.2
Summary and Conclusions
143.
The construction of 66kV Kameer DGS into 132kV is a feasible and sustainable option
from the power transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view.
Page 27 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the
subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available.
Additional human and financial resources will be required by MEPCO to complete the designs and
incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to
payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are practicable but require
additional resources.
144.
This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance
program and be included as an Attachment to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the
detailed design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the
environmental clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program.
Therefore, continued monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation
of the environmental conditions for work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the
environmental impact related to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and
reported at least twice per year as part of the project performance report.
Page 28 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 29 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-2
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan – Matrix May2009
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1.
Social Impacts
To ensure that the
adverse impacts due
to
the
property
acquisition
and
resettlement
are
mitigated according to
the LARP.
1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place
IN CASE UNFORSEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED
2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of
people.
3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide
compensation and assistance to the APs.
4. MEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property
or house such that no additional land is required..
5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the
Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP.
6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the
project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into
the Entitlement Matrix.
Before
the
construction of the
GSS and all the
included structures,
the APs to be given
sufficient time with
compensation
money
and
to
resettle
satisfactorily.
Affected Families will be
compensated by MEPCO
through the concerned
District
Revenue
Department and Land
Acquisition Collectors.
MEPCO
ESU / LACs
MC
and
External
Monitors
2.
Hydrological
Impacts
To
minimize
hydrological
and
drainage
impacts
during constructions.
1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water
courses or bridges and culverts.
2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be
completed
If lines or substation are
relocated
near
water
courses,
culverts
or
bridges in the design
stage reports
MEPCO
ESU with the
Design
Consultant
MEPCO
3. Noise barriers
Ensure
cumulative
noise impacts are
acceptable
in
construction
and
operational phase.
1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school,
(other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line.
2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and
controlled.
3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of
noisy equipment) and monitoring.
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
4. Waste disposal
Ensure
adequate
disposal options for all
waste
including
transformer
oil,
residually contaminated
soils, scrap metal.
1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations
for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and
disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal
“cradle to grave”.
2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal.
3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates
accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification
or tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
MEPCO ESU. Locations
approved by EPA and
MEPCO and local waste
disposal authorities.
MEPCO ESU
and EPA with
the
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
5.
Temporary
drainage
and
erosion control
Include mitigation in
preliminary designs for
erosion
control
and
temporary drainage.
1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be
affected by works.
2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s).
During
designing
stage no later than
pre-qualification
or
tender negotiations.
Locations based on drainage
or irrigation crossing RoW
near DGS.
MEPCO ESU
and
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
6. Contract clauses
Ensure requirements
and
recommendations of
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
Environmental
concern
DESIGN STAGE
4.
Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make
contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by
reference to EIA/EIA in contract.
Before
the
commencement of
construction
activities/during
design stage
1. During detailed
design stage. No
later
than
prequalification
or
tender negotiations.
2. Include acoustic
specification in the
contract.
4.
During
tender
preparation.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
Mitigation Measures recommended
Objectives
environmental
assessment
included
in
contracts.
5.
are
the
6.
Include preparation of EMP review and method statement
WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment
milestone(s).
Require environmental accident checklist and a list of
controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the
contractor’s
work
method
statement
and
tender
documentation.
Timing to
implement MM
5.
No
later
than
prequalification or
tender
negotiations
6.
In bidding
documents as
evaluation
criteria.
Locations to
implement MM
required / approved by
PEPA.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
consultant
any).
1. Locations of each
construction activity to be
listed
by
the
CSC
engineer.
2. Special locations are
identified on the site by
the contractor to minimize
disturbances.
3. A list of locations of
irrigation channels / drains
to be compiled and
included in the contract.
1.Contractor
supervised
by CSC or to
actively
supervise
and enforce.
MEPCO
ESU
All staff members in all
categories.
Monthly
induction and six month
refresher
course
as
necessary until contractor
complies.
MEPCO
ESU,
Contractor
and the CSC
and record
details.
MEPCO &
CSC
to
observe
and record
success.
CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
2.
Hydrology And
Drainage
Aspects
To ensure the proper
implementation of any
requirements
mentioned in EPA
conditions of approval
letter in relation to
Hydrology
of
the
project.
1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular construction
activities are undertaken.
2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for
material exploitation or spoil disposal.
3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction
activity as an erosion control measure.
4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible
and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have
been cleared of such areas.
1. MEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress
all environmental statutory and recommended obligations.
2. Orientation for
Contractor,
and
Workers
To ensure that the
CSC contractor and
workers understand
and have the capacity
to ensure the
environmental
requirements
and
implementation
of
mitigation measures.
2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training for
the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement of
the project. Record attendance and achievement test for
contractors site agents.
3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary
mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project
activities.
4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be
Prepare a thorough
drainage
management plan
plan
to
be
approved by CSC
one month prior to
a commencement
of construction
Proper
timetable
prepared
in
consideration with
the
climatic
conditions of the
area, the different
construction
activities mentioned
here to be guided.
Induction course for
all site agents and
above including all
relevant
MEPCO
staff / new project
staff
before
commencement of
work.
At early stages of
construction for all
construction
employees as far
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
Mitigation Measures recommended
Objectives
followed.
3. Water quality
4. Air quality
5.
Ground
Vibration
To prevent adverse
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
Ensure
adverse impacts on
water quality caused
by
construction
activities
are
minimized.
To minimize dust
effectively and avoid
complaints due to the
airborne
particulate
matter released to the
atmosphere.
To minimize ground
vibrations
during
construction.
Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before
commencement of works.
1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control
before works within 50m of water bodies.
2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and
EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to
avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of
construction machinery and equipment.
3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in selfcontained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies.
4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities.
5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a
suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and
avoid stockpiling near to water bodies.
6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural
drainage will be disrupted.
7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of
drinking water.
CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE.
1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant
regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway
Act).
2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading,
particularly in windy conditions.
3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be
employed to minimize exhaust emissions.
4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials
shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary.
Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.
5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and
fruit farms.
6. Spraying of bare areas with water.
7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory
requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors.
1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical
equipment within 100m of SRs.
2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation
with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling
and schedule works accordingly.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
as
reasonably
practicable.
1.Contractor
(MEPCO
ESU & CSC
to enforce).
1 month prior to
construction.
During
construction.
all
1 month prior to
construction.
1. 50m from water bodies
2. Relevant locations to be
determined in the detailed
project design.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
2. Contractor
has to check
water quality
and report to
MEPCO.
3.
CSC
supervises
implementati
on activities.
MEPCO
review
results
Contractor
should
maintain
acceptable
standard
CSC
to
supervise
activities.
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable.
4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours.
5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be
allowed at night time.
6. Noise
To minimize noise
increases
during
construction.
Prevent
adverse
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
7. Soil Erosion /
Surface Run-off
To
minimize
soil
erosion due to the
construction activities
of towers, stringing of
conductors
and
creation of access
tracks for project
vehicles.
1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment
within 100m of SRs.
2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive
time for works and schedule works accordingly.
3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations and with
effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise.
4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours.
5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall
be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize
noise.
7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls.
8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise
nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting
available acoustic methods.
SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS)
FOR DRY SEASON
1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to
be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion control
plan one month before commencement of works to protect all
areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall be
in the final design).
2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m
of water bodies.
3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site
preparation.
5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any
tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid
reporting and feedback to CSC.
5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with
MEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where
possible.
6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled
areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage.
7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind
excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the
slopes or cause slippage.
Locations to
implement MM
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
1 month prior to
construction
because the area
can be subject to
unseasonal heavy
rain Plan before
and
during
construction
(cut
and
fill,
land
reclamation
etc.)
while considering
the
climatic
conditions.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
activities.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
activities.
1. Locations based on
history
of
flooding
problems indicated by
local authorities .
2. A list of sensitive areas
during construction to be
prepared by the detail
design
consultant
in
consideration with the cut
and fill, land reclamation,
borrow areas etc.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU /
CSC
3. Locations of all rivers,
streams,
culverts,
irrigation channels, roads
and highways.
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
8.
Exploitation,
Handling,
Transportation
and Storage of
Construction
materials
9.Construction
Waste Disposal
Objectives
To
minimize
disruption
and
contamination of the
surroundings,
minimize and or avoid
adverse
environmental
impacts
arising
out
of
construction material
exploitation, handling,
transportation
and
storage
by using
sources that comply
with EPA license
conditions
Minimize the impacts
from the disposal of
construction waste.
Mitigation Measures recommended
8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and
scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and
restored to natural contours.
9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and
adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the
construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be
endorsed and monitored byt CSC after consulting with concerned.
authorities.
10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and
handed back to MEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation
cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the
deceleration of surface run-off.
(consider also for future trances if civil works)
1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to
minimize adverse environmental impacts.
2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions,
recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject
activities using the licensed source including:
(vii)
Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material
exploitation.
(viii)
Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for
material transport.
(ix) Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in
material transport or construction.
(x) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material storage.
(xi) Conditions that apply for aggregate production.
(xii)
Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or
dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic
chemicals.
1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and
approved by MEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works.
WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste
to be generated by the project.
2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or
by other interested parties without any residual environmental
impact.
3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or
those designated sites in the contract.
4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites
and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites.
5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas
to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may
be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
month
prior
to
starting of works.
Update monthly.
1. List of borrow areas to
be prepared with tender
stage contractors method
statement and updated
one
month prior to
construction.
2.List
of
routes
of
transport of construction
material is to be prepared
for the contract and
agreed one month prior to
construction.
3. Map of locations of
storage is prepared by the
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC to
agree format
of reporting
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
1.Contractor
2-11. CSC
and MEPCO
ESU should
supervise
and
take
action
to
ensure that
contractor’s
complete
relevant
activities
according to
EIA / EIA /
MEPCO/
CSC
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
One month prior to
starting of works.
1.Dumping:
A list of temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement
A
list
of
temporary
stockpiling areas and
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
Objectives
10.
Work
Camp
Operation
and
Location
(if required)
To ensure that the
operation of work
camps
does
not
adversely affect the
surrounding
environment
and
residents in the area.
11. Loss of Trees
To
avoid
negative
Mitigation Measures recommended
other water bodies.
6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or
removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local
regulations.
7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed
with local authorities/EPA.
8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or
reused at DISCO’s facility.
9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill
during the construction.
10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip
trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during
maintenance.
11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste
facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to
good environmental practice.
1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local
authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the
MEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements
or near drinking water supply intakes.
2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation
shall be minimized.
3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be
provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be
backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites.
4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the
national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be
dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be
disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied
with the necessary permits of local authority permission.
5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation,
collection and transport system.
6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid
hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and
disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations.
7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be
removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings,
shelters and toilets shall be removed.
8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation.
9.MEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect
and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to preproject conditions.
11. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month
Timing to
implement MM
Resp
mon
MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Update monthly
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement (in W M Plan)
EMP
requirement
& NEQS.
UPDATE Once a
month
Location Map is prepared
by the Contractor.
Contractor
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Route design and
Tree
Design
MEPCO
survey
to
be
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
and
Vegetation
Cover
of
the
Areas for Towers
and
Temporary
Work-space
12.
Safety
Precautions
for
the Workers
13.
Traffic Condition
15.Social Impacts
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
impacts
due
to
removing
of
landmark,
sentinel
and specimen trees
as well as green
vegetation
and
surface cover.
before tender.
12. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to
prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees.
Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting.
13. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction,
borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important
vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful
alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included in
tree survey.
14. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not
burned.
15. The contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to
damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside
immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works
timber.
16. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees
in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land
holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees.
17. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside
the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree
removed.
18. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion.
19. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a
rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice.
20. After work completion all temporary structures, including office
buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.
3. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate
warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the
workers to use the provided safety equipment.
To ensure safety of
workers
4. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe
shoes.
Minimize disturbance
of vehicular traffic and
3.
Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month
pedestrians
during
prior to start of works.
haulage
of
4.
Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided.
construction materials
and equipment.
To ensure minimum
4. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable
impacts
from
diseases from labour camps shall be avoided (worker awareness
construction
labour
orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained).
force.
on
public
5. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / damage
health.
close to ROW to be considered and responded to promptly.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
site identification (1
& 2) during design
stage and other
matters
during
construction
of
relevant activities
completed one month
before tender at relevant
Locations with a Map to
be compiled prior to
tender by the design
consultant / MEPCO ESU
during detailed design and
CSC
to
update
as
necessary.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
consultant,
Contractor
and CSC
ESU
CSC
/
Prior
to
commencement
and
during
construction
Location to be identified
by
the
CSC
with
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Prior
to
throughout
construction.
The
most
important
locations to be identified
and listed. Relevant plans
of the Contractor on traffic
arrangements to be made
available.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
All
subprojects
tranches
Contractor
and the CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
and
the
Complaints
of
public to be solved
as soon as possible
all
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental
concern
16.
Institutional
Strengthening
and
Capacity
Building
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
To
ensure
that
MEPCO officials are
trained to understand
and to appreciate
EMP
6. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local
community impacts.
Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in
Tranche 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with
in MEPCO under Director Operations in Tranche 1. Development
of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with
resources.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Initiate
preconstruction and
continue
beyond
project completion.
Awareness training for all
management and senior
staff in MEPCO at senior
engineer and above in
PMU and related units.
Resp Imp
MM
MEPCO
ESU
Resp
mon
MM
MEPCO &
ADB
OPERATIONAL
STAGE
Minimize air quality No significant Impacts Tranche 1.Monitor designs and plans for all
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
Operational phase
impacts
future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
noise No significant Impacts Tranche 1. Acoustic designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
2.Noise
impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
improper Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
3. Waste disposal
waste disposal
of all subprojects and MEPCO activities.
tranches
ESU
3. Compensatory Maintain survival of Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
tree planting
trees planted
replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary.
tranches
ESU
Avoid landslips and
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
4.Land slides and
No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and
all subprojects in future
loss of productive
ESU
soil erosion
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
land
Minimize
water No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
5. Water quality
quality impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Monitor impacts from
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
6
Crops
and maintaining
tree
all subprojects in future
ESU
Track growth of large trees under the conductors.
vegetation
clearance
under
tranches
transmission lines
Ensure
no
Operational phase
MEPCO
encroachments
/
ESU
Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed
7. Social safety construction
under
all subprojects in future
all along the line.
MEPCO
Impacts
the transmission line.
tranches
Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the DXLs..
No
violation
of
clearance spaces.
LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.
CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. TXL = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS = National Environmental Quality Standards
1. Air Quality
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-4
SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Sr.
No.
Participant Name
Participant
Profession
Address
Date
Issues Raised/Concerns
expressed/ Suggestions &
Requests
Proposed
Measure
Action Taken / Proposed
Man Group: Tiba Sultan
40.
41.
42.
43.
Haji Akbar
Zaheer Asghar
Zia ul Haq
Muhammad Aslam
Land Owner
Land Owner
Land Owner
Land Owner
Tiba Sultan
Tiba Sultan
Tiba Sultan
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
Compensation should
be paid adequately
and timely
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
Compensation should
be paid adequately
and timely
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
Compensation should
be paid adequately
and timely
March 2009
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
Compensation should
be paid adequately
and timely
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary at
any
stage
houses
and
structures should be avoided
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary at
any
stage
houses
and
structures should be avoided
No comments
44.
Waseem Asghar
Shopkeeper
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
45.
Naveed Akbar
Busniss
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
46.
Mumtaz Ahmad
Police Man
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
47.
Khalid Ahmad
Labour
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
48.
Mukhtar Ahmad
Labour
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
49.
Women Group: Tiba Sultan
Fauzia Bibi
Housewife
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
Local
skilled
and
unskilled
MEPCO
should
compensation of crops
trees fairly and timely at
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
compensation of crops
trees fairly and timely at
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
compensation of crops
trees fairly and timely at
15 days before civil works
MEPCO
should
compensation of crops
trees fairly and timely at
15 days before civil works
pay
and
least
pay
and
least
pay
and
least
pay
and
least
Construction work
should be completed
in time
MEPCO should complete all
work timely
Construction work
should be completed
in time
MEPCO should complete all
work timely
Skilled and unskilled
labor should be
preferred from the
area
Skilled and unskilled
labor should be
preferred from the
area
Skilled and unskilled
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should employ Skilled
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
labor should be used wherever
possible
50.
51.
52.
Naseem
Zahida Bibi
Kalsoom
Housewife
Housewife
Housewife
Tiba Sultan
Tiba Sultan
Tiba Sultan
labor should be
preferred from the
area
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
during project works
Safety
precaution
should be taken during
works
March 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
during project works
Safety
precaution
should be taken during
works
March 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
Skilled and unskilled
labor should be
preferred from the
area
53.
Fatema
Student
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
54.
Nasreen
Student
Tiba Sultan
March 2009
Load shedding in the summer
is disturbing our study; she
hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Load shedding in the summer
is disturbing our study; she
hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
and unskilled labor from the
area
MEPCO should bound the
contractor to take safety
precaution during works.
MEPCO should bound the
contractor to take safety
precaution during works.
MEPCO should employ Skilled
and unskilled labor from the
area
-
-
-
-
244.
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
245.
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
246.
Photographs
Picture 1: Tee off source line passing over the proposed grid site
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 2: Present land use proposed grid site
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 3: Tube well likely to be affected by grid station
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 4: Community consultation at grid station site
Picture 5: Water course adjacent to proposed grid station
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 6: An over view of grid site showing crops and tube well
247.
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- New 132kV Kameer Grid Station and transmission Line
Environmental Impact Assessment
Power Distribution Enhancement
Project
Loan 2178 SF-PAK
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Submitted to
Asian Development Bank
August 27, 2008
by
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table of Contents
1.
2.
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
Overview
1
1.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
3
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
4
2.1
Statutory Framework
2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 2000
2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
4
4
Structure of Report
6
2.2
3.
4
5
5
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
7
3.1
Type of Project
7
3.2
Categorization of the Project
7
3.3
Need for the Project
7
3.4
Location and Scale of Project
8
3.5
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
9
DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT
11
4.1
Project Area
4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
10
10
10
4.2
Physical Resources
4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
4.2.4 Surface water
4.2.5 Air Quality
4.2.6 Noise 12
10
10
10
11
11
11
4.3
Biological Resources
4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
12
12
12
13
4.4
Economic Development
4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries
4.4.2 Energy Sources
13
13
14
4.5
Social and Cultural Resources
4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
14
14
4.
i
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
4.5.2 Education and Literacy
4.5.3 Health Facilities
14
14
5.
Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
16
6.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
MEASURES
17
6.1
Subproject Location
6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
17
17
6.2
General Approach to Mitigation
6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
17
19
6.3
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
6.3.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
6.3.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
22
6.4
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
22
22
22
6.5
Enhancement
23
7.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
24
8.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
27
8.1
Approach to Public Consultation
27
8.2
Public Consultation Process
27
8.3
Results of Public Consultation
27
9.
CONCLUSIONS
28
9.1
Findings and Recommendations
28
9.2
Summary and Conclusions
28
ii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figures and Maps
Figure 1.1
Pakistan EIA Process
Figure 1.2
Letter from Pakistan Federal EPA on EIA Process
Figure 2.1
Jurisdiction of MEPCO.
Figure 2.2
Location MEPCO Alipur Substations
Appendices
Appendix 1
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Appendix 4
Appendix 5
Appendix 6
Appendix 7
Appendix 8
Appendix 9
Appendix 10
Appendix 11
Location of Alipur Subproject
Reviews of environmental implications for MEPCO Tranche 2 sub-projects
Photographs of the DGS locations Dxl
Environmental Management Plan (matrix)
Monitoring Plan (matrix)
Typical bunds for transformers.
Summary of Public Consultation
Features affected by distribution line route
Trees affected by 30m RoW of distribution line route
Infrastructure affected by sub project
Photographs
iii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DXL
DGS
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
MEPCO
Alipur SP
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
Rupee, PKR
`
Asian Development Bank
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Distribution transmission line
Distribution grid substation
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
Multan Electric Power Company
Alipur 132kV grid substation and distribution line subproject
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Subproject Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
iv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
17.
INTRODUCTION
17.1
Overview
1. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 conversion of 66 kV
Alipur substation into 132 kV Grid Station (DGS) and 12 km transmission line proposed by the Multan
Electricity Power Company (MEPCO), (Figs 1.1 and 1.2), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB)
subproject, Power Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance Facility (PDEMFF).
248.
2. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate
investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution
companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected
to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program
is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new
investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program
will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of
eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation
(replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement
distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such
as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution
lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the
later tranches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and
institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
249.
3. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the Alipur
subproject proposed by MEPCO, and is submitted by Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on
behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the
Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area.
PEPCO’s role in the processing and implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator
of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that
includes submission of environmental assessments for all subprojects in all tranches of the PDEMFF
under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB
Guidelines (May 200378). This EIA study report is used to complete the Summary Environmental
Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary9.
4. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment
and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to
their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable
impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects (Schedule I). The proponents of
subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule II) are required to submit an
environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and substations are included under energy
subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and less and large
distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub
transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for DGS substations (Schedule II).
7
Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2006 and the Category is B. Most of the construction impacts will take place with only local
impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T2 (tranche two] sub-subproject construction. Initial
environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in August 2008 indicated that all the T2 subsubprojects will be Category B.
8
Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003).
9
Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i) the 120 day
rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in environmentally sensitive areas. At
this stage no component of the T2 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a critical area and therefore the MFF tranche as a
whole is Category B.
Page 1 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 2 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
5. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental
assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework of
Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared
by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to
the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA10 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow
section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also
assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their
advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order
that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for EIA or
EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant
environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.
17.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
6. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance
and critical areas11 (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally
envisaged to involve construction of the DGS and 11.359 km Dxl, Construction of the bases,
foundation pads and towers to support the distribution line will be carried out also under the same
subproject by MEPCO and supervised by the Alipur management.
7. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted
preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis,
and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public
consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and
carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided
leadership and guidance in planning the field work, and in finalization of the report. The environmental
team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed
power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with MEPCO 12 by expert consultants of BPI
dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
8.
A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from
construction of the DGS and TXL was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation,
measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
9. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in July 2008, in line with ADB guidelines2. Under ADB
requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation
during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal disclosure of the
sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and
communities around and Alipur SP site, and along TXL route, and staff of the subproject management.
The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 7 and summarized in Section 6
of this EIA.
Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad
Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.
11
Critical areas as published by the PEPA on the website put in specific reference
12
Feasibility Summary submitted to the Asian Development Bank by the Multan Electric Power Company, Pakistan under Power Distribution
Enhancement Subproject PPTA Loan 2178-PAK. conversion of 66kV Alipur Grid Substation into 132kv and TXL
10
Page 3 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
18.
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN
PAKISTAN
10. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition
the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public
purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an indirect
bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.
18.1
Statutory Framework
11. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial
governments through two ‘lists’ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the
subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List
contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws.
“Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence both the federal and the
provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government
has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from
the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are
discussed below.
18.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
12. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the
government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide
range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling
of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed
subproject relate to the requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and
environmental impact assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No
proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the
Federal Agency an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause
an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from
the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has
delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial
environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)
18.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 2000
250.
13.
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of
environmental assessments: Environmental Impact Assessment s (EIA) and environment impact
assessments (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially ‘significant’
environmental impact, whereas EIAs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively
less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 20013 (the ‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it
by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for EIA and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the
Regulations, list the subprojects that require EIA and EIA, respectively. .
251.
14.
The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and
review of EIAs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see
also Attachment 1):
252.
(xxvii) A subproject is categorized as requiring an EIA or EIA using the two schedules attached to the
Regulations.
(xxviii) An EIA or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines.
(xxix) The EIA or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the
Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the
cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document.
13
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, 2000
Page 4 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
(xxx) The EIA/EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the
Regulations.
(xxxi) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a)
confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report
requiring additional studies, if necessary.
(xxxii) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45
and 90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness.
(xxxiii) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions:
(xxxiv) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an
undertaking accepting the conditions.
(xxxv) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA
a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA.
(xxxvi) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.
(xxxvii) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request
and complete documentation.
(xxxviii) The EIA/EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord.
(xxxix) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by
annual monitoring reports during operation.
253.
15.
Distribution lines and grid substations of 11 kV and above are included under energy
subprojects in Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination
(EIA) is required for distribution lines less than 11 kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A
review of the need for EIA/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the
Punjab Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab.
254.
16.
There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing
distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and
extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is
required and the need for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will be
forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment
process.
18.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
255.
17.
The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and
have been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may
be relevant to the Tranche 1 subprojects:
256.
18.
Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid
industrial effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three
separate sets of numbers)
257.
19.
Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from
vehicle exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.
18.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
258.
20.
There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of
environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed
below.
259.
21.
The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare
certain areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also
provides protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no
provision of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject.
260.
22.
The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved
forest. As no reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to
the proposed subproject.
261.
23.
The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan’s cultural resources. The
Act defines ‘antiquities’ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of
anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these
antiquities from destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law
prohibits new construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of
Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance.
Under the Act, the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the
Page 5 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
proximity of a protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan,
any archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.
18.2
Structure of Report
262.
24.
This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area.
Geological, hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and
economic aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the
environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes
various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality,
environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental
quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes
throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes:
 Description of the Subproject
 Description of Environmental and Social Conditions
 Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Environmental Monitoring Plan
 Public Consultation
 Recommendations and Conclusions
Page 6 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
19.
19.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
Type of Project
263.
25.
The subproject will be the DGS and TXL. That is, the DGS will require conversion of 66KV
Alipur grid station into 132KV grid station and construction of 11.359km double circuit transmission
line. The scope of work includes addition of 2X 26 MVA, 132/11 kV Power Transformers and allied
equipment and buildings. The SP requires interconnection to the system by a double circuit 11.359 km
long 132 kV TXL, comprising 43 towers to join the grid with the existing DGS. The proposed 132kV
TXL is 11.359km which consists of section-A Liaqatabad (1025m and 03 towers), Section-B
Mochiwala (3203m and 12 towers), Section-B Basti Dhanowala (4957m and 18 towers) and Section-B
Basti Basharat (2189m and 10 towers) but there are no other developments in the proposed route of
the TXL (September 2008) and future developments should not be allowed directly under the TXL. The
DGS is located in Alipur, Tehsil Alipur Distt. Muzaffargarh. The DGS has its main access on Karachi
road (KLP road) or Punjnad road, with shops and Basti Naich across the road on Southern side of
DGS, Multan road on Northern side, 5m street on western side and Ghallamandi on South western
side and vacant land adjacent to DGS wall then Scarp colony.
19.2
Categorization of the Project
264.
26.
Categorization is based on the environmentally most sensitive component of a subproject.
The aspects of the subproject with potential for significant environmental impacts need to be assessed
in detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible
from the construction activities of the subproject.
265.
27.
The site for the DGS, as well as the route of the proposed TXL, is located in a rural
setting, with some minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Alipur SP is
categorized as a Category B sub-subproject under ADB requirements1.3 and this EIA report is based
on that assumption.
19.3
Need for the Project
266.
28.
The conditions of the power distribution system in Pakistan are inadequate to meet rapidly
growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic growth.
To cope with the constraints, the existing power distribution infrastructure has to be improved and
upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional arrangements and
capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of
investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment
and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
267.
29.
Power demands in the Alipur area of MEPCO jurisdiction (Fig 2.1) have increased rapidly,
especially in summer months, so that the existing66kV DGS is unable to cope up with the increasing
demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors. Therefore, MEPCO has planned to
convert 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS along with 11.359 km132KV transmission line , at a place
of existing Alipur DGS. land for this DGS is already available, so no additional land is needed.
268.
269.
Figure 2.1 : Jurisdiction map of MEPCO
Page 7 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
270.
19.4
Location and Scale of Project
271.
30.
This EIA has included field reconnaissance of the site and surroundings of the Alipur SP
and TXL ROW.
272.
31.
The Alipur subproject will involve the conversion of 66KV DGS into 132KV DGS and
construction of a 132kV TXL (43 towers). The proposed route to the nearest 132kV line appears to be
environmentally feasible and technically appropriate and will join the DGS with an existing 132kV line
at about 11.359km from the DGS.
273.
Figure 2.1 : Location Alipur Substation
274.
275.
32.
This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in late August 2008
when the preliminary designs for the conversion of 66kv DGS into 132kv DGS. DGS and TXL were
completed and the overall requirements for installation of the equipment had been identified (Appendix
1). The detailed designs are currently being progressed by MEPCO. At this stage, the construction
activities under the SP are expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of the
main yard, including excavation and concreting of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor
banks, cable trays and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), installation of the transformers,
Page 8 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
equipment and fittings, erection of the towers, cabling, construction of the control rooms and
installation of allied equipment, and construction of the offices and residences. Impacts from
construction of the Alipur SP are envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired
for conversion of the DGS and construction of DXL, the works for the conversion of DGS will be on
the land owned by MEPCO and works for the TXL wil be mostly on private cultivated land for which
compensation for damage to crops and trees will be payed to the affectees.
276.
33.
The connecting line from Alipur SP to the network will involve erection of 43 towers that
will be strung with the new DXL. The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed
under the subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA , however, is based on detailed line
route surveys (which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is
chosen) . The line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles
and tower locations, these towers are then located on ground . The EIA is , therefore based on line
design which is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence ) and only is changed at implementation stage
if so warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the following parameters
Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C
Clearance
m
Sr. No.Description
1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles
2 Roads and Streets
3 Communication and power lines
power lines up to 66 kV
power lines up to 33 kV
4 Highways
5 Railroads
6 Electrified railroads trolley wire
7 River at high flood
8 places accessible to pedestrians only
9 Building roofs not accessible to people
10 Tops of trees (Orchards)
11 Canals
277.
6.7
7.9
2.7
2.7
7.9
7.9
3.85
9.1
7.9
5.2
5
9.1
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
19.5
278.
34.
Designs of conversion of 66KV DGS into 132 KV DGS and construction of TXL equipment
layout, review of environmental management and construction processes could take several months.
When the detailed designs are completed, tendering and award of contract will take place over about
three to six months. The construction period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen
months to two years. Appendix 9 presents the implementation schedule of the sub project. The
tranche 2 implementation schedule is presented as follow
TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Responsibility
1
2
Loan Processing
Loan negotiation
Tranche 2 Approval
Loan Effectivity
Bidding Documents
Bidding Documents Preparation
279.
280.
281.
282.
283.
284.
285.
286.
287.
288.
Evaluation
Contract Awards
Construction
Delivery of equipment
Construction & Installation
Testing & Commissioning
Loan Closing
ADB
ADB
EAD
EAD
EAD
ADB
PEPCO
PEPCO
PEPCO
DISCOs
DISCOs
DISCOs
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
ADB
PEPCO
I
Year 2009
II III IV
I
Year 2010
II III IV
I
Year 2011
II III IV
I
Year 2012
II III IV
I
Year 2013
II III IV
I
Year 2014
II III IV
I
Year 2015
II III IV
I
Year 2016
II III IV
Page 9 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
289.
290.
291.
292.
293.
294.
295.
296.
297.
298.
299.
300.
301.
302.
20.
20.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
Project Area
20.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
303.
35.
The 66kV Alipur DGS will be converted into 132KV DGS which is located on Karachi road
(KLP road) also known as Punjnad road, in Mauza and tehsil Alipur and Distt Muzaffargarh. The DGS
site is located in a generally rural area. The DGS has its main access on Karachi road (KLP road) or
Punjnad road, with shops and Basti Naich across the road on Southern side of DGS, Multan road on
Northern side, 5m street on western side and Ghallamandi on South western side and vacant land
adjacent to DGS wall and scarp colony.
20.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
304.
36.
This subproject will pass through four villages that is Liaqat Abad, Mochiwal, Nakokra
(Basti Dhanowala) and Basti Basharat and affect a total of 7.93 ha of crops and 421 trees (372 fruit &
49 wood trees). There are 62 affected households (AHs) losing the crops and trees, with a population
of 549 (APs). The area to be affected by the conversion works for the Alipur DGS falls in Tehsil Alipur
and Dist. Muzaffargarh Province of Punjab (Figure 2.1). Interviews were conducted with the public
near the DGS site and TXL corridor (Appendix 7) to obtain their views on the subproject, and any
perceived impacts. In addition to main Highway, settlements along highway there are factories of
various types, educational institutions, police station there are horse and sheep cattle ) thellawala
along the RoW. The nearest of these settlements include Parao camp Rana colony, Kangniwala,
Hashmicolony1–4km from DGS .
305.
20.2
Physical Resources
20.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
306.
37.
River Indus and Chenab flow on its western and eastern sides respectively. The northern part of
the district includes Thal desert, almost half of which was brought under receive inundation in some form of
the rivers. The riverine part of the district may be further divided into three zones. The first is comparatively
narrow strip along both the rivers, where the summer floods are so high that no Kharif crop can be grown
and the Rabi can be matured without irrigation. Inside this zone is the area where the floods are less
violent and a little Kharif can be grown in the highest lands. The Rabi can be sown on flood water and also
needs irrigation unless the rivers are brought to the lands through inundation canals which has now given
way to irrigation by the regular canals. Prominent of these canals are the Muzaffargarh canals from
Taunsa barrage on the Indus and Rangpur canal from Trimu barrage on the Chenab. Canal irrigated lands
are protected from river floods by embankments. Prominent of these embankments are one namely
Sanwan embankment which has its base on the north of the Layyah, Kota du border ends near Jotoi and
protects the agricultural lands from the Indus floods, on the side of the Chenab there is a bund near Langr
Sarai, another on the east of Muzaffargarh town, another on the east Khangarh and another near
Page 10 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Khanwah in the Alipur tehsil. These embankments are maintained by the canal department. This district is
divided into four sub divisions namely Muzaffargarh, Kot Adu, Alipur and Jatoi.
307.
38.
The eastern side of the district, where the soil has been deposited by the Chenab is of
great natural fertility, the rest of the district is Indus sand inferior to the Chenab silt though almost
every where good crops can be grown under favorable conditions. The water table is high and where
the natural run way of surface water has been stopped by railway, roads, canal channels and
embankments, is water logged and where water logging continues for a number of years, saltpeter
rises to the surface and the soil becomes unfit for cultivation. Floods are frequent in both the rivers
Chenab and Indus. The older crops are benefitted by these floods and the younger ones are generally
damaged. Owning to close proximity to these rivers the sub soil water varies from 2.4 to 4.6 meters
below the ground during inter season.
20.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
308.
309.
39.
There is no variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the
short length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the subproject area. The
climate at Alipur SP is typical of that arid areas of the Punjab.
310.
40.
The maximum temperature in summer reaches upto 51 oC. In winter the minimum is 2oC.
The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest
months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till March,
December and January are the coldest months when the temperature drops to the extent of 2 0C or
even below.
311.
41.
The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Average Annual rainfall in the
district is 21mm. More rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains
are received in the months of March and April.
20.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
312.
42.
Around 6.5percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which has that
facility in their own houses. A majority is using hand pump for potable water, 92.4percent. Just
0.2percent households are using potable water taken out from wells, Irrigation canals, tube wells and
wells (Persian wheels) are the main source of irrigation. Canal network consists of Muzaffargarh canal.
Rangpur canal and the tail of the Thal canal. All the canals are seasonal ones and supply irrigation
water during summer and for a very short period during winter. The agriculture therefore, depends on
irrigation through tube wells or the wells. Tube wells are sunk in public as well as private sector. There
are 1,746 tube wells installed privately irrigation which however are run also on subsidy given by the
agriculture department. In the public sector, SCARP project sponsored by the government is
maintaining 1,327 tube wells in different parts of the district. As such there are 18,373 tube wells
engaged in irrigation activity.
313.
43.
Irrigation supplies are seasonal and tube wells have been installed. The strata of the
subproject area are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the
district. The water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources
exist in the area and potable water is available. The local population is generally reliant on supply from
the hand pumps in rural areas while in urban areas population is using drinking water from piped water
supply scheme. Residents of Alipur DGS colony are using drinking water from tube well located in
DGS colony.
20.2.4 Surface water
314.
Rivers and Tributaries
315.
44.
River Indus and Chenab flow on its western and eastern sides respectively. The northern
part of the district includes Thal desert, almost half of which was brought under receive inundation in
some form of the rivers. Prominent of these canals are the Muzaffargarh canals from Taunsa barrage
on the Indus and Rangpur canal from Trimu barrage on the Chenab. Muzaffargarh district has no
natural drain except Indus river on the west and Chenab river on the east.
20.2.5 Air Quality
316.
45.
Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study
period. Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered
Page 11 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the GSS works that may give rise to
complaints of dust and other emissions; however these should be minor and easily dissipated.
Domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning stoves as well
as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor.
317.
46.
Although there are some industries but there are no other industrial pollution sources in
the vicinity of the Alipur SP. The project area is distant from major sources of air pollution like
industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc.
or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared very good
during the study period . Air quality measurements in major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA ,
revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some areas but the
average levels were found below WHO standards . Air quality testing by DISCOs (average values are :
TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb )through various consultants has
reveled that most substations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below international standards although
TSP levels at some locations was higher than international standards .
318.
47.
There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational
phase the industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All
such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect
from the project.
319.
48.
The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground
or soil disturbance, during dry weather, and from movement of vehicles on poorly surfaced or
damaged access roads. It has been observed that dust levels from vehicles may even be high enough
to obscure vision significantly temporarily.
20.2.6 Noise
320.
49.
Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are
also the occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no
significant disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power
expansion will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of
background noise and also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience
background daytime noise levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out
noise level measurements at various substations and transmission line locations within the system
.These analyzed to calculate Leq values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit
prescribed under the NEQs established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in
the equipment specifications . Typical values were : average 46.21 dBA ; high 63.14 dBA ; and low
34.35 dBA .
20.3
Biological Resources
20.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
50.
Wild pig is extremely common especially on the banks of the river. Ravine deer is found on the
banks of the river Indus, Jackal, Fox and Hare are also common. Dove, sparrow, Hooper, wood packer,
pewit, crow and parrot are the common birds of the area. The common species of birds found in the district
are Dove, Blue rock Pigeon, Hooper, Sparrow, Kualil, Kingrow, Kal Kurchhi, Parrot Egrate & Paddy bird,
Kite King Fisher, Sallow Amadvat, Coot, Laghar, Shikra and Owl.
321.
51.
The district is rich in fisheries and constitutes one of the major potential fish resources that
is the Indus and the Chenab rivers and their tributaries reservoirs at Taunsa and Punjnad head works,
extensive work of canal and Bhand in the whole of the district. The common available breeds are
Kanghi, Khagga, Chitra, Dhaunga, Guddo, Thaila, Goj, Indus Trout, Gujira, Popri and Singhara.
322.
52.
There are no areas of wildlife significance near the subproject area. The wild animals are
very few and are almost entirely confined to the river area. River Indus and Punjnad are the only water
bodies and wet land around Alipur.
20.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
323.
Vegetation cover and trees
324.
53.
The subproject area, which is dry, is dominated by rural suburbs and with various factories
present in the subproject area. Common floral species with rooted vegetation are also present near
most of the water bodies of the area.
325.
54.
However there is very little vegetation in the RoW for the line (Attachment 9). Just either
side of the distribution line alignment planted trees Mango, Pomegranate, Shisham (Dalbergia sisso)
Page 12 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
and Kikar (Acacia arbica), Sharin (Albizzia lebbek), Jand (Prospopis spicigera), Beri (Zizyphus jajaba)
and Phog that have been cultivated.
326.
55.
Among fruit trees, mango, pomegranate, dates, orange and lime are important and are
grown in the form of gardens. The mangos are superior in quality and are largely produced and
exported. Mango gardens are common all over the district, but those around the towns of
Muzaffargarh, Khangarh and Seetput are very productive. Date palm is the most remarkable plant in
the district and its fruit forms staple food during part of the year and poor people particularly subsist on
dates for four months. Talhi (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar, (Acacia arbica), Sharin (Albizzia lebbek), Jand
(Prospopis spicigera), Beri (Zizyphus jajaba) and the Phog are the major plants grown all around the
district.
327.
328.
329.
Protected and Religious Trees
330.
56.
Most of the forest included in Muzaffargarh forest division are scattered on the left bank of
river Indus and right bank of river Chenab or at the confluence of both these rivers. Muzaffargarh
forest division consists of 61,925 acres irrigated plantation and 24,577 acres Bela forests, 2,000km
canal side and 352 km road side plantation. There is no protected forest near the areas of works There
are also planted trees along canals and roads. The major trees grown in the forest are Shisham
(Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Acacia arabica) and Poplar. LARP for the Alipur SP has been prepared
which made provision for compensation for concerned departments if needed, after detailed study.
Fruit and wood trees (Appendix-9) will be compensated according to LARP. MEPCO is responsible for
re-plantation of these trees (3:1) is recommended. The works must deal with trees that need to be
lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.
20.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
331.
57.
In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity
through the dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. Punjnad wet land is located at 10km
from DGS. There is no wetland, protected area or national sanctuary near the area of works and
subproject area.
20.4
Economic Development
20.4.1 Agriculture and Industries
332.
58.
Cropping Pattern: Cotton, wheat, rice and sugarcane are the cash crops of the district.
Among the fruits, mango, pomegranate and dates are also source on income fro the agriculture
community.
333.
59.
Horticulture: The main fruits grown in the area Dates, mango, citrus and orange gardens
are found in Muzaffargarh district. However, this area is famous for mango and dates. According to a
survey of agriculture development the total area of the district covered by the mango garden is 22,625
acres and numbers of garden owners are 3,052 throughout the district
334.
60.
Industry: The private entrepreneurs have made sufficient investment in textile and sugar
industries. The units operative in the district are: Thal Jute mills Ltd., Khokar textile mills Chowk
Sarwar, Madina Jute mills, Ltd, Imperial textile mills Muzafargarh, Fatima sugar mills, Sinawan Kot
Adu, Indus dying factory Muzafargarh, Masood weaving mills. Muzafargarh, Sun rays textile mills
Muzafargarh, Mahmood textile mills Muzafargarh, Aziz spinning textile Muzafargarh, Nafees textile
mills Muzafargarh, Habib packages factory Muzafargarh, Fatima textile mills Muzafargarh, Kamran
floor mills Muzafargarh, Mohib textile mills Muzafargarh, Pak. Arab oil refinery Mahmood Kot, Appolo
textile mills Muzafargarh, Lasani ghee mills Muzafargarh, Tata textile mills Muzafargarh, Gas turbine
power station Kot Adu, Fazal Cloth mills Muzafargarh, A.R.S. Lal Pir thermal power station Mahmood
Kot, Ahmed hasan textile Muzafargarh, PARCO Gujrat, Maqbool textile mills Chowk Sarwar shaheed,
Government Units, Faisal textile mills Chowk Sarwar shaheed, Pakistan State Oil Mahmood Kot and
Thermal Power Station Muzafargarh.
335.
Transportation
336.
61.
District Muzaffargarh is well connected by roads, Grand Trunk road also passes through
Muzaffargarh. Roads leading to provinces of Sindh, NWFP and Baluchistan also pass through district
headquarters, Muzaffargar. Besides, farm to market roads have been constructed throughout the
district. In addition to roads of Punjab highway department, these of national highway authorities,
district councils and other local bodies are available in the district. There is a network of metalled and
un-metalled roads in the district. There are also metalled canal roads. All tehsil headquarters and
important towns are connected through metalled roads.
Page 13 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
337.
62.
Although Muzaffargarh is not situated at main railway track yet people of sub-division of
Muzaffargarh and Kot Adu have facility of travelling by train to Lahore. Multan, Rawalpindi etc. District
Muzaffargarh has got 2 main railway stations i.e. Muzaffargarh and Kot Adu, southern sub-division i.e.
Alipur and Jatoi are deprived from the facility of railway journey.
338.
63.
Muzaffargarh district is not linked by air with other parts of the country but it is connected
with other parts of the country through Multan Airport which is about 40 km from Muzaffargarh.
20.4.2 Energy Sources
339.
64.
More than 78 percent housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 4
percent are using gas for their purpose. About 2 percent are using kerosene oil and 21 percent are
using other sources of cooking fuel in their houses.
20.5
Social and Cultural Resources
20.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
340.
341.
65.
The total population of Muzaffargarh district is 2,635,903 and tehsil Alipur is 398,053 as
enumerated in March, 1998. The 1998 Census the population showed the district is predominantly
Muslims i.e. 99 percent. The next higher percentage is of Christians with 0.3 points, followed by others
0.2 percent while other minorities like Ahmadi, Hindu (Jati), Scheduled Castes etc. are very small in
number. There is small difference in proportion of population of Muslims between rural and urban
areas. Christians are mostly living in urban areas representing 0.5 percent as compared to 0.2 percent
in rural areas. Ahmadis are small in proportion in rural that urban areas Siraiki is the predominant
language being spoken in the district, representing 86 percent of the population, followed by Punjabi,
Urdu and Pushto spoken by 7, 5 and 1 percent respectively. Leaving aside the rural area which is
influenced by the local people, the proportion of Siraiki speaking represents 90 percent, Punjabi 7
percent, Urdu 2 percent and Pushto 1 percent. While remaining people speak Sindhi, Balochi, Bravi,
Dari etc.
342.
66.
The total economically active population 89.3percent were registered as employed in
1998. Nearly three fifths i.e. 60.8percent were self employed, 19.5percent private employees and
5percent government employees. Un paid family helpers were recorded as 1.07percent. The
difference in proportions of employed population was significant between the genders and urban and
rural residences.
20.5.2 Education and Literacy
343.
Literacy
344.
67.
The literacy ratio in Muzaffargarh district has increased from 17 percent in 1991 to 28
percent in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 41 percent and 15 percent for females
345.
68.
There are four colleges for men, one each at Muzaffargarh, Kot Adu and Ali pur and three
colleges for women one each at Muzafargarh, Kot Adu and Ali pur. Four higher secondary schools, 79
high schools for boys and 24 high schools for girls in the district which are meeting the requirements of
secondary higher secondary level of education. For middle standard level of education 68 middle
schools for boys and 67 middle schools for girls are available. At the primary educational level, 110
boy’s primary schools and 793 girl’s primary schools have been established so far. There are Govt.
primary schools for girls and boys, Sir Syed inter college, Higher Secondary Rashid Minhas School at
500m, Govt. high school separate for girls and boys at 1 and 2.5 km respectively boys Degree college
at 200m and girls Degree college at 3km from DGS.
20.5.3 Health Facilities
346.
69.
There is one district headquarters hospital, 2 tehsil headquarter hospitals, 4 M.C.H.
centers, 3 dispensaries, 13 rural health centers and 71 basic health units (B.H.U) extending curative
health services throughout the district. During the last three years 13 RHCs have been upgraded to 20
hospitals. X-rays and dental care facilities have been provided in all the RHCs. Moreover three flying
squads fully equipped with life saving drugs in order to provide health cover in case of road accident
are available with headquarters at Khan Garh, Sheher Sultan and Alipur. All the BHUs have been
upgraded to 2 beds wards with the facilities of mother/child health care. About 850 lady health workers
Page 14 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
and 28 health supervisors are also working at the district level under PM program in addition to above
mentioned facilities.
347.
Tehsil headquarter hospital, many private clinics / hospitals are located in Alipur city at 1km from
DGS.
Page 15 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
348.
21.
Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
349.
70.
There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically
important sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological
feature of note but there are a few places of worship within about 500m of the works.
350.
71.
The main tribes and races are Khar, Gurmanies, Qureshi, Jatoi, Dasti, Qalandrani, Hinjra,
Langrials, Sheikh (Thaims) Tarragar, Pirhar, Gopang, Bukhari, Gillani, Rajput, Jat, Arain etc. Among
migrants famous families are Shairwani, Rajput, Sheikhs, Qureshi etc.
Page 16 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
22.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
22.1
Subproject Location
22.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
351.
72.
This Tranche 2 subproject will involve the conversion of 66kV Alipur DGS into 132kV
DGS, and 11.359 km DXL, implying an expansion of facilities, both outside and within the existing
boundaries of Alipur DGS on land presently occupied by MEPCO. There are a few sensitive receivers
(SR), including some houses, schools, colleges, factories, which are more than 500 m away from the
DGS boundary, and there are no sensitive receivers close to the DGS which could be possibly
affected by certain activities of the SP works. There are some other sensitive receivers (SR). The TXL
will also cross some roads and a highway, canal, and could require the removal of some trees, but
there are no other sensitive receivers on its route, which could be affected by the works.
352.
73.
The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental
impacts. Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis is carried out during the subproject planning
period. This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the
recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to, and with reference to the
conditions on the ground in the affected areas in the spirit of the environmental assessments process
(Figures 2.1 and 2.2 show the location of the proposed DGS). In this section the potential
environmental impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted
environmental standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable
levels. In this regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for
developing mitigation measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs
are completed the impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of
how the contracts are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the subproject proposals.
353.
74.
The environmental management plan (Section 5, and EMP matrix Appendix - 4) has been
reviewed based on the assessment and shall be reviewed in due course at subproject inception and
through construction in order to provide a feed back on any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based
on the analysis of impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from
subproject implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the subproject design,
to design monitoring and evaluation schedules to be implemented during subproject construction and
operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing subproject mitigation measures. The EMP
must be reviewed in the subproject inception by the subproject management and approved before any
construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the
proposals.
22.2
General Approach to Mitigation
354.
75.
Based on professional experience on some projects, contractors have put emphasis on
the financial compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where
evacuation is necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best
international practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the
subproject contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be
acceptable. This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as
mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance.
355.
76.
During the preparation for the subproject construction phase the future contractors must
be notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing and implementing agencies, subproject
management, construction supervising consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts.
Furthermore the contractor must be primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to
implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage or train staff in the management of environmental
issues and to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subproject proceeds. The
effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing
agency (MEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO must fulfill the requirements of
the law and guidance prepared by Pak EPA on the environmental aspects of power subprojects and
the recommendations already made for subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan’s PEP Act.
356.
77.
The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other
heritage sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are close enough to the
subproject on which there could be some potential impacts in the construction stage from disturbance
Page 17 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
and significant noise and dust. This is because the TXL is very short (only 11.359km), and the
alignment is along cultivated land and has no human settlements and structures.
357.
78.
Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance
from this is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy
vehicles on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in
the study area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable
locations in the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are
within 15m of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the
works and the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high
tarpaulin sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where
dust is the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles
mounted on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work
proceeds.
358.
79.
Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very
close to schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to
the physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be
discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage to assist in public relations.
22.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
359.
80.
The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed
in Section-3. There is a mosque within the DGS and there are no other mosques or other religious
sites close to the DGS site. The new line will also not affect or disturb any such site (Appendix 8).
360.
81.
The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject or TXL
route, but the nearest school is at 1 km from the DGS adjacent to the Subproject, and the nearest
houses at about 45m from the DGS. The TXL will also cross some road including the G.T road, and a
canal. Apart from these features, there will be sufficient buffer distance between the works and any
other SRs, so that no significant impacts should be expected. Public consultation should be
undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs
close to the DGS sites.
22.3 Potential
Environmental Impacts in construction
22.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
361.
82.
The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond
the power corridor (RoW) created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected
from conversion of Alipur SP.
22.3.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
362.
83.
Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals
prior to the commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant
cutting and filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the
foundations for the new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on
the mode of contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable
materials, or to stockpile topsoil.
363.
84.
Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the
proper functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended
that consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses
and shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.
364.
85.
If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas,
these should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is
brought in. The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional
rock based materials extraction from outside.
365.
86.
The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional
materials will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.
366.
87.
At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious
plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the
woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the
woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be
Page 18 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at
a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted
trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority.
367.
88.
Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials
management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and
aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior
to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate
nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for
environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the
impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and
fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different
contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall
balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.
22.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
368.
89.
There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment.
But about fruit and wood trees shown in (Appendix-9) that need to be removed for clearance on 30m
RoW of DXL. The proposed line will require the installation of 43 towers which will be installed on
private cultivated land. The TXL route disclosed by MEPCO (August 2008) will affect 178-mango, 36dates, 158-pomegranate, 40-Shisham and 9 trees of Kikar). In case of removal of all the trees on
private or forest land during the works, written permission should be sought.
369.
90.
If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance
or other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and
the owner after written justification by MEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with
three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.
370.
91.
A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Alipur
DGS and TXL site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may
permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written
justification by MEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.
22.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
371.
92.
The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The
scale of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.
22.3.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
372.
93.
The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV substation
(about 150 cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not
large. In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location
from the quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly
construction materials for the substation are stored within the substation site are scheduled as per the
work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are
built in phases over 6 to 12 months period ) , which means that at any given point in time the amount
of construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction material required for a
typical substation or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic
hazard , these requirements are time dispersed in case of substations and time and space dispersed
in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be , however, required to provide a traffic
management plan before commencement of work at site .Field observations indicate that ambient air
quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical
equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical
equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous
emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any
necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
373.
94.
Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the
transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed:
374.
95.
Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and
cement works are required.
375.
96.
Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be
maintained damp by watering the construction area.
Page 19 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
376.
97.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported
trucks covered with tarpaulins.
377.
Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements.
378.
98.
All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works)
shall be well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described
in the NEQS.
379.
99.
The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of
materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or
other public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in
use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.
22.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
380.
100.
It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool
methods will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered
mechanical equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from
several machines can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should
be requested by the construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and
certification that all equipment to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and
noise dampening devices to meet EPA requirements.
381.
101.
A criterion of 70dB(A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in
previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible
to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
382.
102.
Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is
not covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is
recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and
70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land
from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB(A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has
been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS
or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
383.
103.
Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower
construction and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could
be come a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or
residences) a building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of
piling should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local
population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss
with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine
use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.
22.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
384.
104.
The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid
wastes into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and
open defecation by construction workers.
385.
105.
In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS
lavatories should be allowed or provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker
camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason
a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near
sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided.
386.
106.
Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper
storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a
breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if
open water is allowed to accumulate at the Alipur SP site. Temporary and permanent drainage
facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas
and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.
Page 20 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
22.4
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
22.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
387.
107.
The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or
schools will be close to the new TXL in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, a school, a
hospital and a hostel are close to the DGS. The DGS will be converted at existing 66kV DGS and the
extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the noise
level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an acoustical
check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required. There should
be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase any nearby
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from
the subproject.
388.
108.
Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the
detailed design stage. There are/not national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise
emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of
DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be
made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment
at the detained design stage
22.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
389.
109.
No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water
resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with
the local authority. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated
areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be
disposed at a site agreed with the local authority . DISCOs are served by the Technical Services
Group (TSG) , TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware .TSG
also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO)
.Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the
transformer serves ) .Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance .TSG and
GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills . TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule
of each piece of hardware is adhered to . DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among
other tasks , investigates all accidents .Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per
year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal .Most accidents occur due to
staff and supervision negligence .Detailed report of each accident is prepared .
22.5
Enhancement
390.
110.
Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Alipur subproject
site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and
soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many
sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements
can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local
population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to
assist in public relations. Trees removed for construction purposes should be replaced as
Page 21 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional
trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the DXL.
Page 22 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
23.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
391.
111.
In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Alipur SP Tranche 2
subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the
project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration
of the identified environmental impacts for the Alipur SP Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP has been
prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines
2003.
392.
112.
It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out
according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The
EMP matrix is presented as Appendix 4. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in
reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the
feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage.
393.
113.
Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended
and reviewed by the MEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall
be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility
stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects.
For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation
boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation
schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs
estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject
basis.
394.
114.
The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by
the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take
account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before
the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the
environmental requirements of the project (EIA/EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents.
Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their
awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for
the prequalification of contractors.
395.
115.
In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the
construction phase the MEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders
in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the contract
documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. MEPCO will need to engage at
least one trained environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and
review mitigation measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP
will be audited as part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must
prepare for this at the inception stage.
396.
116.
The details of EMP given in the Appendix 4 are for the Alipur subproject. The EMP matrix
will have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects that have a
similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and
line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more
sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.
397.
117.
The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage,
construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation
measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of
mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The
institutional responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the
supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Appendix 5) for the performance
indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP
has been prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.
398.
118.
Prior to implementation of the subproject the MEPCO needs to comply with several
environmental requirements, such as submitting and EIA/EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance
(“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct
(guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. MEPCO
will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory
requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical
equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions.
Page 23 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
399.
119.
The EMP (Appendix 4) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of MEPCO to
conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. MEPCO has engaged graduate staff with field
experience. However an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in
this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for
subprojects in future Tranches that the MEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary
(e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management
one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal
assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of
August 2007, the MEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house
environmental and social capability.
400.
120.
The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be
responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds
kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to
consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control
and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management
staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for
the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally
responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation.
It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made
available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the
PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of
the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the
environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and
oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.
401.
121.
In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the
graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior
to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations
under the PEPAct. It is also recommended that MEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level
from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger
subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project
implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended
that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all
environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental
manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages.
402.
122.
Overall implementation of the EMP will become MEPCO’s responsibility. MEPCO and
other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:
403.
123.
Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP
measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;
404.
124.
The MEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely
resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of
all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and
405.
125.
Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities,
Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the
implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their
respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels.
406.
126.
Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the
EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six
months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report
on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation
and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental
impacts occur.
407.
127.
The monitoring plan (Appendix 5) was designed based on the project cycle. During the
preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor’s bidding
documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included;
and (ii) checking that the contract documents’ references to environmental mitigation measures
requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor’s assignment and making sure that any
advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power
distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be
carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that
environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be
monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to
address unexpected impacts.
Page 24 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
408.
128.
Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental
performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use
local community groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting
up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter
of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.
409.
129.
At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by
generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will
be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to
its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some
contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In
order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is
recommended that environmental measures be costed separately in the tender documentation and
that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance, vis a vis the carrying out of the
EMP.
410.
130.
The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and
the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO (the IA) must be prepared
to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.
411.
Page 25 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
24.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION
DISCLOSURE
24.1
Approach to Public Consultation
412.
131.
The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so
as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken
place during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account
and their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate.
Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction
impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and
its equipment.
413.
132.
There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement
(LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected
that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate
stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation
and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.
24.2
Public Consultation Process
414.
133.
The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to
construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback
regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the
population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and
school teachers.
415.
134.
Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to
support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed TXL
that may be affected by the Subproject conversion. The level of engagement varied from the
stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered
any outright opposition to subproject.
416.
135.
The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with
stake holders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public
consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better
serve the stakeholders.
417.
136.
The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act
only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / EIA has been accepted by the
relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this EIA the consultation process was performed
to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the
full table of public consultation presented in Appendix 7.
418.
24.3
Results of Public Consultation
419.
137.
The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and
perceptions of the affected communities. A total of 9 groups discussions and consultation session
were held with 5 groups of men and 4 groups of women at Liaqat Abad, Mochiwala, Nakokara (Basti
Dhanowala), Basti Dhanowala and Basti Basharat villages. The public consultation resulted in 72
responses in August 2008 (Appendix-7). The major concerns raised during the consultation included
the adequacy and timeliness of compensation payments, as well as safety measures to be taken
during the construction of the towers and stringing of the transmission lines. In response, MEPCO will
make sure that the crop compensation amounts are assessed justly and paid to the affected, at least
fifteen days prior to temporary use of land before starting the civil works. The community generally
supports the conversion of 66kv DGS into 132kv DGS with associated 11.359km 132kV line DXL. The
local poor people predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the
contractors during implementation of the project. No land acquisition and resettlement is involved in
this subproject. However, compensation will be paid to the concerned parties / owners of land under
the towers and where the loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected.
.
Page 26 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
420.
138.
On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no
insurmountable environmental and social impacts but MEPCO will have to make sure that
compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment
should be preferentially given to the AP as far as is reasonably practicable.
Page 27 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
25.
25.1
CONCLUSIONS
Findings and Recommendations
421.
139.
This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary
data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were
assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental
impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study
recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to
meet the ADB requirements.
422.
140.
There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance
for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from
the power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some
noise impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the
detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage
the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to
detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have
been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report.
423.
141.
There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to
construction the MEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and MEPCO must
complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the
contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA
as required in future.
424.
142.
No land acquisition and resettlement is involved. However, damages to crops and trees
will be compensated to the AP’s and concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made
in LARP, based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted
as the detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse
impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has
been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:
(ix)
Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of
the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the
project districts.
(x)
Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status
of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the
project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and
poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included.
(xi)
Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials,
including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and
ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation.
(xii)
Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts
(minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.
425.
143.
Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to
establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring
schedule (Attachment 3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results
should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds,
pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor’s performance.
426.
144.
During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory
requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic
recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected
impacts.
25.2
Summary and Conclusions
427.
145.
The conversion of 66kV Alipur DGS into 132kV DGS with associated 11.359km 132kV line
TXL is a feasible and sustainable option from the power transmission, engineering, environmental, and
socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental impacts
associated with the subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional
arrangements are available. Additional human and financial resources will be required by MEPCO to
complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract
documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are
practicable but require additional resources.
Page 28 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
428.
146.
This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance
program and be included as an Appendix to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed
design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental
clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued
monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental
conditions for work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related
to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as
part of the project performance report.
429.
APPENDIX-1
Location of Alipur Substation
Page 29 of 69
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
APPENDIX-2
1. DISCO -
MEPCO
2. Sub-project Name: Conversion of 66KV Alipur
DGS into 132kv
3. DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
5. Sub-station.
Project Details
Grid Reference(s)
G/T survey sheet
Scan of GT sheet
Project description
4. Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
6. (nearest if not an s/s subproject
Located at Mauza Alipur Tehsil and Distt. Muzaffargarh
Conversion of 66KV to 132KV Grid
Components
Replacement of a 10/13 66/11KV transformer by 2x10/13 132/11kV transformers, with allied equipment. All
requisite equipments breakers etc. will be used
Construction methods
Access
Environmental Risk
Civil works are involved, since a new substation will be constructed to replace the existing one.
Foundation
The SP proposes an Increase in Transformer Capacity of the Fatehpur DGS, by replacing an existing 10/13
66/11KV transformer by a 20/26MVA 132/11kV power transformer, the existing 66KV line will me
dismantled.
Karachi Road (KLP road) also called Punjnad road.
Consider IF catastrophic failure WHAT - Describe immediate surroundings of the transformer work site
The SP should design and add a complete concrete slab in the existing foundation under the new
transformer, to provide containment, and ensure prevent seepage of any accidental spills or leaks of oil from
the transformer during installation, maintenance, repairs, or priming, if agreed, and if feasible. Complete
concrete slab under DX / slab
Bunding / containment
Drainage
No containment or bunding at present under existing transformers
Risk to groundwater
No groundwater contamination risk expected as water table is at 26 meters
Waste disposal practices
Presently there are no formal waste management procedures on site . A waste management and oil handling
and containment plan should be developed in the design phase of the MFF Tranche 2 to assure
environmentally acceptable disposal of any additional waste from new transformer installation and operation
or disposal of redundant transformers and insulating oils.
No formal storm water drainage from grid compound. Rain water on unpaved cobbled surfaces in grid
compound seeps into ground, runs off to adjoining areas, or evaporates. How / where does rainwater go
Sensitive Receivers
Nearest village / habitation
City Alipur at 1km and basti Naich at 200m and Sibtain Town at 200m
School : govt. primary, middle and high school at 200m for girls and boys and private higher secondary Rashi
Minhas School at 1km, Sir Syed inter college at 500m, Govt. Higher secondary for girls at 1km and degree college
for girls at 2km and degree college for boys at 200m
Religious site: Mosque in DGS, Jamia Mosque at 200m.
Hospital : Tehsil Hospital at1km and many private clinics and hospital at 1km.
Distance adjacent to DGS wall
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
1. DISCO -
MEPCO
Environmental Impact Assessment
2. Sub-project Name: Conversion of 66KV Alipur
DGS into 132kv
3. DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
5. Sub-station.
4. Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
6. (nearest if not an s/s subproject
Nearest river / irrigation channel : Bahawal Nala at 200m and Punjnad at 10km
Others : water table at 13m but drinkable at 20-23m no tube well in DGS but water supply through
turbine by bore at 50m water drinkable. Total land is 54 kanal and 15 marlas
Terrain / features
North
(km)
Photographs
Multan Road and irrigation office across the road
East
South
Vacant land adjacent to DGS then scarp colony
West
5m street adjacent to DGS boys college on north west corner and open land across the street and cattle
market at west-south corner
Access to DGS on Karachi road, shops and Basti Naich across the road.
Locality Plan (sketch)
Other information
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
1. DISCO -
MEPCO
3. DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
5. Sub-station.
Completed by
Signature
Date
Environmental Impact Assessment
2. Sub-project Name: Conversion of 66KV Alipur
DGS into 132kv
4. Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
6. (nearest if not an s/s subproject
Name Bushra Waheed
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix - 4
Environmental Management Plan – Matrix July 2008
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1.
Social Impacts
To ensure that the
adverse impacts due
to
the
property
acquisition
and
resettlement
are
mitigated according to
the LARP.
1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place
IN CASE UNFORSEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED
2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of
people.
3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide
compensation and assistance to the APs.
4. MEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property
or house such that no additional land is required..
5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the
Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP.
6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the
project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into
the Entitlement Matrix.
Before
the
construction of the
GSS and all the
included structures,
the APs to be given
sufficient time with
compensation
money
and
to
resettle
satisfactorily.
Affected Families will be
compensated by MEPCO
through the concerned
District
Revenue
Department and Land
Acquisition Collectors.
MEPCO
ESU / LACs
MC
and
External
Monitors
2.
Hydrological
Impacts
To
minimize
hydrological
and
drainage
impacts
during constructions.
1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water
courses or bridges and culverts.
2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be
completed
If lines or substation are
relocated
near
water
courses,
culverts
or
bridges in the design
stage reports
MEPCO
ESU with the
Design
Consultant
MEPCO
3. Noise barriers
Ensure
cumulative
noise impacts are
acceptable
in
construction
and
operational phase.
1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school,
(other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line.
2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and
controlled.
3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of
noisy equipment) and monitoring.
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
4. Waste disposal
Ensure
adequate
disposal options for all
waste
including
transformer
oil,
residually contaminated
soils, scrap metal.
1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations
for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and
disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal
“cradle to grave”.
2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal.
3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates
accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification
or tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
MEPCO ESU. Locations
approved by EPA and
MEPCO and local waste
disposal authorities.
MEPCO ESU
and EPA with
the
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
5.
Temporary
drainage
and
erosion control
Include mitigation in
preliminary designs for
erosion
control
and
temporary drainage.
1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be
affected by works.
2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s).
During
designing
stage no later than
pre-qualification
or
tender negotiations.
Locations based on drainage
or irrigation crossing RoW
near DGS.
MEPCO ESU
and
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
6. Contract clauses
Ensure requirements
and
recommendations of
environmental
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
Environmental
concern
DESIGN STAGE
7.
8.
Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make
contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by
reference to EIA/EIA in contract.
Include preparation of EMP review and method statement
Before
the
commencement of
construction
activities/during
design stage
1. During detailed
design stage. No
later
than
prequalification
or
tender negotiations.
2. Include acoustic
specification in the
contract.
7.
During
tender
preparation.
8.
No
later
Appendix 3 - Page 1 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Mitigation Measures recommended
Objectives
assessment
included
in
contracts.
are
the
9.
WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment
milestone(s).
Require environmental accident checklist and a list of
controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the
contractor’s
work
method
statement
and
tender
documentation.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
than
prequalification or
tender
negotiations
9.
In bidding
documents as
evaluation
criteria.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1. Locations of each
construction activity to be
listed
by
the
CSC
engineer.
2. Special locations are
identified on the site by
the contractor to minimize
disturbances.
3. A list of locations of
irrigation channels / drains
to be compiled and
included in the contract.
1.Contractor
supervised
by CSC or to
actively
supervise
and enforce.
MEPCO
ESU
All staff members in all
categories.
Monthly
induction and six month
refresher
course
as
necessary until contractor
complies.
MEPCO
ESU,
Contractor
and the CSC
and record
details.
MEPCO &
CSC
to
observe
and record
success.
Locations to
implement MM
PEPA.
CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
3.
Hydrology And
Drainage
Aspects
To ensure the proper
implementation of any
requirements
mentioned in EPA
conditions of approval
letter in relation to
Hydrology
of
the
project.
1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular construction
activities are undertaken.
2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for
material exploitation or spoil disposal.
3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction
activity as an erosion control measure.
4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible
and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have
been cleared of such areas.
1. MEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress
all environmental statutory and recommended obligations.
2. Orientation for
Contractor,
and
Workers
To ensure that the
CSC contractor and
workers understand
and have the capacity
to ensure the
environmental
requirements
and
implementation
of
mitigation measures.
2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training for
the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement of
the project. Record attendance and achievement test for
contractors site agents.
3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary
mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project
activities.
4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be
followed.
3. Water quality
To prevent adverse
Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before
Prepare a thorough
drainage
management plan
to be approved by
CSC one month
prior
to
a
commencement of
construction
Proper
timetable
prepared
in
consideration with
the
climatic
conditions of the
area, the different
construction
activities mentioned
here to be guided.
Induction course for
all site agents and
above including all
relevant
MEPCO
staff / new project
staff
before
commencement of
work.
At early stages of
construction for all
construction
employees as far
as
reasonably
practicable.
1.Contractor
Appendix 3 - Page 2 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
4. Air quality
5.
Ground
Vibration
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
Ensure
adverse impacts on
water quality caused
by
construction
activities
are
minimized.
commencement of works.
1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control
before works within 50m of water bodies.
2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and
EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to
avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of
construction machinery and equipment.
3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in selfcontained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies.
4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities.
5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a
suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and
avoid stockpiling near to water bodies.
6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural
drainage will be disrupted.
7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of
drinking water.
CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE.
1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant
regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway
Act).
2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading,
particularly in windy conditions.
3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be
employed to minimize exhaust emissions.
4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials
shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary.
Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.
5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and
fruit farms.
6. Spraying of bare areas with water.
7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory
requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors.
To minimize dust
effectively and avoid
complaints due to the
airborne
particulate
matter released to the
atmosphere.
To minimize ground
vibrations
during
construction.
1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical
equipment within 100m of SRs.
2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation
with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling
and schedule works accordingly.
3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable.
4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours.
5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be
allowed at night time.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
(MEPCO
ESU & CSC
to enforce).
1 month prior to
construction.
1. 50m from water bodies
2. Relevant locations to be
determined in the detailed
project design.
2. Contractor
has to check
water quality
and report to
MEPCO.
MEPCO
review
results
3.
CSC
supervises
implementati
on activities.
During
construction.
all
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain
acceptable
standard
CSC
to
supervise
activities.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
Appendix 3 - Page 3 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
activities.
6. Noise
To minimize noise
increases
during
construction.
Prevent
adverse
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
7. Soil Erosion /
Surface Run-off
To
minimize
soil
erosion due to the
construction activities
of towers, stringing of
conductors
and
creation of access
tracks for project
vehicles.
1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment
within 100m of SRs.
2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive
time for works and schedule works accordingly.
3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations and with
effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise.
4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours.
5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall
be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize
noise.
7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls.
8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise
nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting
available acoustic methods.
SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS)
FOR DRY SEASON
1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to
be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion control
plan one month before commencement of works to protect all
areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall be
in the final design).
2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m
of water bodies.
3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site
preparation.
5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any
tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid
reporting and feedback to CSC.
5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with
MEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where
possible.
6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled
areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage.
7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind
excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the
slopes or cause slippage.
8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and
scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and
restored to natural contours.
9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and
adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the
construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
1 month prior to
construction
because the area
can be subject to
unseasonal heavy
rain Plan before
and
during
construction
(cut
and
fill,
land
reclamation
etc.)
while considering
the
climatic
conditions.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
activities.
1. Locations based on
history
of
flooding
problems indicated by
local authorities .
2. A list of sensitive areas
during construction to be
prepared by the detail
design
consultant
in
consideration with the cut
and fill, land reclamation,
borrow areas etc.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU /
CSC
3. Locations of all rivers,
streams,
culverts,
irrigation channels, roads
and highways.
Appendix 3 - Page 4 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
8.
Exploitation,
Handling,
Transportation
and Storage of
Construction
materials
9.Construction
Waste Disposal
Objectives
To
minimize
disruption
and
contamination of the
surroundings,
minimize and or avoid
adverse
environmental
impacts
arising
out
of
construction material
exploitation, handling,
transportation
and
storage
by using
sources that comply
with EPA license
conditions
Minimize the impacts
from the disposal of
construction waste.
Mitigation Measures recommended
endorsed and monitored but CSC after consulting with concerned.
authorities.
10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and
handed back to MEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation
cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the
deceleration of surface run-off.
(consider also for future trances if civil works)
1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to
minimize adverse environmental impacts.
2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions,
recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject
activities using the licensed source including:
(xiii)
Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material
exploitation.
(xiv)
Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for
material transport.
(xv)
Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in
material transport or construction.
(xvi)
Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material
storage.
(xvii) Conditions that apply for aggregate production.
(xviii) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or
dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic
chemicals.
1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and
approved by MEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works.
WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste
to be generated by the project.
2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or
by other interested parties without any residual environmental
impact.
3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or
those designated sites in the contract.
4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites
and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites.
5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas
to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may
be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or
other water bodies.
6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or
removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local
regulations.
7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed
with local authorities/EPA.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
month
prior
to
starting of works.
Update monthly.
1. List of borrow areas to
be prepared with tender
stage contractors method
statement and updated
one
month prior to
construction.
2.List
of
routes
of
transport of construction
material is to be prepared
for the contract and
agreed one month prior to
construction.
3. Map of locations of
storage is prepared by the
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC to
agree format
of reporting
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
1.Contractor
2-11. CSC
and MEPCO
ESU should
supervise
and
take
action
to
ensure that
contractor’s
complete
relevant
activities
according to
EIA / EIA /
EMP
requirement
& NEQS.
MEPCO/
CSC
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
1.Dumping:
A list of temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement
A
list
of
temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement (in W M Plan)
Appendix 3 - Page 5 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Objectives
10.
Work
Camp
Operation
and
Location
(if required)
To ensure that the
operation of work
camps
does
not
adversely affect the
surrounding
environment
and
residents in the area.
11. Loss of Trees
and
Vegetation
Cover
of
the
Areas for Towers
and
Temporary
Work-space
To avoid negative
impacts
due
to
removing
of
landmark,
sentinel
and specimen trees
as well as green
vegetation
and
surface cover.
Mitigation Measures recommended
8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or
reused at DISCO’s facility.
9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill
during the construction.
10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip
trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during
maintenance.
11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste
facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to
good environmental practice.
1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local
authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the
MEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements
or near drinking water supply intakes.
2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation
shall be minimized.
3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be
provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be
backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites.
4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the
national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be
dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be
disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied
with the necessary permits of local authority permission.
5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation,
collection and transport system.
6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid
hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and
disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations.
7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be
removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings,
shelters and toilets shall be removed.
8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation.
9.MEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect
and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to preproject conditions.
21. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month
before tender.
22. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to
prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees.
Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting.
23. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction,
borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important
vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful
Environmental Impact Assessment
Resp
mon
MM
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
UPDATE Once a
month
Location Map is prepared
by the Contractor.
Contractor
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Route design and
site identification (1
& 2) during design
stage and other
matters
during
construction
of
relevant activities
Tree
survey
to
be
completed one month
before tender at relevant
Locations with a Map to
be compiled prior to
tender by the design
consultant / MEPCO ESU
during detailed design and
Design
consultant,
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Resp Imp
MM
Appendix 3 - Page 6 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
12.
Safety
Precautions
for
the Workers
13.
Traffic Condition
15.Social Impacts
16.
Institutional
Strengthening
and
Capacity
Building
Objectives
To ensure safety of
workers
Mitigation Measures recommended
alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included in
tree survey.
24. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not
burned.
25. The contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to
damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside
immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works
timber.
26. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees
in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land
holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees.
27. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside
the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree
removed.
28. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion.
29. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a
rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice.
30. After work completion all temporary structures, including office
buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.
5. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate
warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the
workers to use the provided safety equipment.
6. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe
shoes.
Minimize disturbance
of vehicular traffic and
5.
Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month
pedestrians
during
prior to start of works.
haulage
of
6.
Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided.
construction materials
and equipment.
7. Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable
To ensure minimum
diseases from labour camps shall be avoided (worker awareness
impacts
from
orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained).
construction
labour
8. Complaints of the people on construction nuisance / damage
force.
on
public
close to ROW to be considered and responded to promptly.
health.
9. Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid local
community impacts.
To
ensure
that Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in
MEPCO officials are Tranche 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with
trained to understand in MEPCO under Director Operations in Tranche 1. Development
and to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with
EMP
resources.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
CSC
to
necessary.
update
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
as
Prior
to
commencement
and
during
construction
Location to be identified
by
the
CSC
with
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Prior
to
throughout
construction.
The
most
important
locations to be identified
and listed. Relevant plans
of the Contractor on traffic
arrangements to be made
available.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Complaints
of
public to be solved
as soon as possible
All
subprojects
tranches
Contractor
and the CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Initiate
preconstruction and
continue
beyond
project completion.
Awareness training for all
management and senior
staff in MEPCO at senior
engineer and above in
PMU and related units.
MEPCO
ESU
MEPCO &
ADB
and
the
all
OPERATIONAL
Appendix 3 - Page 7 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Mitigation Measures recommended
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
STAGE
Minimize air quality No significant Impacts Tranche 1.Monitor designs and plans for all
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
Operational phase
impacts
future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
noise No significant Impacts Tranche 1. Acoustic designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
2.Noise
impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
improper Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
3. Waste disposal
waste disposal
of all subprojects and MEPCO activities.
tranches
ESU
3. Compensatory Maintain survival of Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
tree planting
trees planted
replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary.
tranches
ESU
Avoid landslips and
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
4.Land slides and
No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and
all subprojects in future
loss of productive
ESU
soil erosion
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
land
Minimize
water No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
5. Water quality
quality impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Monitor impacts from
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
6
Crops
and maintaining
tree
all subprojects in future
ESU
Track growth of large trees under the conductors.
vegetation
clearance
under
tranches
transmission lines
Ensure
no
Operational phase
MEPCO
encroachments
/
ESU
Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed
7. Social safety construction
under
all subprojects in future
all along the line.
MEPCO
Impacts
the transmission line.
tranches
Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the DXLs..
No
violation
of
clearance spaces.
LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.
CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. TXL = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS = National Environmental Quality Standards.
1. Air Quality
Environmental
concern
Appendix 5
Attachment 2
Monitoring Plan for Performance Indicators
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Timing to check PI
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Initially DISCO’S
Cell / later
DISCO’S, ESIC
cell / ADB*
Cost of
Supervision
ESIGN and RECONSTRUC
ION STAGE
. Review of EMAP
Environmental Management Action Plan
(EMAP) is reviewed
During
(later
detailed design
monthly
by
By completion of
detailed design.
All project
alignment
Contractor
ESIC cell staff
cost
Appendix 3 - Page 8 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
. Social Impacts
and
Resettlement
Inventory of losses, Property acquisition,
compensation and resettlement completed to
RP requirements.
. Project
disclosure
Design changes notified
. Environmentally
Responsible
Procurement.
(ERP)
Contract follows ADB Guidelines on ERP.
Performance bond. Deposited
Contractual clauses include implementation of
environmental mitigation measures tied to a
performance bond.
Frequency to monitor
Contractor to cover any
unidentified impacts)
Completed prior to
commencement of
construction
During detailed design by
Contractor to cover any
access
roads
and
alignment
changes,
additional Villages.
Timing to check PI
Environmental Impact Assessment
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
DISCO’S /ADB*
ESIC cell staff
cost
DISCO’S &
ESIC cell /
ADB*
ESIC cell staff
cost
DISCO’S ESIC
cell / ADB*.
DISCO’S
staff cost
ESIC cell
ESIC cell
DISCO’S
Contractor cost
Before removal of
houses and structures.
APs according to
RP & LAFC.
DISCO’S Cell
Completion of detailed
design.
All project
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Once, before Contract is
signed.
Before Contract is
signed.
Method
Statements
include resources
for mitigation
measures.
DISCO’S Project
Cell.
Contractor cost
Waste disposal
Disposal options for all waste transformer oil,
residually contaminated soils, scrap metal
agreed with DISCO’S and local authority..
Monthly or as required in
waste management plan
to
identify
sufficient
locations for, storage and
reuse of transformers and
recycling of breaker oils
and
disposal
of
transformer oil, residually
contaminated soils and
scrap metal “cradle to
grave”.
2. Include in contracts for
unit
rates
for
remeasurement for disposal.
3. After agreement with
local authority, designate
disposal sites in the
contract and cost unit
disposal rates accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification or
tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
Locations
approved by local
waste
disposal
authorities.
DISCO’S cell with
the
design
consultant.
. Noise and air
quality
mitigation in
design.
Design changes included in EIA
(supplementary) & EMAP approved by
MOEST.
During detailed design by
Contractor.
Completion of detailed
design.
As defined in EIA
(supplementary) &
EMAP.
DISCO’S Cell /
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S /
/ADB*
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
. Hydrological
Impacts
Temporary Drainage Management plan.
During detailed design by
Contractor and monthly to
cover any unidentified
impacts
One month before
commencement of
construction
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
. Temporary
drainage and
Erosion Control and Temporary Drainage
completed.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
One month before
construction
Contractor.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
Considered
locations to be as
identified in the
Detailed Drainage
Report.
All stream and
river crossings
DISCO’S Cell staff
cost
Cell
Appendix 3 - Page 9 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
erosion control
0. Planning
construction
camps
3.Traffic Condition
Frequency to monitor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
Timing to check PI
commences.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Locations to
implement PI
and where slopes
indicate erosion
will be a problem.
Locations agreed
DISCO’S cell in
consultation with
community and
the Contractor.
Locations agreed
with DISCO’S cell
in consultation
with community
and the
Contractor.
Responsible to
implement PI
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
Project Cell.
Use of land agreed with surrounding residents
& Villages.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
One month before
construction
commences.
Temporary Pedestrian and Traffic
Management Plan agreed.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
One month before
construction
commences.
1. Once,
2. Once
3. Ongoing
4. Ongoing
1. As soon as
practicable
2, 3, 4. No later than
one month before
Contract award.
Throughout the
project
DISCO’S Project
Cell.
1. Once
2. Ongoing
3. Ongoing
1. Before contract is
signed
2. Before construction
areas are opened up
3. Every six months
All BOT staff
members in all
categories.
monthly induction
and six month
refresher course
Deliverable in final form to
DISCO’S cell one month
before construction
commences for any given
stretch.
One month before
construction
commences.
Once (line item when
opening up construction
near water bodies).
During detailed design
by Contractor and
update to cover any
unidentified impacts.
1. Strengthening plan agreed for DISCO’S cell.
5.
Institutional 2. International environment specialist (IES)
rengthening and
3. Increase staffing of DISCO’S Cell.
apacity building
4. Train DISCO’S Cell officials.
Cost of
Implementation
Contractor
DISCO’S Cell
facilitates.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
DISCO’S Cell staff
cost
DISCO’S / and
/ADB*.
/ADB cost of
IES & support
for 1 month
US$25,000
Contractor with
IES assistance
and record details.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S to
observe and
record success
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
All of DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
Locations to be
provided with the
detailed designs
including all
bridges during
construction within
Independent
experienced
laboratory.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S /
DISCO’S Cell.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
ONSTRUCTION
TAGE
Orientation for
ontractor, and
orkers
Plans to control
nvironmental
mpacts
Water quality
1. Contractor agreed to provide training to
professional staff and workers.
2. Special briefing and training for Contractor
completed.
3. Periodic progress review sessions.
1. Drainage Management plan
2. Temp. Pedestrian & Traffic Management
plan,
3. Erosion Control & Temp. Drainage plan
4. Materials Management plan,
5. Waste Management plan;
6. Noise and Dust Control plan,
7. Safety Plan
8. Agreed schedule of costs for environmental
mitigation.{N.B. Forest Clearance and
Compensatory Planting plan is prepared by
DISCO’S cell}
Meaningful water quality monitoring up and
downstream during construction within 100m
of rivers. Rapid reporting and feedback by
DISCO’S.
Appendix 3 - Page 10 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Timing to check PI
Environmental Impact Assessment
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
100m of rivers
1. Availability of water acceptable to
community. No complaints.
2. Guidelines established to minimize the
water wastage during construction operations
and at worker camps.
1. Use of land agreed with surrounding
residents & Villages.
2. Waste Management Plan implemented.
3 No open burning
Contractor cost
DISCO’S
and
DISCO’S
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
Contractor cost
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S /
(DISCO’S Cell
to actively
supervise and
enforce.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
1. Monthly
2. Monthly
Prior to submission of
progress reports.
All local water
supply resources
and rivers.
Contractor
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Maximum allowable
noise levels are
70dB(A)LEQ.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor should
maintain the
accepted
standards
Contractor cost
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Contractor
Contractor cost
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Safety Plan submitted
Once (update monthly as
necessary)
One month before
construction and update
quarterly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor.
Contractor cost
0. Social Impacts
1. Local labour is used and workforce
2. Local educated people for office work.
3. Complaints on construction nuisance
damages close to ROW are responded to
promptly by the Contractor.
4. Quarterly meetings with local VILLAGE for
liaison purposes to monitor complaints.
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
During construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
1. Enhancements
Contractor has included for some
enhancements in detailed designs Including
planting of trees in addition to bioengineering
such as in median
Once (update monthly as
necessary)
One month before
construction and update
quarterly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor cost
Water
esources
Spoil disposal
nd construction
aste disposal
0. Noise
1. Air quality
3..Soil
ontamination
4. Work Camp
ocation and
peration
9. Safety
ecautions for
orkers
Noise mitigation measures implemented in
line with guidelines for noise reduction from
ISO/TR11688-1:1995(E)
Noise and dust control plan implemented.
Contractors workforce to instructed and train
handling of chemicals
1. Use of land agreed with surrounding
residents & Villages.
2. Waste Management Plan implemented.
3 No open burning
Contractor.
DISCO’S /
DISCO’S
Project Cell will
monitor sample
activities.
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S /
(ESIC cell to
actively
supervise and
enforce.
PERATIONAL
TAGE
Air Quality
1. Roadworthiness of vehicles on DISCO’S.
2. Monitor NO2 and PM10 as indicators.
1. Roadworthiness of
vehicles on DISCO’S Daily
during operations
2. Yearly intervals for 3
During operation.
5 locations on
DISCO’S
alignment nearest
settlements.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
ESIC Cell
Cell
Appendix 3 - Page 11 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
crops and
egetation
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Timing to check PI
Environmental Impact Assessment
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
years after opening for
reassurance.
1. Follow up on Tree Clearance and
Compensatory Planting Plan.
2. Records on survival of planted trees.
3. The compensatory planting maintained
4. Audited report by ESIC cell for on site and
off-site compensatory planting.
1) Quarterly
2) Quarterly
3) Quarterly
4) Quarterly
1) Throughout project
2) Each of three years
after initial planting.
3) Continuous for three
years after project
completion
4) For four years after
initial clearance of the
forest.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
ESIC Cell
DISCO’S
MOFSC and
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost.
Note: LAFC = Land Acquisition Compensation Fixation Committee. DDS=Detailed design stage. Based on EIA/EIA reports to be revised at DDS, RAP, SIA and other engineering considerations may change, EIA=environmental impact
Assessment. EMP=, environmental management action plan = environmental management plan, EPA= Environmental Protection Agency,. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. NGO = non government organization.
ADB * = ADB checks that processes have been completed and signed off by DISCO’S before moving to construction stage.
Appendix 3 - Page 12 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix 3 - Page 13 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
Attachment 3: Monitoring Plan
1.
DISCO’S have established
the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC)
The DISCO’S
instructional arrangement with respect to social and environmental monitoring and implementation is presented
as follows:
25.3
INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
2. The institutional arrangements of planning and management of the Power Distribution Enhancement
Program (or the ADB-funded Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project) are described as follows
(see also Figure overleaf):
Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO)
25.4
3. The Project Management Unit (PMU), PEPCO is the focal organization based in Lahore responsible for the
Power Distribution Enhancement Program, for keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and
Asian Development Bank (ADB) on behalf of all the DISCOs, and taking care of disbursement of funds
(including ADB loan) and technical assistance through Consultants to, and coordination of the Program
planning and management activities of the DISCOs.
25.4.1 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)
4. The DISCOs included in the ADB-funded MFF Project (the Program) are:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
PESCO: Peshawar Electric Supply Company, Peshawar, NWFP;
IESCO: Islamabad Electric Supply Company, Islamabad;
GEPCO: Gujranwala Electric Power Company, Gujranwala, Punjab;
LESCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Lahore, Punjab;
FESCO: Faisalabad Electric Supply Company, Faisalabad, Punjab;
MEPCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Multan, Punjab;
QESCO: Quetta Electric Supply Company, Quetta, Baluchistan; and,
HESCO: Hyderabad Electric Supply Company, Hyderabad, Sindh.
25.4.2
Technical Assistance (Consultants)
5. PMU, PEPCO provides technical assistance to all the eight DISCOs through the following Consultants,
based in Lahore:
(1) PPTA: Project Preparation Technical Assistance was hired by PEPCO in 2007 and since then it has so
far assisted the DISCOs in preparing Tranche 1 & 2 Subprojects. The PPTA Resettlement Experts have
thus far assisted the DISCOs in the preparation of LARPs and DDRs for the Subprojects included in
Tranches 1 and 2.
(2) PIC: Project Implementation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to
provide technical assistance to DISCOs in updating and implementation of the approved Subprojects.
The PIC Resettlement Experts will assist the DISCOs in updation, revision and implementation of the
LARPs and DDRs.
(3) EMC: External Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by
end-2009, to independently monitor and evaluate the implementation of approved LARPs on the Tranche
1 and 2 Subprojects of all the DISCOs, and report directly to ADB with copy to the respective DISCOs.
Appendix 3 - Page 14 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figure: Organization for LARP Planning, Implementation and Monitoring
PEPCO
Project Management Unit (PMU)
(Project Coordination)
Chief Executive
DISCO
Project
Implementation
Consultant (PIC)
Chief Engineer Development
(HESCO Subprojects)
PPTA
Consultants
External LARP
Monitoring
Consultant (EMC)
Project Director (PD, GSC)
(Grid System Construction)
Project
Implementation
Unit (PIU)
(Engineers &
Patwaris)
Deputy Manager, ESIC
(Environmental and Social
Impact Cell)
Province Board
of Revenue
District LAC
Staff / Patwaris
DISCO LAC
Assistant Manager
(Social/Resettlement)
Assistant
Manager
(Environment)
Field Patwaris
Appendix 3 - Page 15 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
Distribution Companies (DISCOs)
25.5
6.
DISCO as the implementing agency (IA) bears the overall responsibility for the preparation,
implementation and financing of all tasks set out in this LARP, as well as inter-agency coordination required for
the implementation of the Subprojects. As such, it takes care of the preparation/updating and implementation
of the LARPs and DDRs, and internal monitoring and evaluation activities (see also Chapter 10: Monitoring
and Evaluation). Institutionally, DISCO typically have three functional divisions, namely, the Planning, Projects
and Grid System Construction divisions.
25.5.1 5.2.1 Planning Division
7.
The Planning Division is responsible for preparation of PC-1s, for preparation of load forecasts and
feeder analysis. The division is responsible for preparation of the Energy Loss Reduction (ELR) work
orders. Formerly subproject preparation and keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian
Development Bank (ADB), as the donor of this MFF Project had also been the responsibility of this
division. But lately the activity has been shifted to the Office of Chief Engineer Development.
25.5.2 5.2.2 Chief Engineer Development
8.
The former Projects Division has now been named as the Office of Chief Engineer Development
(OCED), is responsible for the overall planning, management and coordination of the approved
Subprojects. The OCED is currently being assisted by the PPTA Consultants 14 (including the
Resettlement Experts responsible for LARP/DDR preparation), in preparing the identified Subprojects in
line with the ADB Policies, and obtaining approval from the donor ADB. Its major functions include
keeping regular liaison with ADB and relevant departments of the federal, provincial and district
governments, preparation, updating and implementation of the LARPs and the related monitoring and
evaluation activities.
9.
The OCED contains a specially created cell to take care of the safeguards related activities, namely, the
Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC), headed by a Deputy Manager, and assisted by two
Assistant Managers, Environment and Social, respectively. The Assistant Manager Social is responsible
for the preparation/updating, implementation and internal monitoring of the Subproject LARPs, with
assistance from DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert.
10. The Scope of Work to be handled by the ESIC far exceeds the physical and professional ability and
capabilities of the incumbents. To support the ESIC, to carry out its responsibilities, a Monitoring
Consultant is being hired. In addition, a Project Implementation Consultant (IC) 15 will also be hired who
will also have social and environmental experts to assist HESCO in revising and updating the LARP as
and when required, and then in implementation of the LARP. The Consultants will be provided full
logistic support (including office space and field transport) by the DISCO.
25.5.3
Grid System Construction (GSC) Division
11. . The Grid System Construction (GSC) Division is responsible for implementing the approved
Subprojects, including construction/improvement of grid stations and transmission lines. This office is
headed by the Project Director (GSC), and it will establish Project Implementation Units (PIUs),
comprising Engineers and Patwaris, at the respective towns of each Subproject. The PD GSC has an
in-house Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) to take care of the land acquisition and resettlement activities.
12. The DISCO LAC, along with field Patwaris, in addition to implementation of the LARP activities, will
provide in-field assistance to the Resettlement Experts of ESIC and PIC in updating, revision and
internal monitoring of the LARPs. He normally works as an independent entity, but in case of local needs
like price updating, grievance redress, etc., may involve the local Union Councils and other leaders at
14
British Power International (BPI), a UK Based Power Consultant firm.
15
Terms of Reference for Implementation Consultant’s Resettlement Expert are provided in Appendix 4.
Appendix 3 - Page 16 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility – Tranche 2
Attachment Monitoring Plan For Performance Indicators
Environmental Impact Assessment
the local levels, and/or the District LACs and Province Board of Revenue for addressing broader level
matters and resolving permanent Land Acquisition issues (not applicable to this Subproject). He will be
provided technical assistance by the Resettlement Experts included in both ESIC and PIC teams.
25.6
District Government
13.
The district government have jurisdiction for land administration, valuation and acquisition. At the
provincial level these functions rest on the Province Board of Revenue while at the district level they rest
on the District Land Acquisition Collector (District LAC). Within LAC office the Patwari (land records clerk),
carry out specific roles such as titles identification and verification required by the HESCO LAC.
25.7
Responsibility for Internal and External Monitoring
14. Land acquisition and resettlement tasks under the Program will be subjected to both internal and
external monitoring. Internal monitoring will be conducted by ESIC, assisted by DISCO LAC and PIC
Resettlement Expert. The external monitoring responsibilities will be assigned to an External Monitoring
Consultant (EMC) to be engaged by PMU, PEPCO according to the Terms of Reference (TOR) that
have been approved by ADB.
Appendix 3 - Page 17 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
2.
The scope of work to be handled by the ESIC cell far exceeds the physical and professional ability and capabilities of the incumbents. To
support the ESIC cell, to carry out it’s responsibilities monitoring consultants (MC) are being hired (these are also required as per ADB loan
covenants.
25.7.1 Terms of Reference of the monitoring consultants (MC) as follows:
Environmental monitoring
3.
An environment evaluation expert(s) for a period of four (4) person-month (on as and when required basis) who will undertake monitoring of
EIAs and also other environmental issues related to design, construction and commissioning of the sub-projects according to the relevant reports
already prepared and approved by DISCO’S/ADB. The expected completion time of these projects is one years.
(A)
Design Phase
(I)
(II)
(III)
(IV)
(V)
(VI)
(VII)
(VIII)
Monitor final site selection process and final alignment selection process and its environmental compliance with EMP.
Review the implementation of the land acquisition plan and expropriation, including considerations concerning vulnerable groups
among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers.
Monitor contractor’s detailed project design to ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures in EMP have been included.
Monitor the detailed environmental guidelines for construction works, including procurement, management, works, closing operations
etc in the light of EIA and EMP.
Review the management plan for mineral construction materials and waste management.
Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ mitigation measures (as identified in
EMP) have been included.
Review landscape design plan, including compensatory planting.
Monitor the performance of environmental training and briefings for the creation of environmental awareness of project staff and
DISCO’S.
(B)
Construction phase
(I)
Regular monitoring and reporting of contractor’s compliance with contractual environmental mitigation measures in light of EIA and
EMP.
(II)
Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.
(C)
Operation and Maintenance phase
(I)
(II)
Monitoring of routine maintenance of facilities and transmission line in light of mitigation measures specified in EMP.
Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.
4.
The MC will mainly assist the ESIC cell in the monitoring functions. DISCO’S is also in the process of hiring management consultants, who will
assist the Project Management Unit (PMU) of DISCO’S in amongst other matters relating to the implementation of the EIA/LARP including updating of
LARP s (price updating) and updating of EIA and EMPs when ever major changes are made to the approved sub projects.
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
25.7.2 Terms of reference for Project Implementation (Management) Consultants
5.
Terms of Reference (related to social and environmental aspects) of the Project Implementation (Management) Consultants are Specifically, the
PMC shall ensure that:
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
1.
ALL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, FRAMEWORK, AND PLANS FOR ALL THE
SUBPROJECTS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED AND IMPLEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ADB’S ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES, AND
PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES.
2.
ALL LAND ACQUISITION, AND RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK AND PLAN ARE
IMPLEMENTED PROMPTLY AND EFFICIENTLY ACCORDING TO ITS TERMS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PAKISTAN LAWS, AND ADB’S POLICY ON
INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT.
3.
PMU WILL GUARANTEE THAT ALL SUBPROJECTS AFFECTING ETHNIC MINORITIES ARE
CONSTRUCTED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ADB’S
POLICY ON INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND APPLICABLE PAKISTAN RULES AND
REGULATIONS.
4.
PMU WILL FOLLOW THE PRINCIPLES OF THE ADB’S POLICY ON GENDER AND
DEVELOPMENT AND USE APPROPRIATE PAKISTAN LAWS DURING EACH SUBPROJECT
IMPLEMENTATION.
5.
ENSURE THAT SUBPROJECT SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MITIGATION
MEASURES ARE INCORPORATED INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
6.
SUPERVISE AND EVALUATE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION
AD MONITORING MEASURES AS SPECIFIED IN THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
PLANS (EMP).
7.
UPDATE THE EMP AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING CARRYING OUT SUPPLEMENTAL
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBPROJECTS APPRAISED AFTER
LOAN APPROVAL.
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
8.
B
Environmental Impact Assessment
SUPERVISE SOCIAL SAFEGUARD’S RELATED REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND
ENSURE ITS TIMELY SUBMISSION. THE REPORTING DOCUMENTS INCLUDE LARP’S
UPDATING, PROGRESS AND COMPLETION REPORTS.
9.
MONITOR AND SUPERVISE RESETTLEMENT AND OTHER SOCIAL IMPACT MITIGATION
ACTIVITIES, AS DEFINED IN THE APPROVED AND FINAL LARP’S.
10.
ENSURE NO CIVIL WORKS TO BE DONE UNLESS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE
LARP ARE, INCLUDING IN PARTICULAR THE TIMELY DELIVERY OF COMPENSATION TO
AFFECTED FAMILIES HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.
11.
ESTABLISH A GRIEVANCE MECHANISM PROCEDURE FOR THE SUBPROJECTS.
12.
CONDUCT AND DEVELOP INTERNAL MONITORING AND EVALUATING REPORTING
SYSTEM OF THE LARPS AND EMPS IMPLEMENTATIONS. THE REPORT WILL ALSO
INCLUDE ANY CHANGE IN THE IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE, PROBLEMS OR
DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED AND WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE NEXT PERIOD IN
ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES AND DETAILS ACCEPTABLE TO ADB. THE
MONITORING REPORTS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT
TO BE SUBMITTED TO ADB.
PROJECT MONITORING ACTIVITIES DURING THE PROJECT CYCLE:
6.
The Activities at various stages of the project cycle have been summarized in the terms of reference for consultants as presented in Table
AX3.1.
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3
Monitoring
Locations
Monitoring Parameter
DESIGN PHASE
Audit project bidding documents to ensure
1.
EIA and EMP is included
Monitor that the selection process and final
2. alignment selection process and its
environmental compliance with EMP
Monitor contractor’s detail project design to
3. ensure relevant environmental mitigation
measures in EMP have been included
Monitor through implementation of detail
environmental guidelines for construction
4.
works including procurement management,
works and closing operation
-
-
5.
Review the mineral, construction materials
and waste management
-
6.
Audit detail design of facilities
installation to ensure standard
-
and
Timing
Responsibility
Prior to issue of biding
documents
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
alignment survey
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
alignment survey
DISCO’S through project
implementation unit.
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
DISCO’S with the assistance
of project implementation unit
DISCO’S with the assistance
of project implementation unit
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued)
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Monitoring Parameter
1 Observation of soil erosion
2
3
4
Water quality
Water consumption
Checks for any damage to water course,
groundwater wells
5
Ambient air quality
6
Checks for exhaust emissions
Checks for dust emissions
Monitoring Locations
Construction sites, campsites
At wells and surface water
bodies near grid station and
construction campsites
Selected local wells
Selected locations at nearby
surface water bodies
Construction sites, campsite
Timing
During routine monitoring
Responsibility
PMU
Before mobilization
Contractor/PMU
Monthly
Contractor/PMU
Monthly
Contractor/PMU
Daily
Contractor/PMU
Construction sites
During routine monitoring
PMU
Construction sites, campsites
Construction sites, campsites
Construction sites, campsites
Before mobilization
Once every two months
Contractor/PMU
Contractor/PMU
During routine monitoring
Contractor/PMU
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Construction sites,
campsites, project roads
7
Noise
At nearby communities
8
Public concerns
At nearby communities
During routine monitoring
Fortnightly or during the
construction activities
causing noise.
Throughout the field
activities.
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued)
OPERATIONAL PHASE
Monitoring Parameter
Monitoring Locations
Timing
Selected sites for plantation
1 Compensatory tree planting
After construction phase
of trees
Land under the transmission
2 Crops and vegetation
During routine maintenance
line
Population along
3 Social safety Impacts
During routine maintenance
transmission line
Contractor/PMU
Contractor/PMU
PMU
Responsibility
DISCO’S
DISCO’S
DISCO’S
Complete record of sampling and analysis should be maintained and documented.
PMU = Project Monitoring Unit, DISCO’S = National Transmission and Dispatch Company
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
C
Environmental Impact Assessment
SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS FOR EMP
Table AX3.2 Implementation for Tranche 2
Pak. Rs.
Staffing, audit
and monitoring
Monitoring
activities
Mitigation
measures
US $
1 person for 3 years
1,800,0001
22,500
As detailed under EMP
7,000,0002
87,500
10,000,0003
125,000
1,502,2504
18,780
609,000
7,613
20,912,250
261,443
As prescribed under EMP and
EIA
Transport
1 dedicated vehicle 3 years
Contingency
3% contingency
Total
I US$ = 80 Pak. Rupees
1
@ P.Rs. 50,000/month:
Laboratory charges for: testing of construction materials; water quality teats; ambient air tests; emissions measurements; and noise measurements.
3
Includes: Compensatory tree plantation under supervision of forest department; and training on counterpart staff.
4
@ P.Rs. 25000 per month rental charges and Rs. 550.0 per day fuel and operating cost
2
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix 5 Table 2: Summary of Estimated Costs for EMP Implementation for Tranche 2
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Item
Sub Item
Environmental Impact Assessment
Estimated Total Costs
[PRS]
Estimated Total Cost
[USD]
Staffing, audit and monitoring
1 person for 3 years
1,800,000
29,800
Monitoring activities
As detailed under EMP
5,000,000
83,000
Mitigation measures
As prescribed under EMP and IEE
8,000,000
132,450
Transport
1 vehicle for 2 years
1,000,000
16,560
Contingency
5% contingency
790,000
13080
16590000
275000
Total
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix - 7
SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
132 KV DGS ALIPUR DXL
Sr.
No.
Participant Name
Participant
Profession
Address
Date
Issues Raised/Concerns
expressed/ Suggestions &
Requests
Proposed
Measure
Action Taken /
Proposed
Man Group: Liaqat Abad
55.
Ch. Abdul Haq
Landowner
Liaqat Abad
27.08.08
56.
Abdul Waheed
Landowner
Liaqat Abad
27.08.08
57.
Muhammad Mushtaq
Shopkeeper
Liaqat Abad
27.08.08
58.
Ghulam Muhammad
Teacher+ LO
Liaqat Abad
27.08.08
59.
Iqram Ullah
Landowner
Liaqat Abad
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be fair and timely
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Design of the line should not
Construction
be
changed,
but
if
MEPCO should
work should be
necessary at any stage
complete all work
completed in
houses
and
structures
timely
time
should be avoided
Load shedding is more in Compensation
MEPCO should pay
villages and affects all should be paid compensation of crops
spheres of life including adequately and and trees fairly and
schools.
timely
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be fair and timely
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
Man Group: Mochiwala
60.
Muhammad Nawaz
Landowner
Mochiwala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
Muhammad Riaz
Shahid Iqbal
Abdul Kareem
Faiz Bux
Sulaiman
Landowner
LO + Busniss
Landowner
Landowner
Labour
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Environmental Impact Assessment
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
66.
Abdul Rahman
Shopkeeper
Mochiwala
27.08.08
67.
Muhammad Ramzan
Teacher
Mochiwala
27.08.08
68.
Allah Ditta
Landowner
Mochiwala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Local skilled and unskilled Skilled and
labor should be used unskilled labor
wherever possible
should be
preferred from
the area
Design of the line should not
Construction
be
changed,
but
if
work should be
necessary at any stage
completed in
houses
and
structures
time
should be avoided.
Load shedding is more in
villages and affects all
spheres of life including
schools.
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should
employ Skilled and
unskilled labor from
the area
MEPCO should
complete all work
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
69.
Ghulam Shabeer
Landowner
Mochiwala
Environmental Impact Assessment
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely at least 15 days
before civil works
Woman Group: Mochiwala
70.
71.
72.
73.
Akbari Mai
Shakila
Zohran
Anwar Khaton
House Wife
House Wife
House Wife
LHW
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
Mochiwala
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
74.
Bashiran Bibi
House Wife
Mochiwala
27.08.08
75.
Kanez Fatima
Student
Mochiwala
27.08.08
Local norms
honored.
should
be Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Local norms should be Line should
honored
pass over
houses of
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in Line should
the summer is a nuisance; pass over
she hoped the new DGS will houses of
improve the situation.
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in Line should
the summer is a nuisance; pass over
she hoped the new DGS will houses of
improve the situation.
colony.
Local norms should be Line should
honored
pass over
houses of
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
-
Man Group: Nakokara (Basti Dhanowala)
76.
Ghulam Farid
Landowner
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
77.
Zawar Hussain
Landowner
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
Design of the line should not
be
changed,
but
if
necessary at any stage
houses
and
structures
should be avoided
Design of the line should not
be
changed,
but
if
necessary at any stage
Compensation
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
78.
Riaz Hussain
Landowner
79.
Zahid Rasool
Student
80.
Javaid Iqbal
Student
81.
Muhammad Kashif
Student
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
Environmental Impact Assessment
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
82.
Bahawal Khan
Landowner
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
83.
Sabir Hussain
Sharecropper
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
houses
and
structures
should be avoided
Design of the line should not
be
changed,
but
if
necessary at any stage
houses
and
structures
should be avoided
No comments
No comments
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
-
-
-
-
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
he hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
-
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be fair and timely
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Woman Group: Nakokara (Basti Dhanowala)
84.
85.
Noreen Bibi
Humara Khatoon
House Wife
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
House Wife
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
27.08.08
86.
Asma
House Wife
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
87.
Zatoon Bibi
House Wife
Nakokara
27.08.08
Local norms
honored
should
be Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Local norms should be Line should
honored
pass over
houses of
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in Line should
the summer is a nuisance; pass over
she hoped the new DGS will houses of
improve the situation.
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in Line should
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
(Basti Dhanowala)
88.
Imrana
Labour
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
27.08.08
89.
Ameer Mai
House Wife
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
90.
Ghulam Fatima
Student
Nakokara
(Basti Dhanowala)
27.08.08
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used
wherever possible
pass over the
houses of the
colony.
Skilled and
unskilled labor
should be
preferred from
the area
Prolonged load shedding in Line should not
the summer is a nuisance; pass over the
she hoped the new DGS will houses of the
improve the situation.
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
distribution lines to
pass over the houses.
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
MEPCO should
employ Skilled and
unskilled labor from
the area
MEPCO should avoid
distribution lines to
pass over the houses.
-
Man Group: Basti Dhanowala
91.
92.
93.
Zafar
Malik Habib
Malik Kalu
Landowner
Landowner
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
94.
Malik Lalu
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
95.
Malik Abdul Rahman
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
96.
Haji Gul Muhammad
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
97.
Malik Sultan
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
98.
Malik Sadiq
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
99.
Bashir Ahmad
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
100. Ghulam Ali
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
101. Muhammad Pahlwan
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
102. Muhammad Akhtar
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
103. Muhammad Haq Nawaz
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
should be fair and timely
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
104. Wali Muhammad
105. Ghulam Yaseen
106. Malik Khadim
107. Malik Zafar
108. Malik Murid
Landowner
Labour
Labour
Shopkeeper
Shopkeeper
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
27.08.08
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used
wherever possible
27.08.08
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used
wherever possible
27.08.08
27.08.08
He
supports
the
construction of DGS. He
expects that they will get
more stable power supply in
the region with the provision
of high voltage connection.
Construction work should be
completed in time
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Skilled and
MEPCO should
unskilled labor
employ Skilled and
should be
unskilled labor from
preferred from
the area
the area
Skilled and
MEPCO should
unskilled labor
employ Skilled and
should be
unskilled labor from
preferred from
the area
the area
Construction
work should be
completed in
time
MEPCO should
complete all work
timely
Construction
work should be
completed in
time
MEPCO should
complete all work
timely
Woman Group: Basti Dhanowala
109.
Zanab Mai
House Wife
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
110.
Zarina
House Wife
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
111.
Shazia Bibi
Teacher
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Load shedding is more in
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
-
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
112.
113.
114.
Samena
Kalsoom
Ghulam Fatima
 Ghulaman
115.
116.
Zohran
Tahira Batool
House Wife
Mid Wife
LHV
House Wife
House Wife
House Wife
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
Environmental Impact Assessment
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
27.08.08
villages and affects all
spheres of life including
schools.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Local norms should be
honored
Local norms
honored
should
Local norms
honored
should
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
be Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
be Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
Man Group: Basti Basharat
117. Zafar Hussain
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
118. Shahid Riaz
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
119. Pare Khan
Landowner
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
should be fair and timely
should be paid
adequately and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation of crops
and trees fairly and
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
should be fair and timely
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
should be fair and timely
120. Akbar Khan
Govt. Servent
121.
Shopkeeper
Khadim Hussain
Basti Dhanowala
Basti Dhanowala
27.08.08
27.08.08
should be paid compensation of crops
adequately and and trees fairly and
timely
timely atleast 15 days
before civil works
Stable supply in the region
with lesser complaints.
Construction work should be Construction
completed in time
work should be
completed in
time
MEPCO should
complete all work
timely
Woman Group: Basti Basharat
122.
123.
Moazman
Hajira Khatoon
House Wife
House Wife
Basti Basharat
Basti Basharat
27.08.08
27.08.08
124.
Sadea
House Wife
Basti Basharat
27.08.08
125.
Sumera Khatoon
Student
Basti Basharat
27.08.08
126.
Shamim Bibi
Student
Basti Basharat
27.08.08
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance;
she hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
She supports the project
and said that she could not
complete her assignments
in time due to load shading
she expects reliable power
supply with the construction
of the line.
She supports the project
and said that she could not
complete her assignments
in time due to load shading
she expects reliable power
supply with the construction
of the line.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
-
-
-
-
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
*Appendix-8
Project: – Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
No.
TOWER
From-To
DISTANCE IN
METER
TREES
1
1
2
315.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
8
300.00
313.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
1
2
2
3
2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
260.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
250.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
300.00
270.00
21
22
23
24
25
26
21
22
23
24
25
26
22
23
24
25
26
27
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
2
4
2
Pomegranate garden
3
17
4
6
5
Pomegranate garden
4
27
Mango+pomegranate
Garden under line
garden
2
1
6
27
TL
HOUSE
SHOPS
CNG/PP MASQUE
/FACTORY HOSPITAL
DRAIN
Water
Course
K/
ROAD/P
ROAD
Service
road
CANAL
1
1
k-road
1
1
1
k-road-2
Dera 40m +
more dera
30m
P-road
k-road
Dear 65m
1
k-road
11kv
Abadi at 20m
k-road
k-road
Dera at 40m
Abadi Arain
k-road
Dear at 50m
11kv
1
k-road
1
1
P-road
Soling
1
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
27
27
28
270.00
28
29
30
31
32
28
29
30
31
32
29
30
31
32
33
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
33
34
35
33
34
35
34
35
36
280.00
205.00
206.00
36
37
38
39
40
36
37
38
39
40
37
38
39
40
41
283.00
268.00
268.00
268.00
268.00
26
Mango garden
Under line + 4
0
0
3
5
39
4
106
Mango
garden +
3 trees
5
3
82
9
Environmental Impact Assessment
LT
1
K-road
k-road
Cotton
Factory
20m
41
42
43
42
43
GS
268.00
272.00
40.00
3
5
3
k-road
1
1
1
11kv
11kv
LT
41
42
43
Dera 50m
Abadi
Basharat
at 50m
Soling
11kv
1-wall
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
APPENDIX-9: Type and Number of Affected Trees in 132kV TL Alipur Sub-project
Within 30m Wide Corridor - Right of Way)
TL Reach
(Tower Nos.)
Affected Fruit Trees
Mango
Affected Wood Trees (No.)
Date
13.
Shisham
(Sisso)
From
Compact
To Area (m2)
13.1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
Sub-total (A):
B: Mochiwala
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
16
17
Sub-total (A):
C: Basti Dhanowala
16
17
17
18
18
19
19
20
20
21
1,950
21
22
22
23
23
24
24
25
25
26
26
27
1,050
27
28
960
28
29
29
30
30
31
31
32
32
33
-
o
t
a
l
Kikar
(Acasia)
Total
Wood
Trees
Fruit
Trees
Pomegranate
T
Total
Affected
Trees
A: Liaqat Abad
-
-
-
-
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
2
1
9
4
20
-
4
2
1
13
4
24
2
3
2
2
4
13
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
4
15
2
3
2
2
4
2
3
17
4
39
23
3
2
2
-
2
3
2
4
2
-
25
23
3
5
2
3
2
27
3
27
25
2
3
5
4
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
-
-
4
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
-
6
5
4
27
2
1
6
27
26
4
3
5
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
33
34
34
35
Sub-total (A):
D: Basti Basharat
34
35
35
36
36
37
37
38
38
39
39
40
40
41
41
42
42
43
43
GS
Sub-total (B):
TOTAL:
Percentage:
430.
Environmental Impact Assessment
2,550
6,510
36
66
3
16
56
39
138
17
-
17
39
155
3,750
5,280
9,030
42
5
3
45
2
3
5
3
108
-
58
37
7
102
100
5
3
82
9
3
5
3
210
1
4
3
8
3
2
5
4
6
3
13
4
106
3
5
3
82
9
3
5
3
223
15,540
-
178
42.28
36
8.55
158
37.53
372
88.36
40
9.50
9
2.14
49
11.64
421
100.00
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
431.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix 10 Infrastructure Effected by the sub project
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Project: – Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
TOWER
DISTANCE
FromIN METER
No. To
TREES
1
1
2
315.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
3
4
5
6
7
8
300.00
313.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
260.00
260.00
260.00
260.00
250.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
280.00
300.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
270.00
2
4
2
TL
HOUSE
/FACTORY
K/
SHOPS
Water
CNG/PP MASQUE DRAIN
ROAD/P CANAL
HOSPITAL
Course
ROAD
1
2
2
3
2
1
Service
Road
1
k-road
k-road
Dera 40m, Dera
30m
P-road
k-road
k-road
Dera 65m
3
17
4
6
5
11kv
Abadi at 20m
1
k-road-2
Dera at 40m
Abadi Arain at 32m
4
Mango Orchard, 27
k-road
P-road
k-road
Dera at 50m
1
11kv
2
1
6
Pomegranate Orchard, 27
Pomegranate Orchard, 26
4
Soling
P-road
LT
Dera 50m
1
k-road
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Alipur DGS into 132KV DGS
30 30 31
31 31 32
32 32 33
270.00
270.00
270.00
33 33 34
34 34 35
280.00
205.00
35
36
37
38
36
37
38
39
206.00
283.00
268.00
268.00
39 39 40
40 40 41
41 41 42
268.00
268.00
268.00
35
36
37
38
k-road
3
5
Mango Orchard, 39
4
Mango and Pomegranate
Orchard, 106
3
5
3
Mango and Pomegranate
Orchard, 82
9
3
k-road
Cotton
Factory
20m
272.00
40.00
5
3
2
P-road
1
1
k-road
k-road-2
1
11kv
11kv
1
1
LT
11kv
42 42 43
43 43 GS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Abadi
Basharat
at 50m
1-wall
Soling
432.
433.
310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
434.
Appendix 11 Photographs
i
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
435.
436.
437.
438.
439.
440.
Existing Alipur Substation
441.
442.
443.
444.
Public Consultation
ii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
445.
446.
447.
Line Route
448.
449.
450.
Line Route
iii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Power Distribution Enhancement Project
Loan 2178 SF-PAK
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Submitted to
Asian Development Bank
March 2009
by
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
iv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table of Contents
1.
2.
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
Overview
1
1.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
3
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
4
2.1
Statutory Framework
2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 2000
2.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
2.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
4
4
Structure of Report
6
2.2
3.
4
5
5
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
7
3.1
Type of Project
7
3.2
Categorization of the Project
7
3.3
Need for the Project
7
3.4
Location and Scale of Project
8
3.5
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
9
DESCRIPTION OF THE SUBPROJECT
11
4.1
Project Area
4.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
4.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
10
10
10
4.2
Physical Resources
4.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
4.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
4.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
4.2.4 Surface water
4.2.5 Air Quality
4.2.6 Noise 12
10
10
11
11
11
11
4.3
Biological Resources
4.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
4.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
4.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
12
12
12
13
4.4
Economic Development
4.4.1 Agriculture and Industries
4.4.2 Energy Sources
13
13
14
4.5
Social and Cultural Resources
4.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
14
14
4.
v
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
4.5.2 Education and Literacy
4.5.3 Health Facilities
14
14
5.
Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
16
6.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
MEASURES
17
6.1
Subproject Location
6.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
17
17
6.2
General Approach to Mitigation
6.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
17
19
6.3
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
6.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
6.3.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
6.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
6.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
6.3.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
6.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
6.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
19
19
19
20
20
20
21
22
6.4
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
6.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
6.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
22
22
22
6.5
Enhancement
23
7.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
24
8.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
27
8.1
Approach to Public Consultation
27
8.2
Public Consultation Process
27
8.3
Results of Public Consultation
27
9.
CONCLUSIONS
28
9.1
Findings and Recommendations
28
9.2
Summary and Conclusions
28
vi
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figures and Maps
Figure 1.1
Pakistan EIA Process
Figure 1.2
Letter from Pakistan Federal EPA on EIA Process
Figure 2.1
Jurisdiction of MEPCO.
Figure 2.2
Location MEPCO Fatehpur Substations
Appendices
Appendix 1
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Appendix 4
Appendix 5
Appendix 6
Appendix 7
Appendix 8
Appendix 9
Appendix 10
Location of Fatehpur Subproject
Reviews of environmental implications for MEPCO Tranche 2 sub-projects
Photographs of the DGS locations TXL
Environmental Management Plan (matrix)
Monitoring Plan (matrix)
Typical bunds for transformers.
Summary of Public Consultation
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
Trees afftected by 30m RoW of distribution line route
Implementation Schedule
vii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DXL
DGS
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
MEPCO
Fatehpur SP
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
Rupee, PKR
`
Asian Development Bank
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Distribution transmission line
Distribution grid substation
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
Multan Electric Power Company
Fatehpur 132kV grid substation and distribution line subproject
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Subproject Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
viii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
14.
INTRODUCTION
14.1
Overview
Environmental Impact Assessment
13. This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 Fatehpur substation
(Conversion) and 2 km transmission line. The subproject is proposed by the Multan Electricity Power
Company (MEPCO), (Figs 1.1 and 1.2), under the Asian Development Bank (ADB) subproject, Power
Distribution and Enhancement Multi-tranche Finance Facility (PDEMFF).
451.
14. Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate
investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution
companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected
to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program
is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new
investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program
will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of
eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation
(replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement
distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such
as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution
lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the
later tranches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and
institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
452.
15. This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the conversion of
66kv Fatehopur DGS into 132kv DGS subproject proposed by MEPCO, and is submitted by Pakistan
Electric Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of
Water and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the
Implementing Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO’s role in the processing and
implementation of the investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of
PC-1s and PFRs, monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental
assessments for all subprojects in all tranches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An
EIA has been carried out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study
report is used to complete the Summary Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by
ADB if necessary16.
16. The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment
and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to
their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable
impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects (Schedule I). The proponents of
subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule II) are required to submit an
environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and substations are included under energy
subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and less and large
distribution subprojects (Schedule I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub
transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for DGS substations (Schedule II).
16
Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of (i) the 120 day
rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in environmentally sensitive areas. At
this stage no component of the T2 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a critical area and therefore the MFF tranche as a
whole is Category B.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
17. Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental
assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework of
Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was prepared
by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In response to
the FEA submitted by NTDC to the Pakistan EPA17 it has been clarified that all proponents must follow
section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects. Pakistan EPA has also
assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs (PEPA) and follow their
advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each subproject in order
that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required and the need for EIA or
EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for submission to GoP is therefore required by the relevant
environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental Protection Agency.
14.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
18. The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance
and critical areas18 (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works involve conversion of
existing 66kv DGS into 132kv DGS and 2.61 km TXL , Construction of the bases, foundation pads
and towers to support the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by
MEPCO and supervised by the Fatehpur management.
19. The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted
preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis,
and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public
consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and
carried out the report writing.. The environmental team also benefited from technical support and other
information on the impacts of the proposed power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared
with MEPCO by expert consultants of BPI dealing with engineering, power distribution, socioeconomic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
20. A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from
conversion of the 66KV DGS to 132 KV and associated TXL was then assessed and, for those
impacts requiring mitigation, measures were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
21. Public consultation (PC) was carried out in August 2008, in line with ADB guidelines2. Under ADB
requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation
during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal disclosure of the
sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and
communities around and Fatehpur SP site, and along TXL route, and staff of the subproject
management. The responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 7 and
summarized in Section 6 of this EIA.
Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to NTDC, Muhammad
Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, NTDC, WAPDA House, Lahore.
18
Critical areas as published by the PEPA on the website put in specific reference
17
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
15.
Environmental Impact Assessment
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
22. Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition
the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public
purposes. There are also several other items of legislation7 and regulations which have an indirect
bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.
15.1
Statutory Framework
23. The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial
governments through two ‘lists’ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the
subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List
contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws.
“Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence both the federal and the
provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government
has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from
the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are
discussed below.
15.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
24. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the
government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide
range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling
of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed
subproject relate to the requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and
environmental impact assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No
proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the
Federal Agency an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause
an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from
the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has
delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial
environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)
15.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 2000
25. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of
environmental assessments: Environmental Impact Assessment s (EIA) and environment impact
assessments (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially ‘significant’
environmental impact, whereas EIAs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively
less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 20019 (the ‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it
by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for EIA and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the
Regulations, list the subprojects that require EIA and EIA, respectively.
26. The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and
review of EIAs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval
process (see also Attachment 1):
453.
(xl) A subproject is categorized as requiring an EIA or EIA using the two schedules attached to
Regulations.
(xli) An EIA or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines.
(xlii) The EIA or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or
Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on
cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document.
(xliii) The EIA/EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of
Regulations.
the
the
the
the
19
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, 2000
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
(xliv) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a)
confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report
requiring additional studies, if necessary.
(xlv) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45 and
90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness.
(xlvi) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions:
(xlvii) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an
undertaking accepting the conditions.
(xlviii) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA
a written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA.
(xlix) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.
(l) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request
and complete documentation.
(li) The EIA/EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord.
(lii) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction of TXL and
conversion of DGS, followed by annual monitoring reports during operation.
27. Distribution lines and grid substations of 11 kV and above are included under energy subprojects
in Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination (EIA) is
required for distribution lines less than 11 kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A review of
the need for EIA/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab
Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab.
28. There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing distribution
lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and extent of each
subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is required and the need
for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will be forwarded to the Punjab
EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment process.
15.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
29. The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have
been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be
relevant to the Tranche 1 subprojects:
30. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial
effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of
numbers)
31. Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle
exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.
15.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
32. There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of
environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed
below.
33. The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain
areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides
protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision
of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject.
34. The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no
reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed
subproject.
35. The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan’s cultural resources. The Act
defines ‘antiquities’ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or
cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from
destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new
construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to
prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act,
the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a
protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any
archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
15.2
Environmental Impact Assessment
Structure of Report
36. This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological,
hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic
aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the
environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes
various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality,
environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental
quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes
throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes:
 Description of the Subproject
 Description of Environmental and Social Conditions
 Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Environmental Monitoring Plan
 Public Consultation
 Recommendations and Conclusions
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
16.
16.1
Environmental Impact Assessment
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
Type of Project
37. The subproject will involve the DGS, and the associated TXL . That is, the DGS will require
conversion of the Fatehpur grid station from 66kV to 132kV, and construction of a 2.61km double
circuit transmission line. The scope of work includes addition of two 10X13 MVA, 132/11 kV Power
Transformers and allied equipment and buildings. The SP requires interconnection to the system by a
double circuit 2.61 km long 132 kV TXL. The TXL is included in the subproject along with the DGS, the
line comprises 11 towers to join the grid with the existing 132 kV line. The proposed 132kV TXL is
2.61km long, but there are no other developments in the proposed route of the TXL (August 2008) and
future developments should not be allowed directly under the TXL . The DGS is located in Chak-49,
tehsil Karor Lalison, Distt. Layyah, Punjab. The DGS has its main access on Karor Lalison road on its
northern side, and shops, a petrol pump, and Razzaq Colony across the road, cultivated land, and a
graveyard at 700m, on its western side, a 7 m road and cultivated land on its eastern side, and some
open plots on its southern side.
16.2
Categorization of the Project
38. Categorization is based on the environmentally most sensitive component of a subproject. The
aspects of the subproject with potential for significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in
detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible
from the construction activities of the subproject.
39. The site for the DGS, as well as the route of the proposed TXL is located in a rural setting, with
some minor settlements and other infrastructure around the site. The Fatehpur SP is categorized as a
Category ‘B’ sub-subproject under ADB requirements1.3 and this EIA report is based on that
assumption.
16.3
Need for the Project
40. The condition of the power distribution system in Pakistan are inadequate to meet rapidly growing
demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and economic growth. To cope
with the constraints, the existing power distribution infrastructure has to be improved , upgraded and
expanded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional arrangements and
capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and management of
investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment
and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
41. Power demands in the Fatehpur area of MEPCO jurisdiction (Fig 2.1) have increased rapidly,
especially in summer months, so that the existing 66-kV DGS is unable to cope up with the increasing
demands of the domestic, commercial and industrial sectors. Therefore, MEPCO has planned to
convert 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS along with 132KV transmission line 2.61 km, at a place
of existing Fatehpur DGS. Land for this DGS is already available, so no additional land is needed.
454.
455.
456.
457.
458.
459.
460.
461.
462.
463.
464.
Figure 2.1 : Jurisdiction map of MEPCO
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
465.
16.4
Location and Scale of Project
42. This EIA has included field reconnaissance of the site and surroundings of the Fatehpur SP and
TXL ROW. The Fatehpur DGS is located in Distt. Layyah, Punjab , Figure 2.2 presents the location of
the substation ..
43. The Fatehpur subproject will involve the conversion of 66KV DGS into 132KV DGS and
construction of a 132kV TXL (45 towers). The proposed route to the nearest 132kV line appears to be
environmentally feasible and technically appropriate and will join the DGS with an existing 132kV line
at about 2.61km from the DGS.
466.
Figure 2.2 : Location Fatehpur Substation
467.
44. This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in late August 2008 when the
preliminary designs for the conversion of 66kv DGS into 132kv DGS. DGS and TXL were completed
and the overall requirements for installation of the equipment had been identified (Appendix 1). The
detailed designs are currently being progressed by MEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities
under the SP are expected to include the usual localized civil works such as extension of the main
yard, including excavation and concreting of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor banks,
cable trays and terminal tower (within the DGS compound), installation of the transformers, equipment
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
and fittings, erection of the towers and cabling. Impacts from construction of the Fatehpur SP are
envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired for conversion of the DGS and
construction of TXL , the works for the conversion of DGS will be on the land owned by MEPCO and
works for the TXL wil be mostly on private cultivated land for which compensation for damage to crops
and trees will be paid to the affected.
45. The connecting line from Fatehpur SP to the network will involve erection of 45 towers that will be
strung with the new TXL . The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under the
subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA , however, is based on detailed line route surveys
(which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is chosen) . The
line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles and tower
locations, these towers are then located on ground . The EIA is , therefore based on line design which
is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence ) and only is changed at implementation stage if so
warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the following parameters .
Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C
Clearance
m
Sr. No.Description
1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles
2 Roads and Streets
3 Communication and power lines
power lines up to 66 kV
power lines up to 33 kV
4 Highways
5 Railroads
6 Electrified railroads trolley wire
7 River at high flood
8 places accessible to pedestrians only
9 Building roofs not accessible to people
10 Tops of trees (Orchards)
11 Canals
16.5
6.7
7.9
2.7
2.7
7.9
7.9
3.85
9.1
7.9
5.2
5
9.1
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
46. Designs of conversion of 66KV DGS into 132 KV DGS and construction of TXL equipment layout,
review of environmental management and construction processes could take several months. When
the detailed designs are completed, tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to
six months. The construction period will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to
two years. Appendix 10 presents the implementation schedule of the sub project . The tranche
implementation schedule is presented as follw
TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Responsibility
1
2
Loan Processing
Loan negotiation
Tranche 2 Approval
Loan Effectivity
Bidding Documents
Bidding Documents Preparation
Evaluation
Contract Awards
Construction
Delivery of equipment
Construction & Installation
Testing & Commissioning
Loan Closing
ADB
ADB
EAD
EAD
EAD
ADB
PEPCO
PEPCO
PEPCO
DISCOs
DISCOs
DISCOs
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
ADB
PEPCO
I
Year 2009
II III IV
I
Year 2010
II III IV
I
Year 2011
II III IV
I
Year 2012
II III IV
I
Year 2013
II III IV
I
Year 2014
II III IV
I
Year 2015
II III IV
I
Year 2016
II III IV
468.
469.
470.
471.
472.
473.
474.
475.
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
476.
477.
478.
479.
480.
481.
482.
483.
484.
485.
486.
487.
488.
489.
490.
491.
492.
17.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
17.1
Project Area
17.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
47. The conversion of the grid station will be carried out within the boundaries of the existing
substation already owned by the MEPCO. The substation will be linked to the Chok Azam – Bakhar
132kV transmission line through construction of a new 2.67 km double circuit transmission line,
starting near Dara Shafi chak 115 ML village (not affected). There is no land acquisition involved in the
conversion of the substation, and therefore there will be no resettlement impacts. The 66kV Fatehpur
DGS which will be converted into 132KV DGS is located on Karachi road (KLP road) also known as
Punjnad road, in Mauza and tehsil Fatehpur and Distt Layyah. The DGS site is located in a rural area.
The DGS is located in Chak-49, tehsil Karor Lalison, Distt. Layyah, Punjab. The DGS has its main
access on Karor Lalison road on its northern side, and shops, a petrol pump, and Razzaq Colony
across the road, cultivated land and a graveyard at 700m, on its western side a 7 m road and separate
city girls high school and boys high school across the road and cultivated land on its eastern side, and
some open plots on its southern side.
17.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
48. The new transmission line is 2.67 km long and will pass through two villages Chak 107 ML and
Chak 115 ML located in Layyah district (Punjab province). The first 2145 meters long section of the
line traverses the farmlands of Chak 107 ML, and the remaining 540 meters section is located in chak
115 ML village. The transmission line will traverse private farmland for most of its length 2644 meter
(98%) and only 41 meter (2%) uncultivated Government lands (Canal, Road, Paths and water
courses). As a result, some 15 households, with a total population of 151 persons (affectees), will be
affected by temporary disruption to land, and loss of 7.93 ha of crops and 178 trees (174 wood and 4
fruit trees). The area to be affected by the conversion works for the Fatehpur DGS falls in tehsil
Fatehpur and district Layyah Province of Punjab. (Figure 2.1). Interviews were conducted with the
public near the DGS site and TXL corridor (Appendix 7) to obtain their views on the subproject, and
any perceived impacts. In addition to main Highway, settlements along highway there are factories of
various types ,educational institutions, police station there along the RoW. The nearest of these
settlements include chack 49 adjacent to DGS,chack50 at1ikm and Fatehpur city at1km from DGS.rom
DGS .
493.
17.2
Physical Resources
17.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
49. River Indus and Chenab flow on its western and eastern sides respectively. The northern part of
the district includes Thal desert, almost half of which was brought under receive inundation in some
form of the rivers. The riverine part of the district may be further divided into three zones. The first is
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
comparatively narrow strip along both the rivers, where the summer floods are so high that no Kharif
crop can be grown and the Rabi can be matured without irrigation. Inside this zone is the area where
the floods are less violent and a little Kharif can be grown in the highest lands. The Rabi can be sown
on flood water and also needs irrigation unless the rivers are brought to the lands through inundation
canals which has now given way to irrigation by the regular canals. Prominent of these canals are the
Layyah canals from Taunsa barrage on the Indus and Rangpur canal from Trimu barrage on the
Chenab. Canal irrigated lands are protected from river floods by embankments. Prominent of these
embankments are one namely Sanwan embankment which has its base on the north of the Layyah,
Kota du border ends near Jotoi and protects the agricultural lands from the Indus floods, on the side of
the Chenab there is a bund near Langr Sarai, another on the east of Layyah town, another on the east
Khangarh and another near Khanwah in the Fatehpur tehsil. These embankments are maintained by
the canal department. This district is divided into four sub divisions namely Layyah, Kot Adu, Fatehpur
and Jatoi.
50. The eastern side of the district, where the soil has been deposited by the Chenab is of great
natural fertility, the rest of the district is Indus sand inferior to the Chenab silt though almost every
where good crops can be grown under favorable conditions. The water table is high and where the
natural run way of surface water has been stopped by railway, roads, canal channels and
embankments, is water logged and where water logging continues for a number of years, saltpeter
rises to the surface and the soil becomes unfit for cultivation. Floods are frequent in both the rivers
Chenab and Indus. The older crops are benefited by these floods and the younger ones are generally
damaged. Owning to close proximity to these rivers the sub soil water varies from 2.4 to 4.6 meters
below the ground during inter season.
17.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
51. There is no variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment and the short
length of the distribution line means no variation between the climate of the subproject area. The
climate at Fatehpur SP is typical of arid areas of the Punjab.
52. The maximum temperature in summer reaches upto 420C. In winter the minimum is 50C. The
summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are the hottest
months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till March,
December and January are the coldest months when the temperature drops to the extent of 2 0C or
even below.
53. The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Average Annual rainfall does not exceed
18.7cm. More rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are
received in the months of March and April.
17.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
54. Around 6.5 percent of the housing units are using piped water, majority of which has that facility in
their own houses. A majority is using hand pump for potable water, 92.4percent. Just 0.2percent
households are using potable water taken out from wells, Irrigation canals, tube wells and wells
(Persian wheels) are the main source of irrigation. Canal network consists of Layyah canal. Rangpur
canal and the tail of the Thal canal. All the canals are seasonal ones and supply irrigation water during
summer and for a very short period during winter. The agriculture therefore, depends on irrigation
through tube wells or the wells. Tube wells are sunk in public as well as private sector. There are
1,746 tube wells installed privately irrigation which however are run also on subsidy given by the
agriculture department. In the public sector, SCARP project sponsored by the government is
maintaining 1,327 tube wells in different parts of the district. As such there are 18,373 tube wells
engaged in irrigation activity.
55. Irrigation supplies are seasonal and tube wells have been installed. The strata of the subproject
area are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential throughout the district. The
water table is not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in the
area and potable water is available. The local population is generally reliant on supply from the hand
pumps in rural areas while in urban areas population is using drinking water from piped water supply
scheme. Residents of Fatehpur DGS colony are using drinking water from tube well located in DGS
colony.
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
17.2.4 Surface water
494.
Rivers and Tributaries
56. River Indus runs longitudinally in the western portion with a general east-west direction and enters
the district after having traversed Bhakkar district at village Shah Baghwala meet Bakhshinda and
leaves its boundary at Mauza Sakhaniwala involving a total distance of about 80 km i.e. less than 3
per cent of the river’s total length (2,880 km). It attains an average width of 16.19 kilometers during
summer season in Layyah district. Nullah Lala passes through the area of the district longitudinally in
extreme west.
17.2.5 Air Quality
57. Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period.
Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered
mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the TXL works that may give rise to complaints
of dust and other emissions; however these should be minor and easily dissipated. Domestic sources
of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning stoves as well as small diesel
standby generators in some households, are minor.
58. Although there are some Floor mills and a Sugar mill of but there are no other industrial pollution
sources in the vicinity of the Fatehpur SP. The project area is distant from major sources of air
pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such as burning of wood and kerosene
stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air quality in the project area appeared
very good during the study period . Air quality measurements in major urban centers , carried out by
Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess of the acceptable levels in some
areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards . Air quality testing by DISCOs
(average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO 2 24.34 ppb, NO2 23.73 ppb )through
various consultants has reveled that most substations have NO2, CO2 and CO values below
international standards although TSP levels at some locations was higher than international standards
.
59. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase the
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from
the project.
60. The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil
disturbance, during dry weather, and from movement of vehicles on poorly surfaced or damaged
access roads. It has been observed that dust levels from vehicles may even be high enough to
obscure vision significantly temporarily.
17.2.6 Noise
61. Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the
occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant
disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion
will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and
also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise
levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at
various substations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq
values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs
established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in the equipment specifications
. Typical values were : average 46.21 dBA ; high 63.14 dBA ; and low 34.35 dBA .
17.3
Biological Resources
17.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
62. Wolves and wild pigs are found almost every where in the district specially on the banks of the
river Indus and forests. The only deer in the district are Parha or hog-deer and the ravine deer called
Hiran or Chinkara found in Chaubara sub-division waste lands. Hare are found commonly in river
Page 12 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
inundated strips, which are relatively higher than the surroundings. Jackals and foxes are common in
plantation and in the crops along the canals. Hedge-he locally called Jhah are frequently found. The
birds such as dove. Hoopoe, sparrow, wood packar, peegit, sandpiper, pelican, Indian snake bird, lark,
kite, parrot, butchbird, kingrow, swallow, king fisher egrat & pady bir, admadavat, owl, owlet, goat
sucker, kurb, shikra, laghar, charchuhernan (Bheri), Karwanak, dhing, bulbul (Nightingale), phiddi,
dhuri, chhapk Tilyar and traka are also found. Game birds of the area include Talur (sand grouse),
bhattitter, parridges or Titter (black and bhora). Quails arrive in great number sin March and
Spetember but soon disappear. Wild goose, mallard, the spotted billed duck, hanjhal, gadwall, duck,
buar, the marble-backed duck, bhurru and many others are also seen.
63. River Indus provides vast scope of activity in the field of fishing which is now a developing industry
and commercial concern as many people earn their living out of it. .. In this area species of fish found
are of excellent quality. Following species are common: Rahu (labeo rohita), mori (cirrhina marigala),
thails (cale catla), silver carp (hypophthalmichthys molitrix), grass carp (ctenopharyn godon, idell),
malli (wallago attu), singari (mystus), khagga (rita rita), saul (chnna straitus), but pari (notopterus
notepterus), gulfam (cyprinus carpio), calbans (Labeo calbasu), chiddu (Barbus), dhangona
(clupisoma garua), sareiha (Labeo gonius), bam (mastacem belus armatus) and Shishn (Ambasais
ranga).
64. There are no areas of wildlife significance near the subproject area. The wild animals are very few
and are almost entirely confined to the river area. River Indus is the only water bodies and wet land
around Layyah.
17.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
495.
Vegetation cover and trees
65. The subproject area, which is dry, is dominated by rural suburbs and with various factories present
in the subproject area. Common floral species with rooted vegetation are also present near most of the
water bodies of the area.
66. However there is very little vegetation in the RoW for the line (Attachment 9). Just either side of
the distribution line alignment planted trees Mango, Pomegranate, Shisham (Dalbergia sisso) and
Kikar (Acacia arbica), Sharin (Albizzia lebbek), Jand (Prospopis spicigera), Beri (Zizyphus jajaba) and
Phog..
67. Among fruit trees, mango and dates palm are important and are grown in the form of gardens.
Date palm is the most remarkable plant in the district and its fruit forms staple food during part of the
year and poor people particularly subsist on dates for four months.
68. Common vegetation of the district is Shesham (Dalbergia sissoo). Kikar (Acacia arabica). The
Sharin (Albizzia lebbek) e Jand or Kana (Prosopis spicigera). . Beri (Zisyphus jajaba).
69. The Lai (Tamarix gallica) or Pilchhi and Jhau ,[Salvadora oleoides)it Pihlun is eaten. The most
common fodder plants of the area are Talla or Deb, Chembhar, Madhana, Thir or Makhnala, Lehu,
Visal, Sinjhi, Jaudal, Dodhak, Buta, Kan, Khawi, Murak, Jusao, Lana and Jawan or Jawa. The other
plants which are actually mere weeds used as fodder include Kharpal, Munjhar, Savri, Mainon, Bhuk
Bathun, Sain, Phit-Sain, Patrali, Phuli, Ludri, Budiamasit, Tange Kamali-But, Naun and Hemeha. Non
fodder plants indlude Khip (Orthanthera biminion), Bhakhra or Gokhra (Tribules terestries), Dhamanh
(Fagonia cretica), Ratkan, Kaur Tummah (Coloynth gound), Kanderi, Phesak Lani (Soueda fruticosa),
Hurmal (Peganum harmala) Lut, Bhuen-phor, Bhuen-phor, Situr (Bonceresia edulis), Chibhar, Jati
Musaq, Bhanfra, Uthpera Bhukal Bui Khumbi (Mashrooms) and Pad Bahera.
70. Besides, these plants. Pippal (Ficus religiosa) i Bohar (Ficus indica) , Jaman, (Engenia
jambolana) are also seen in the area..
496.
Protected and Religious Trees
71. Afforestation in this area was started in 1952-53 under the supervision of the defunct Thal
Development Authority. At present area under forest is 34,338 acres. There is no protected forest near
the areas of works There are also planted trees along canals and roads. The major trees grown in the
forest are Shisham (Dalbergia sissoo), Kikar (Acacia arabica) and Poplar. LARP for the Fatehpur SP
has been prepared which made provision for compensation for concerned departments if needed, after
detailed study. Fruit and wood trees (Appendix-9) will be compensated according to LARP. MEPCO is
responsible for re-plantation of these trees (3:1 is recommended). The works must deal with trees that
need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.
Page 13 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
17.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
72. In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the
dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. Punjnad wet land is located at 10km from DGS.
There is no wetland, protected area or national sanctuary near the area of works and subproject area.
17.4
Economic Development
17.4.1 Agriculture and Industries
73. Cropping Pattern: Summer crops are Sugarcane, Jawar and Bajra. In winter wheat and oil seeds
are grown. Major crops grown in the subproject area are wheat in the Rabi season (winter-spring) and
Cotton, Bajra and Mongi in the Kharif season (summer-autumn). This is the dominant cropping pattern
in the subproject area, with smaller areas of sugarcane and fodder.
74. Horticulture: The main fruits grown in the area are date palm and mango.. Date palm and mango
gardens are found in subproject area.. The area covered under the gardens is 10,921 acres.
75. Industry: There are four large mills in the district which are Al-Madni flour Mills, Rustam Rehman
Flour Mills, Faran Flour Mills and Layyah Sugar Mill.
76. Besides, there are forty three small Chakkies (flour mills) in Layyah city and about 231 small
Chakkies (flour mills) exist in the rural areas and other towns of this district.
497.
Transportation
77. District Layyah is well connected by roads, Grand Trunk road also passes through Layyah.
Besides, farm to market roads have been constructed throughout the district. There is a network of
metalled and un-metalled roads in the district. There are also metalled canal roads. All tehsil
headquarters and important towns are connected through metalled roads. The road connections in the
district operate on three main axis. One is east-west i.e. Layyah-Chaubara axis while other two are
north-south axis of Fatehpupr-Muna and Karor Layyah-Kot Sultan axis. Provincial road in the district
have length of 200 km metalled and 228 km un-metalled.
78. Fatehpur/Layyah is well connected with the other parts of the country through railway. No junction
falls within the district on this railway line total number of passenger trains running up and down is 8.
Out of the total 8 trains 4 are express trains running between Peshawar, Rawalpindi and Multan. Two
good’s trains also run through the district. Layyah is not directly connected with other parts of the
country by air however, daily flights goes up to Multan.
17.4.2 Energy Sources
79. More than 97 percent housing units are using wood as cooking fuel in their houses while 1.5
percent are using kerosene oil. Hardly 2 percent are using gas and other sources of cooking fuel in
their houses.
17.5
Social and Cultural Resources
17.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
80. The total population of district Layyah,,tehsil Karor Lalesan and Fatehpur QH was t 1,121,951 ,
591,042 40,739 respectively, as enumerated in March, 1998. The 1998 Census the population
showed the district is predominantly Muslims i.e. 99 percent. the next higher percentage is of
Christians with 0.9 points, followed by others 0.2 percent. while other minorities like Ahmadi, Hindu
(Jati), Scheduled Castes etc. are very small in number. There is small difference in proportion of
population of Muslims between rural and urban areas. Siraiki is the predominant language being
spoken in the district, representing 62 percent of the population, followed by Punjabi, Urdu and Pushto
spoken by 33, 3 and 1.5 percent respectively. Leaving aside the rural area which is influenced by the
local people, the proportion of Siraiki speaking represents 65 percent, Punjabi 31.9 percent, Urdu 1.5
percent and Pushto 1.4 percent. While remaining people speak Sindhi, Balochi, Bravi, Dari etc. The
proportions of people speaking Urdu, Punjabi and Pushto are more in urban than in rural areas of the
total economically active population 93.4percent were registered as employed in 1998. Nearly three
fifths i.e. 64.5percent were self employed, 17.2percent private employees and 8.3percent government
Page 14 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
employees. Un paid family helpers were recorded as 6.6percent. The difference in proportions of
employed population was significant between the genders and urban and rural residences.
17.5.2 Education and Literacy
498.
Literacy
81. The literacy ratio in Layyah district has increased from 19 percent in 1991 to 37 percent in 1998.
The literacy ratio for males is 53 percent and 23.4 percent for females .
82. There are Govt. primary schools for girls and boys at 700m and high school for boys and girls at
1500m from DGS in city Karor Lalison there is also City Private high school separate for girls and boys
on the eastern side of the DGS across the road. There are separate girls and boys Degree College on
Karor road at 400m and MM road at 600m.
17.5.3 Health Facilities
83. There is one district headquarters hospital, 2 tehsil headquarter hospitals at Karor and Choubara,
2 Maternity and Child Health (M.C.H). centers, 10 health dispensaries, 3 rural health centers and 43
basic health units (B.H.U) extending curative health services throughout the district. There is a civil
hospital and Dr. Sattar Hospital in Karor Lalison at 800m.
17.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
84. There are no officially protected heritage sites or historic, religious or archaeologically important
sites located in the subproject works areas. There are no major historic or archaeological feature of
note but there are places of worship within about 500m of the works and a graveyard at 700m from
DGS.
85. The main tribes inhabited in the Fatehpur/Layyah are Jat, Rajput, Baloch, Pathan, Syed, Qureshi,
Sheikh, Awan and Arain.
Page 15 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
18.
18.1
Environmental Impact Assessment
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND
MITIGATION MEASURES
Subproject Location
18.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
86. This Tranche 2 subproject will involve the conversion of 66kV Fatehpur DGS into 132kV DGS, and
2.61 km TXL , implying an expansion of facilities, both outside and within the existing boundaries of
Fatehpur DGS on land presently occupied by MEPCO. There are a few sensitive receivers (SR),
including some houses, schools, colleges, factories, which are more than 500 m away from the DGS
boundary, and there are no sensitive receivers close to the DGS which could be possibly affected by
certain activities of the SP works. There are some other sensitive receivers (SR). The TXL will also
cross some roads and a highway, canal, and could require the removal of some trees, but there are
no other sensitive receivers on its route, which could be affected by the works.
87. The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts.
Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis is carried out during the subproject planning period.
This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the
recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to, and with reference to the
conditions on the ground in the affected areas in the spirit of the environmental assessments process
(Figures 2.1 and 2.2 show the location of the DGS). In this section the potential environmental
impacts are reviewed. Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental
standards, mitigation is proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels. In this
regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions are used for developing mitigation
measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the detailed designs are completed the
impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed to take account of how the contracts
are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the subproject proposals.
88. The environmental management plan (Section 5, and EMP matrix Appendix - 4) shall be reviewed
in due course at subproject inception and through construction in order to provide a feed back on any
significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of impacts, primarily to document key
environmental issues likely to arise from subproject implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures
to be integrated in the subproject design, to design monitoring and evaluation schedules to be
implemented during subproject construction and operation, and to estimate costs required for
implementing subproject mitigation measures. The EMP must be reviewed in the subproject inception
by the subproject management and approved before any construction activity is initiated, to take
account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals.
18.2
General Approach to Mitigation
89. Based on professional experience on some projects, contractors have put emphasis on the
financial compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where
evacuation is necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best
international practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the
subproject contractor pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be
acceptable. This practice should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as
mitigation for environmental impacts or environmental nuisance.
90. During the preparation for the subproject construction phase the future contractors must be
notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing and implementing agencies, subproject
management, construction supervising consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts.
Furthermore the contractor must be primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to
implement the EMP in full and be ready to engage or train staff in the management of environmental
issues and to audit the effectiveness and review mitigation measures as the subproject proceeds. The
effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the executing
agency (MEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO must fulfill the requirements of
the law and guidance prepared by Pak EPA on the environmental aspects of power subprojects and
the recommendations already made for subproject in this EIA and under Pakistan’s PEP Act.
Page 16 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
91. The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage
sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough to the subproject
on which there could be some potential impacts in the construction stage from disturbance and
significant noise and dust. This is because the TXL is very short (only 2.61km), and the alignment is
along cultivated land and has no human settlements and structures.
92. Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this
is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles
on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study
area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in
the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m
of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and
the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin
sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is
the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted
on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds.
93. Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to
schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the
physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be
discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage to assist in public relations.
18.2.1 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
94. The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in
Section 3. There is a mosque within the DGS and a mosque at 50m, a Jamia mosque at 200m across
the road and a graveyard at 700m..There are no other mosque or other religious sites close to the
DGS site. The new line will also not affect or disturb any such site. (Appendix 8).
95. The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject or TXL route, but
the nearest schools are located at 7m from the DGS adjacent to the Subproject, and the nearest
houses at about 60m from the DGS. The TXL will also cross some roads,water courses and a canal.
Apart from these features, there will be sufficient buffer distance between the works and any other
SRs, so that no significant impacts should be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at
the implementation stage to ensure nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the
DGS sites.
18.3
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
18.3.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
96. The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the power
corridor (RoW) created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected from
conversion of Fatehpur SP.
18.3.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
97. Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the
commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting and
filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the foundations for the
new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on the mode of
contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable materials, or
to stockpile topsoil.
98. Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper
functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that
consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and
shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.
Page 17 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
99. If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these
should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in.
The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based
materials extraction from outside.
100.
The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional
materials will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.
101.
At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious
plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the
woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the
woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be
identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at
a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted
trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority.
102.
Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials
management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and
aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior
to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate
nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for
environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the
impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and
fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different
contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall
balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.
18.3.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
103.
In addition, there are scattered wood and fruit trees, found mostly on farmland boundaries.
The trees include eucalyptus, Shareen, Shisham (sisso) Kikar and Mango. MEPCO’s technical survey
and design team made utmost efforts to avoid affecting trees, and as a result, only 178 trees will need
to be removed from the 30m wide safety corridor.
104.
There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment.
But about fruit and wood trees shown in (Appendix-9) that need to be removed for clearance on 30m
RoW of TXL . The proposed line will require the installation of 45 towers which will be installed on
private cultivated land. The TXL route disclosed by MEPCO (August 2008) will affect 178-mango, 36dates, 158-pomegranate, 40-Shisham and 9 trees of Kikar). In case of removal of all the trees on
private or forest land during the works, written permission should be sought.
105.
If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance
or other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and
the owner after written justification by MEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with
three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.
106.
A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Fatehpur
DGS and TXL site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may
permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written
justification by MEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.
18.3.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
107.
The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The
scale of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.
18.3.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
108.
The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV substation
(about 150 cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not
large. In transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location
Page 18 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
from the quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly
construction materials for the substation are stored within the substation site are scheduled as per the
work progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are
built in phases over 6 to 12 months period ) , which means that at any given point in time the amount
of construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction material required for a
typical substation or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic
hazard , these requirements are time dispersed in case of substations and time and space dispersed
in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be , however, required to provide a traffic
management plan before commencement of work at site .Field observations indicate that ambient air
quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical
equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical
equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous
emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any
necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
109.
Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the
transformers and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed:
110.
Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and
cement works are required.
111.
Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be
maintained damp by watering the construction area.
112.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported
trucks covered with tarpaulins.
113.
Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements.
114.
All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works)
shall be well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described
in the NEQS.
115.
The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of
materials from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or
other public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in
use and at the end of the working day to enclose dust.
18.3.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
116.
It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool
methods will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered
mechanical equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from
several machines can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should
be requested by the construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and
certification that all equipment to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and
noise dampening devices to meet EPA requirements.
117.
A criterion of 70dB(A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in
previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible
to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
118.
Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is
not covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is
recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and
70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land
from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB(A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has
been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS
or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
Page 19 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
119.
Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower
construction and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could
be come a major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or
residences) a building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of
piling should be assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local
population as well as timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage and to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss
with the school principals the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine
use near schools during examination times, if such a need arises.
18.3.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
120.
The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid
wastes into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and
open defecation by construction workers.
121.
In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS
lavatories should be allowed or provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker
camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason
a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near
sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided.
122.
Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper
storm water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a
breeding site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if
open water is allowed to accumulate at the Fatehpur SP site. Temporary and permanent drainage
facilities should therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas
and prevent the accumulation of surface water ponds.
18.4
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
18.4.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
123.
The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or
schools will be close to the new TXL in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, a school, a
hospital and a hostel are close to the DGS. The DGS will be converted at existing 66kV DGS and the
extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any appreciable increase in the noise
level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is recommended that an acoustical
check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise barriers are required. There should
be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the operational phase any nearby
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from
the subproject.
124.
Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the
detailed design stage. There are/not national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise
emissions that would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of
DGS) has been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be
made on the likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment
at the detained design stage
18.4.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
125.
No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water
resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with
Page 20 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
the local authority. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated
areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be
disposed at a site agreed with the local authority . DISCOs are served by the Technical Services
Group (TSG) , TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware .TSG
also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO)
.Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the
transformer serves ) .Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance .TSG and
GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills . TSG ensure that the maintenance schedule
of each piece of hardware is adhered to . DISCOs have also established a safety unit, which among
other tasks , investigates all accidents .Frequency of accidents, on average is about 1 per DISCO per
year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are non-fatal .Most accidents occur due to
staff and supervision negligence .Detailed report of each accident is prepared .
18.5
Enhancement
126.
Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Fatehpur
subproject site. However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local
hard and soft landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in
many sites. This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for
enhancements can be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be
discussed with the local population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage and to assist in public relations. Trees removed for construction purposes should
be replaced as compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed
however additional trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and
along the TXL .
Page 21 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
19.
Environmental Impact Assessment
INSTITUTIONNEL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT PLAN
127.
In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Fatehpur SP Tranche 2
subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the
project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration
of the identified environmental impacts for the Fatehpur SP Trench 2 subproject. The EMP has been
prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment Guidelines
2003.
128.
It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out
according to the spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The
EMP matrix is presented as Appendix 4. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in
reconfirming typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the
feasibility and detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage.
129.
Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended
and reviewed by the MEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall
be based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility
stage on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects.
For example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation
boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation
schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs
estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject
basis.
130.
The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by
the PEPA before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take
account of any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before
the works contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the
environmental requirements of the project (EIA/EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents.
Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their
awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for
the prequalification of contractors.
131.
In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the
construction phase the MEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders
in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the contract
documentation and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. MEPCO has engaged one
environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation
measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as
part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the
inception stage.
132.
The details of EMP given in the Appendix 4 are for the Fatehpur subproject. The EMP
matrix will have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects that
have a similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation
and line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing
more sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.
133.
The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage,
construction stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation
measures recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of
mitigation measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The
institutional responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the
supervision. The matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Appendix 5) for the performance
Page 22 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
indicators. An estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP
has been prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.
134.
Prior to implementation of the subproject the MEPCO needs to comply with several
environmental requirements, such as submitting and EIA/EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance
(“No Objection Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct
(guidelines and regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. MEPCO
will also need to confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory
requirements and have appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical
equipment and to operate in line with local authority conditions.
135.
The EMP (Appendix 4) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of MEPCO to
conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. MEPCO has engaged graduate staff with field
experience. However an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in
this field should therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for
subprojects in future Tranches that the MEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary
(e.g. senior environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management
one years site experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal
assessment and submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of
August 2007, the MEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house
environmental and social capability.
136.
The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be
responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds
kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to
consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control
and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management
staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for
the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally
responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation.
It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made
available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the
PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of
the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the
environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and
oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.
137.
In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the
graduate environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior
to the outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations
under the PEPAct. It is also recommended that MEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level
from the in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger
subprojects then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project
implementation unit to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended
that the project management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all
environmental aspects in the detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental
manager will cover the implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages.
138.
Overall implementation of the EMP will become MEPCO’s responsibility. MEPCO and
other parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:
139.
Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP
measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;
140.
The MEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely
resources are allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of
all construction and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and
141.
Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities,
Department of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the
Page 23 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
implementation of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their
respective areas and local land use groups at the local levels.
142.
Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the
EMP, training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six
months or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report
on the implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation
and to achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental
impacts occur.
143.
The monitoring plan (Appendix 5) was designed based on the project cycle. During the
preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor’s bidding
documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included;
and (ii) checking that the contract documents’ references to environmental mitigation measures
requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor’s assignment and making sure that any
advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power
distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be
carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that
environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be
monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to
address unexpected impacts.
144.
Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental
performance and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use
local community groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting
up the Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter
of good practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.
145.
At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by
generally keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will
be manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to
its full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some
contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In
order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is
recommended that environmental measures be costed separately in the tender documentation and
that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance, vis a vis the carrying out of the
EMP.
146.
The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and
the executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO (the IA) must be prepared
to guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.
499.
Page 24 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
20.
PUBLIC
CONSULTATION
DISCLOSURE
20.1
Approach to Public Consultation
Environmental Impact Assessment
AND
INFORMATION
147.
The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so
as to involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken
place during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account
and their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate.
Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction
impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and
its equipment.
148.
There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement
(LARP) and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected
that this process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate
stakeholders' aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation
and where possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.
20.2
Public Consultation Process
500.
149.
The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to
construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback
regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the
population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and
school teachers.
150.
Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to
support this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed TXL
that may be affected by the Subproject conversion. The level of engagement varied from the
stakeholder to stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered
any outright opposition to subproject.
151.
The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with
stake holders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public
consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better
serve the stakeholders.
152.
The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act
only requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / EIA has been accepted by the
relevant EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this EIA the consultation process was performed
to satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the
full table of public consultation presented in Appendix 7.
501.
20.3
Results of Public Consultation
153.
The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and
perceptions of the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 34 responses in August
2008 (Appendix-7). The major concerns raised during the consultation included the adequacy and
timeliness of compensation payments, as well as safety measures to be taken during the construction
of the towers and stringing of the transmission lines. In response, MEPCO will make sure that the crop
compensation amounts are assessed justly and paid to the households, at least fifteen days prior to
temporary use of land before starting the civil works. The community generally supports the
conversion of the DGS and construction of 2.61 km 132kV line TXL. The local poor people
predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the contractors during
implementation of the project they community also expect that design of the line should not be
Page 25 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
changed, but if necessary at any stage houses and structures should be avoided, local norms should
be honored and construction work should be completed in time. No land acquisition and resettlement
is involved in this subproject. However, compensation will be paid to the concerned parties / owners of
land under the towers and where the loss of some trees and for damage to crops is expected.
154.
On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no
insurmountable environmental and social impacts but MEPCO will have to make sure that
compensation and assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment
should be preferentially given to the affected as far as is reasonably practicable.
Page 26 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
21.
CONCLUSIONS
21.1
Findings and Recommendations
Environmental Impact Assessment
155.
This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary
data were used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were
assessed in a comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental
impacts associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study
recommends that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to
meet the ADB requirements.
156.
There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance
for the project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from
the power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some
noise impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the
detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage
the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to
detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have
been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report.
157.
There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to
construction the MEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and MEPCO must
complete an EMP that will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the
contract. The information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA
as required in future.
158.
No land acquisition and resettlement is involved. However, damages to crops and trees
will be compensated to the AP’s and concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made
in LARP, based on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted
as the detailed designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse
impacts and maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has
been completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:
(xiii)
Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of
the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the
project districts.
(xiv)
Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status
of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the
project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and
poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included.
(xv)
Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials,
including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and
ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation.
(xvi)
Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts
(minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.
159.
Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to
establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring
schedule (Attachment 3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results
should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds,
pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor’s performance.
160.
During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory
requirements have been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic
recording environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected
impacts.
21.2
Summary and Conclusions
161.
The conversion of 66kV Fatehpur DGS into 132kV DGS with associated 2.61 km 132kV
line TXL is a feasible and sustainable option from the power transmission, engineering, environmental,
and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of the EMP is required and the environmental
Page 27 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly mitigated, and the existing institutional
arrangements are available. Additional human and financial resources will be required by MEPCO to
complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations effectively and efficiently in the contract
documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed mitigation and management plans are
practicable but require additional resources.
162.
This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance
program and be included as an Appendix to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed
design stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental
clearance should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued
monitoring of the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental
conditions for work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related
to the operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as
part of the project performance report.
Page 28 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
502.
Page 29 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
APPENDIX-2
22.
DISCO -
MEPCO
23.
Sub-project Name Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132 kv DGS with
associated line
DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
Sub-station.
Project Details
Grid Reference(s)
G/T survey sheet
Scan of GT sheet
Project description
Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
(nearest if not an s/s subproject
Located at Mouza Fatehpur tehsil Koror Lalisan district Layya
Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132 kv DGS with associated line
Components
Replacement of a 10/13 66/11KV transformer by a 20/26MVA 132/11kV transformer, with allied
equipment. All requisite equipments breakers etc. will be used
Construction methods
No appreciable civil works are involved, since the new transformer will use the existing foundation,
cable trays etc. Work only requires removal of an existing transformer, and replacing it by a new
transformer, along with the necessary cabling, and installation of equipment, etc.
Access
Karor Lalison road.
Environmental Risk
Consider IF catastrophic failure WHAT - Describe immediate surroundings of the transformer work
site
The SP should design and add a complete concrete slab in the existing foundation under the new
transformer, to provide containment, and ensure prevent seepage of any accidental spills or leaks
of oil from the transformer during installation, maintenance, repairs, or priming, if agreed, and if
feasible. Complete concrete slab under DX / slab
24.
26.
Foundation
25.
27.
(made or not- saved where)
The SP proposes conversion of 66kv Fatehpur DGS into 132kv DGS by an Increase in
Transformer Capacity of the Fatehpur DGS, by replacing an existing 10/13 66/11KV transformer
by a 20/26MVA 132/11kV power transformer, the existing 66KV line will be dismantled.
Bunding / containment
No containment or bunding at present under existing transformers. Describe capacity
Drainage
No formal storm water drainage from grid compound. Rain water on unpaved cobbled surfaces in
grid compound seeps into ground, runs off to adjoining areas, or evaporates. How / where does
rainwater go
Risk to groundwater
No groundwater contamination risk expected as water table is at 26 meters
Waste disposal practices
Presently there are no formal waste management procedures on site. A waste management and
oil handling and containment plan should be developed in the design phase of the MFF Tranche 2
Appendix 3 - Page 1 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
22.
DISCO -
MEPCO
24.
26.
DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
Sub-station.
23.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Sub-project Name Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132 kv DGS with
associated line
Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
(nearest if not an s/s subproject
to assure environmentally acceptable disposal of any additional waste from new transformer
installation and operation or disposal of redundant transformers and insulating oils.
25.
27.
Sensitive Receivers
Nearest village / habitation
New habitation 49 Chak where DGS in local
School : govt. primary school at 700m, govt. high school for boys at 1.5km, govt. high school for girls at 1.5km, middle school M.M road at
1.5km
Religious site: Mosque in DGS, Jamia Mosque at 200m from Mosque in petrol pump land.
Hospital : Civil Hospital at 800m private hospital (Dr. Salhe Hospital) 15-20 clinic/private hospital.
Nearest river / irrigation channel : Indus river at 8 miles
Others : water table at 5-7m but drinkable at 17m to 20m drikable. Scarp tubewell and motor+tanki bore of tubewell at 27m, motor at 27m to
33m
Terrain / features
North
Vacant open space adjacent to DGS then sold plots
East
7m wide road adjacent to east wall of DGS, then private high school for boys and private high
school for girls across this road and some open land
South
Access to DGS on Karor Lalisan road, across this road is Razzaq colony, shops and petrol pump
across the gate.
West
Cultivated land
Locality Plan (sketch)
Appendix 3 - Page 2 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
22.
DISCO -
MEPCO
24.
26.
DGSDate:
26 / 08 / 082008
Sub-station.
Environmental Impact Assessment
23.
Sub-project Name Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132 kv DGS with
associated line
25.
27.
Sub-project Number / ref.
XX
(nearest if not an s/s subproject
Other information
Completed by
Signature
Date
Name Bushra Waheed
Appendix 3 - Page 3 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix - 4
Environmental Management Plan – Matrix July 2008
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1.
Social Impacts
To ensure that the
adverse impacts due
to
the
property
acquisition
and
resettlement
are
mitigated according to
the LARP.
1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place
IN CASE UNFORSEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED
2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of
people.
3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide
compensation and assistance to the APs.
4. MEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property
or house such that no additional land is required..
5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the
Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP.
6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the
project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into
the Entitlement Matrix.
Before
the
construction of the
GSS and all the
included structures,
the APs to be given
sufficient time with
compensation
money
and
to
resettle
satisfactorily.
Affected Families will be
compensated by MEPCO
through the concerned
District
Revenue
Department and Land
Acquisition Collectors.
MEPCO
ESU / LACs
MC
and
External
Monitors
2.
Hydrological
Impacts
To
minimize
hydrological
and
drainage
impacts
during constructions.
1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water
courses or bridges and culverts.
2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be
completed
If lines or substation are
relocated
near
water
courses,
culverts
or
bridges in the design
stage reports
MEPCO
ESU with the
Design
Consultant
MEPCO
3. Noise barriers
Ensure
cumulative
noise impacts are
acceptable
in
construction
and
operational phase.
1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school,
(other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line.
2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and
controlled.
3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of
noisy equipment) and monitoring.
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
4. Waste disposal
Ensure
adequate
disposal options for all
waste
including
transformer
oil,
residually contaminated
soils, scrap metal.
1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations
for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and
disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal
“cradle to grave”.
2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal.
3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates
accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification
or tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
MEPCO ESU. Locations
approved by EPA and
MEPCO and local waste
disposal authorities.
MEPCO ESU
and EPA with
the
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
5.
Temporary
drainage
and
erosion control
Include mitigation in
preliminary designs for
erosion
control
and
temporary drainage.
1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be
affected by works.
2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s).
During
designing
stage no later than
pre-qualification
or
tender negotiations.
Locations based on drainage
or irrigation crossing RoW
near DGS.
MEPCO ESU
and
design
consultant.
MEPCO
ESU
and
CSC
6. Contract clauses
Ensure requirements
and
recommendations of
environmental
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
MEPCO
ESU with the
design
consultant
MEPCO
ESU and
CSC
(if
any).
Environmental
concern
DESIGN STAGE
10.
Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make
contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by
reference to EIA/EIA in contract.
11.
Include preparation of EMP review and method statement
Before
the
commencement of
construction
activities/during
design stage
1. During detailed
design stage. No
later
than
prequalification
or
tender negotiations.
2. Include acoustic
specification in the
contract.
10.
During
tender
preparation.
11.
No
later
Appendix 3 - Page 4 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Mitigation Measures recommended
Objectives
assessment
included
in
contracts.
Environmental Impact Assessment
are
the
WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment
milestone(s).
12.
Require environmental accident checklist and a list of
controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the
contractor’s
work
method
statement
and
tender
documentation.
Timing to
implement MM
than
prequalification or
tender
negotiations
12.
In bidding
documents as
evaluation
criteria.
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
1. Locations of each
construction activity to be
listed
by
the
CSC
engineer.
2. Special locations are
identified on the site by
the contractor to minimize
disturbances.
3. A list of locations of
irrigation channels / drains
to be compiled and
included in the contract.
1.Contractor
supervised
by CSC or to
actively
supervise
and enforce.
MEPCO
ESU
All staff members in all
categories.
Monthly
induction and six month
refresher
course
as
necessary until contractor
complies.
MEPCO
ESU,
Contractor
and the CSC
and record
details.
MEPCO &
CSC
to
observe
and record
success.
Locations to
implement MM
PEPA.
CONSTRUCTION
STAGE
4.
Hydrology And
Drainage
Aspects
To ensure the proper
implementation of any
requirements
mentioned in EPA
conditions of approval
letter in relation to
Hydrology
of
the
project.
1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular construction
activities are undertaken.
2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for
material exploitation or spoil disposal.
3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction
activity as an erosion control measure.
4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible
and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have
been cleared of such areas.
1. MEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress
all environmental statutory and recommended obligations.
2. Orientation for
Contractor,
and
Workers
To ensure that the
CSC contractor and
workers understand
and have the capacity
to ensure the
environmental
requirements
and
implementation
of
mitigation measures.
2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training for
the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement of
the project. Record attendance and achievement test for
contractors site agents.
3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary
mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project
activities.
4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be
followed.
3. Water quality
To prevent adverse
Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before
Prepare a thorough
drainage
management plan
plan
to
be
approved by CSC
one month prior to
a commencement
of construction
Proper
timetable
prepared
in
consideration with
the
climatic
conditions of the
area, the different
construction
activities mentioned
here to be guided.
Induction course for
all site agents and
above including all
relevant
MEPCO
staff / new project
staff
before
commencement of
work.
At early stages of
construction for all
construction
employees as far
as
reasonably
practicable.
1.Contractor
Appendix 3 - Page 5 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
4. Air quality
5.
Ground
Vibration
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
Ensure
adverse impacts on
water quality caused
by
construction
activities
are
minimized.
commencement of works.
1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control
before works within 50m of water bodies.
2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and
EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to
avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of
construction machinery and equipment.
3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in selfcontained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies.
4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities.
5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a
suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and
avoid stockpiling near to water bodies.
6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural
drainage will be disrupted.
7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of
drinking water.
CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE.
1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant
regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway
Act).
2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading,
particularly in windy conditions.
3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be
employed to minimize exhaust emissions.
4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials
shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary.
Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.
5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and
fruit farms.
6. Spraying of bare areas with water.
7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory
requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors.
To minimize dust
effectively and avoid
complaints due to the
airborne
particulate
matter released to the
atmosphere.
To minimize ground
vibrations
during
construction.
1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical
equipment within 100m of SRs.
2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation
with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling
and schedule works accordingly.
3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable.
4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours.
5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be
allowed at night time.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
(MEPCO
ESU & CSC
to enforce).
1 month prior to
construction.
1. 50m from water bodies
2. Relevant locations to be
determined in the detailed
project design.
2. Contractor
has to check
water quality
and report to
MEPCO.
MEPCO
review
results
3.
CSC
supervises
implementati
on activities.
During
construction.
all
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain
acceptable
standard
CSC
to
supervise
activities.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
Appendix 3 - Page 6 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
activities.
6. Noise
To minimize noise
increases
during
construction.
Prevent
adverse
water quality impacts
due to negligence
and
ensure
unavoidable impacts
are
managed
effectively.
7. Soil Erosion /
Surface Run-off
To
minimize
soil
erosion due to the
construction activities
of towers, stringing of
conductors
and
creation of access
tracks for project
vehicles.
1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment
within 100m of SRs.
2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive
time for works and schedule works accordingly.
3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations and with
effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise.
4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours.
5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall
be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize
noise.
7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls.
8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise
nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting
available acoustic methods.
SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS)
FOR DRY SEASON
1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to
be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion control
plan one month before commencement of works to protect all
areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall be
in the final design).
2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m
of water bodies.
3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site
preparation.
5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any
tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid
reporting and feedback to CSC.
5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with
MEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where
possible.
6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled
areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage.
7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind
excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the
slopes or cause slippage.
8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and
scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and
restored to natural contours.
9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and
adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the
construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
1 month prior to
construction
because the area
can be subject to
unseasonal heavy
rain Plan before
and
during
construction
(cut
and
fill,
land
reclamation
etc.)
while considering
the
climatic
conditions.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Contractor
should
maintain the
acceptable
standards
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
CSC
to
supervise
relevant
activities.
1. Locations based on
history
of
flooding
problems indicated by
local authorities .
2. A list of sensitive areas
during construction to be
prepared by the detail
design
consultant
in
consideration with the cut
and fill, land reclamation,
borrow areas etc.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU /
CSC
3. Locations of all rivers,
streams,
culverts,
irrigation channels, roads
and highways.
Appendix 3 - Page 7 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
8.
Exploitation,
Handling,
Transportation
and Storage of
Construction
materials
9.Construction
Waste Disposal
Objectives
To
minimize
disruption
and
contamination of the
surroundings,
minimize and or avoid
adverse
environmental
impacts
arising
out
of
construction material
exploitation, handling,
transportation
and
storage
by using
sources that comply
with EPA license
conditions
Minimize the impacts
from the disposal of
construction waste.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
endorsed and monitored byt CSC after consulting with concerned.
authorities.
10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and
handed back to MEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation
cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the
deceleration of surface run-off.
(consider also for future trances if civil works)
1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to
minimize adverse environmental impacts.
2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions,
recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject
activities using the licensed source including:
(xix)
Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material
exploitation.
(xx)
Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for
material transport.
(xxi)
Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in
material transport or construction.
(xxii) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material
storage.
(xxiii) Conditions that apply for aggregate production.
(xxiv) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or
dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic
chemicals.
1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and
approved by MEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works.
WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste
to be generated by the project.
2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or
by other interested parties without any residual environmental
impact.
3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or
those designated sites in the contract.
4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites
and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites.
5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas
to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may
be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or
other water bodies.
6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or
removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local
regulations.
7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed
with local authorities/EPA.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
month
prior
to
starting of works.
Update monthly.
1. List of borrow areas to
be prepared with tender
stage contractors method
statement and updated
one
month prior to
construction.
2.List
of
routes
of
transport of construction
material is to be prepared
for the contract and
agreed one month prior to
construction.
3. Map of locations of
storage is prepared by the
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC to
agree format
of reporting
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
1.Contractor
2-11. CSC
and MEPCO
ESU should
supervise
and
take
action
to
ensure that
contractor’s
complete
relevant
activities
according to
EIA / EIA /
EMP
requirement
& NEQS.
MEPCO/
CSC
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
1.Dumping:
A list of temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement
A
list
of
temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement (in W M Plan)
Appendix 3 - Page 8 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Objectives
10.
Work
Camp
Operation
and
Location
(if required)
To ensure that the
operation of work
camps
does
not
adversely affect the
surrounding
environment
and
residents in the area.
11. Loss of Trees
and
Vegetation
Cover
of
the
Areas for Towers
and
Temporary
Work-space
To avoid negative
impacts
due
to
removing
of
landmark,
sentinel
and specimen trees
as well as green
vegetation
and
surface cover.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or
reused at DISCO’s facility.
9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill
during the construction.
10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip
trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during
maintenance.
11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste
facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to
good environmental practice.
1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local
authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the
MEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements
or near drinking water supply intakes.
2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation
shall be minimized.
3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be
provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be
backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites.
4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the
national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be
dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be
disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied
with the necessary permits of local authority permission.
5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation,
collection and transport system.
6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid
hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and
disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations.
7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be
removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings,
shelters and toilets shall be removed.
8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation.
9.MEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect
and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to preproject conditions.
31. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month
before tender.
32. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to
prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees.
Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting.
33. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction,
borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important
vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful
Resp
mon
MM
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
UPDATE Once a
month
Location Map is prepared
by the Contractor.
Contractor
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Route design and
site identification (1
& 2) during design
stage and other
matters
during
construction
of
relevant activities
Tree
survey
to
be
completed one month
before tender at relevant
Locations with a Map to
be compiled prior to
tender by the design
consultant / MEPCO ESU
during detailed design and
Design
consultant,
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Resp Imp
MM
Appendix 3 - Page 9 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
12.
Safety
Precautions
for
the Workers
13.
Traffic Condition
15.Social Impacts
16.
Institutional
Strengthening
and
Capacity
Building
Objectives
To ensure safety of
workers
Environmental Impact Assessment
Mitigation Measures recommended
alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included in
tree survey.
34. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not
burned.
35. The contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to
damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside
immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works
timber.
36. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees
in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land
holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees.
37. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside
the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree
removed.
38. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion.
39. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a
rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice.
40. After work completion all temporary structures, including office
buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.
7. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate
warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the
workers to use the provided safety equipment.
8. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe
shoes.
Minimize disturbance
of vehicular traffic and
7.
Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month
pedestrians
during
prior to start of works.
haulage
of
8.
Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided.
construction materials
and equipment.
10.
Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable
diseases from labour camps shall be avoided (worker awareness
To ensure minimum
orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained).
impacts
from
11.
Complaints of the people on construction nuisance /
construction
labour
damage close to ROW to be considered and responded to
force.
on
public
promptly.
health.
12.
Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid
local community impacts.
To
ensure
that Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in
MEPCO officials are Tranche 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with
trained to understand in MEPCO under Director Operations in Tranche 1. Development
and to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with
EMP
resources.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
CSC
to
necessary.
update
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
as
Prior
to
commencement
and
during
construction
Location to be identified
by
the
CSC
with
contractor.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Prior
to
throughout
construction.
The
most
important
locations to be identified
and listed. Relevant plans
of the Contractor on traffic
arrangements to be made
available.
Contractor
and CSC
MEPCO
ESU
/
CSC
Complaints
of
public to be solved
as soon as possible
All
subprojects
tranches
Contractor
and the CSC
MEPCO/
CSC
Initiate
preconstruction and
continue
beyond
project completion.
Awareness training for all
management and senior
staff in MEPCO at senior
engineer and above in
PMU and related units.
MEPCO
ESU
MEPCO &
ADB
and
the
all
Appendix 3 - Page 10 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Resp Imp
MM
Resp
mon
MM
OPERATIONAL
STAGE
Minimize air quality No significant Impacts Tranche 1.Monitor designs and plans for all
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
Operational phase
impacts
future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
noise No significant Impacts Tranche 1. Acoustic designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
2.Noise
impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Minimize
improper Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
3. Waste disposal
waste disposal
of all subprojects and MEPCO activities.
tranches
ESU
3. Compensatory Maintain survival of Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
tree planting
trees planted
replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary.
tranches
ESU
Avoid landslips and
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
4.Land slides and
No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and
all subprojects in future
loss of productive
ESU
soil erosion
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
land
Minimize
water No significant Impacts in Tranche 2. Review designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future MEPCO
MEPCO
5. Water quality
quality impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
ESU
Monitor impacts from
Operational phase
MEPCO
MEPCO
6
Crops
and maintaining
tree
all subprojects in future
ESU
Track growth of large trees under the conductors.
vegetation
clearance
under
tranches
transmission lines
Ensure
no
Operational phase
MEPCO
encroachments
/
ESU
Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed
7. Social safety construction
under
all subprojects in future
all along the line.
MEPCO
Impacts
the transmission line.
tranches
Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the TXL s..
No
violation
of
clearance spaces.
LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.
CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. TXL = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS = National Environmental Quality Standards.
1. Air Quality
Appendix 3 - Page 11 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
Attachment 5
Monitoring Plan for Performance Indicators
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Timing to check PI
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
Initially DISCO’S
Cell / later
Contractor cost
DISCO’S, ESIC
cell / ADB*
ESIC cell staff
cost
DISCO’S Cell staff
cost
DISCO’S /ADB*
ESIC cell staff
cost
DISCO’S &
ESIC cell /
ADB*
ESIC cell staff
cost
DISCO’S ESIC
cell / ADB*.
DISCO’S
staff cost
ESIC cell
ESIC cell
DISCO’S
Contractor cost
DISCO’S /
/ADB*
DISCO’S
staff cost
ESIGN and RECONSTRUC
ION STAGE
. Review of EMAP
Environmental Management Action Plan
(EMAP) is reviewed
. Social Impacts
and
Resettlement
Inventory of losses, Property acquisition,
compensation and resettlement completed to
RP requirements.
. Project
disclosure
Design changes notified
. Environmentally
Responsible
Procurement.
(ERP)
Contract follows ADB Guidelines on ERP.
Performance bond. Deposited
Contractual clauses include implementation of
environmental mitigation measures tied to a
performance bond.
Waste disposal
Disposal options for all waste transformer oil,
residually contaminated soils, scrap metal
agreed with DISCO’S and local authority..
. Noise and air
quality
Design changes included in EIA
(supplementary) & EMAP approved by
During detailed design
(later
monthly
by
Contractor to cover any
unidentified impacts)
Completed prior to
commencement of
construction
During detailed design by
Contractor to cover any
access
roads
and
alignment
changes,
additional Villages.
Once, before Contract is
signed.
Monthly or as required in
waste management plan
to
identify
sufficient
locations for, storage and
reuse of transformers and
recycling of breaker oils
and
disposal
of
transformer oil, residually
contaminated soils and
scrap metal “cradle to
grave”.
2. Include in contracts for
unit
rates
for
remeasurement for disposal.
3. After agreement with
local authority, designate
disposal sites in the
contract and cost unit
disposal rates accordingly.
During detailed design by
Contractor.
By completion of
detailed design.
All project
alignment
Contractor
Before removal of
houses and structures.
APs according to
RP & LAFC.
DISCO’S Cell
Completion of detailed
design.
All project
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Before Contract is
signed.
Method
Statements
include resources
for mitigation
measures.
DISCO’S Project
Cell.
Contractor cost
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification or
tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
Locations
approved by local
waste
disposal
authorities.
DISCO’S cell with
the
design
consultant.
Completion of detailed
design.
As defined in EIA
(supplementary) &
DISCO’S Cell /
Contractor
Cell
Cell
Appendix 3 - Page 12 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
mitigation in
design.
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to check PI
MOEST.
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Contractor.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
Contractor
DISCO’S Cell
facilitates.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S / and
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost
DISCO’S Cell staff
cost
DISCO’S / and
/ADB*.
/ADB cost of
IES & support
for 1 month
US$25,000
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
EMAP.
Considered
locations to be as
identified in the
Detailed Drainage
Report.
All stream and
river crossings
and where slopes
indicate erosion
will be a problem.
Locations agreed
DISCO’S cell in
consultation with
community and
the Contractor.
Locations agreed
with DISCO’S cell
in consultation
with community
and the
Contractor.
. Hydrological
Impacts
Temporary Drainage Management plan.
During detailed design by
Contractor and monthly to
cover any unidentified
impacts
. Temporary
drainage and
erosion control
Erosion Control and Temporary Drainage
completed.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
One month before
construction
commences.
0. Planning
construction
camps
Use of land agreed with surrounding residents
& Villages.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
One month before
construction
commences.
Temporary Pedestrian and Traffic
Management Plan agreed.
During detailed design
updated by Contractor
monthly to cover any
unidentified impacts.
One month before
construction
commences.
1. Once,
2. Once
3. Ongoing
4. Ongoing
1. As soon as
practicable
2, 3, 4. No later than
one month before
Contract award.
Throughout the
project
DISCO’S Project
Cell.
1. Once
2. Ongoing
3. Ongoing
1. Before contract is
signed
2. Before construction
areas are opened up
3. Every six months
All BOT staff
members in all
categories.
monthly induction
and six month
refresher course
Contractor with
IES assistance
and record details.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S to
observe and
record success
Deliverable in final form to
DISCO’S cell one month
before construction
commences for any given
stretch.
One month before
construction
commences.
All of DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S
Project Cell.
3.Traffic Condition
1. Strengthening plan agreed for DISCO’S cell.
5.
Institutional 2. International environment specialist (IES)
rengthening and
3. Increase staffing of DISCO’S Cell.
apacity building
4. Train DISCO’S Cell officials.
Cost of
Supervision
One month before
commencement of
construction
Cell
ONSTRUCTION
TAGE
Orientation for
ontractor, and
orkers
Plans to control
nvironmental
mpacts
1. Contractor agreed to provide training to
professional staff and workers.
2. Special briefing and training for Contractor
completed.
3. Periodic progress review sessions.
1. Drainage Management plan
2. Temp. Pedestrian & Traffic Management
plan,
3. Erosion Control & Temp. Drainage plan
4. Materials Management plan,
5. Waste Management plan;
6. Noise and Dust Control plan,
7. Safety Plan
8. Agreed schedule of costs for environmental
Appendix 3 - Page 13 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
Frequency to monitor
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to check PI
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
Resp PI
supervision
Cost of
Supervision
Contractor cost
DISCO’S /
DISCO’S Cell.
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
mitigation.{N.B. Forest Clearance and
Compensatory Planting plan is prepared by
DISCO’S cell}
Water quality
Water
esources
Spoil disposal
nd construction
aste disposal
0. Noise
1. Air quality
3..Soil
ontamination
4. Work Camp
ocation and
peration
9. Safety
ecautions for
orkers
0. Social Impacts
1. Enhancements
Meaningful water quality monitoring up and
downstream during construction within 100m
of rivers. Rapid reporting and feedback by
DISCO’S.
1. Availability of water acceptable to
community. No complaints.
2. Guidelines established to minimize the
water wastage during construction operations
and at worker camps.
1. Use of land agreed with surrounding
residents & Villages.
2. Waste Management Plan implemented.
3 No open burning
Noise mitigation measures implemented in
line with guidelines for noise reduction from
ISO/TR11688-1:1995(E)
Noise and dust control plan implemented.
Contractors workforce to instructed and train
handling of chemicals
1. Use of land agreed with surrounding
residents & Villages.
2. Waste Management Plan implemented.
3 No open burning
Safety Plan submitted
1. Local labour is used and workforce
2. Local educated people for office work.
3. Complaints on construction nuisance
damages close to ROW are responded to
promptly by the Contractor.
4. Quarterly meetings with local VILLAGE for
liaison purposes to monitor complaints.
Contractor has included for some
Once (line item when
opening up construction
near water bodies).
During detailed design
by Contractor and
update to cover any
unidentified impacts.
Locations to be
provided with the
detailed designs
including all
bridges during
construction within
100m of rivers
1. Monthly
2. Monthly
Prior to submission of
progress reports.
All local water
supply resources
and rivers.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S
and
DISCO’S
Cell
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Maximum allowable
noise levels are
70dB(A)LEQ.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor should
maintain the
accepted
standards
Contractor cost
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Contractor
Contractor cost
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
Prior to construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
Once (update monthly as
necessary)
One month before
construction and update
quarterly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor.
Contractor cost
Monthly (line item when
opening up construction).
During construction.
Update monthly.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
Contractor cost
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
Once (update monthly as
One month before
All DISCO’S
Contractor.
Contractor cost
DISCO’S /
DISCO’S
Cell
Independent
experienced
laboratory.
DISCO’S /
DISCO’S
Project Cell will
monitor sample
activities.
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S and
DISCO’S Cell
DISCO’S /
(ESIC cell to
actively
supervise and
enforce.
Cell
Appendix 3 - Page 14 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental
concern
Performance indicator (PI)
enhancements in detailed designs Including
planting of trees in addition to bioengineering
such as in median
Frequency to monitor
necessary)
Environmental Impact Assessment
Timing to check PI
construction and update
quarterly.
Locations to
implement PI
Responsible to
implement PI
Cost of
Implementation
alignment.
Resp PI
supervision
(DISCO’S Cell
to actively
supervise and
enforce.
PERATIONAL
TAGE
Air Quality
crops and
egetation
1. Roadworthiness of vehicles on DISCO’S.
2. Monitor NO2 and PM10 as indicators.
1. Follow up on Tree Clearance and
Compensatory Planting Plan.
2. Records on survival of planted trees.
3. The compensatory planting maintained
4. Audited report by ESIC cell for on site and
off-site compensatory planting.
1. Roadworthiness of
vehicles on DISCO’S Daily
during operations
2. Yearly intervals for 3
years after opening for
reassurance.
1) Quarterly
2) Quarterly
3) Quarterly
4) Quarterly
During operation.
5 locations on
DISCO’S
alignment nearest
settlements.
Contractor
Contractor cost
1) Throughout project
2) Each of three years
after initial planting.
3) Continuous for three
years after project
completion
4) For four years after
initial clearance of the
forest.
All DISCO’S
alignment.
Contractor
ESIC Cell
Cost of
Supervision
staff cost
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S / and
ESIC Cell
DISCO’S
staff cost
Cell
DISCO’S
MOFSC and
DISCO’S Cell
staff cost.
Note: LAFC = Land Acquisition Compensation Fixation Committee. DDS=Detailed design stage. Based on EIA/EIA reports to be revised at DDS, RAP, SIA and other engineering considerations may change, EIA=environmental impact
Assessment. EMP=, environmental management action plan = environmental management plan, EPA= Environmental Protection Agency,. TD = Temporary drainage. EC = Erosion control. NGO = non government organization.
ADB * = ADB checks that processes have been completed and signed off by DISCO’S before moving to construction stage.
Appendix 3 - Page 15 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix 3 - Page 16 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
Attachment 3: Monitoring Plan
7.
DISCO’S have established
the Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC)
The DISCO’S
instructional arrangement with respect to social and environmental monitoring and implementation is presented
as follows:
27.1
INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS
2. The institutional arrangements of planning and management of the Power Distribution Enhancement
Program (or the ADB-funded Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project) are described as follows
(see also Figure overleaf):
Pakistan Electric Power Company (PEPCO)
27.2
3. The Project Management Unit (PMU), PEPCO is the focal organization based in Lahore responsible for the
Power Distribution Enhancement Program, for keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and
Asian Development Bank (ADB) on behalf of all the DISCOs, and taking care of disbursement of funds
(including ADB loan) and technical assistance through Consultants to, and coordination of the Program
planning and management activities of the DISCOs.
27.2.1 Distribution Companies (DISCOs)
4. The DISCOs included in the ADB-funded MFF Project (the Program) are:
(9) PESCO: Peshawar Electric Supply Company, Peshawar, NWFP;
(10) IESCO: Islamabad Electric Supply Company, Islamabad;
(11) GEPCO: Gujranwala Electric Power Company, Gujranwala, Punjab;
(12) LESCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Lahore, Punjab;
(13) FESCO: Faisalabad Electric Supply Company, Faisalabad, Punjab;
(14) MEPCO: Multan Electric Power Company, Multan, Punjab;
(15) QESCO: Quetta Electric Supply Company, Quetta, Baluchistan; and,
(16) HESCO: Hyderabad Electric Supply Company, Hyderabad, Sindh.
27.2.2
Technical Assistance (Consultants)
5. PMU, PEPCO provides technical assistance to all the eight DISCOs through the following Consultants,
based in Lahore:
(4) PPTA: Project Preparation Technical Assistance was hired by PEPCO in 2007 and since then it has so
far assisted the DISCOs in preparing Tranche 1 & 2 Subprojects. The PPTA Resettlement Experts have
thus far assisted the DISCOs in the preparation of LARPs and DDRs for the Subprojects included in
Tranches 1 and 2.
(5) PIC: Project Implementation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by end-2009, to
provide technical assistance to DISCOs in updating and implementation of the approved Subprojects.
The PIC Resettlement Experts will assist the DISCOs in updation, revision and implementation of the
LARPs and DDRs.
(6) EMC: External Monitoring and Evaluation Consultant is expected to be hired and mobilized by PEPCO by
end-2009, to independently monitor and evaluate the implementation of approved LARPs on the Tranche
1 and 2 Subprojects of all the DISCOs, and report directly to ADB with copy to the respective DISCOs.
Figure: Organization for LARP Planning, Implementation and Monitoring
Appendix 3 - Page 17 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
PEPCO
Project Management Unit (PMU)
(Project Coordination)
Chief Executive
DISCO
Project
Implementation
Consultant (PIC)
Chief Engineer Development
(HESCO Subprojects)
PPTA
Consultants
External LARP
Monitoring
Consultant (EMC)
Project Director (PD, GSC)
(Grid System Construction)
Project
Implementation
Unit (PIU)
(Engineers &
Patwaris)
Deputy Manager, ESIC
(Environmental and Social
Impact Cell)
Province Board
of Revenue
District LAC
Staff / Patwaris
27.3
DISCO LAC
Assistant Manager
(Social/Resettlement)
Assistant
Manager
(Environment)
Field Patwaris
Distribution Companies (DISCOs)
6.
DISCO as the implementing agency (IA) bears the overall responsibility for the preparation,
implementation and financing of all tasks set out in this LARP, as well as inter-agency coordination required for
the implementation of the Subprojects. As such, it takes care of the preparation/updating and implementation
Appendix 3 - Page 18 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
Environmental Impact Assessment
of the LARPs and DDRs, and internal monitoring and evaluation activities (see also Chapter 10: Monitoring
and Evaluation). Institutionally, DISCO typically have three functional divisions, namely, the Planning, Projects
and Grid System Construction divisions.
27.3.1 5.2.1 Planning Division
7.
The Planning Division is responsible for preparation of PC-1s, for preparation of load forecasts and
feeder analysis. The division is responsible for preparation of the Energy Loss Reduction (ELR) work
orders. Formerly subproject preparation and keeping liaison with the Government of Pakistan and Asian
Development Bank (ADB), as the donor of this MFF Project had also been the responsibility of this
division. But lately the activity has been shifted to the Office of Chief Engineer Development.
27.3.2 5.2.2 Chief Engineer Development
8.
The former Projects Division has now been named as the Office of Chief Engineer Development
(OCED), is responsible for the overall planning, management and coordination of the approved
Subprojects. The OCED is currently being assisted by the PPTA Consultants 20 (including the
Resettlement Experts responsible for LARP/DDR preparation), in preparing the identified Subprojects in
line with the ADB Policies, and obtaining approval from the donor ADB. Its major functions include
keeping regular liaison with ADB and relevant departments of the federal, provincial and district
governments, preparation, updating and implementation of the LARPs and the related monitoring and
evaluation activities.
9.
The OCED contains a specially created cell to take care of the safeguards related activities, namely, the
Environmental and Social Impacts Cell (ESIC), headed by a Deputy Manager, and assisted by two
Assistant Managers, Environment and Social, respectively. The Assistant Manager Social is responsible
for the preparation/updating, implementation and internal monitoring of the Subproject LARPs, with
assistance from DISCO LAC and PIC Resettlement Expert.
10. The Scope of Work to be handled by the ESIC far exceeds the physical and professional ability and
capabilities of the incumbents. To support the ESIC, to carry out its responsibilities, a Monitoring
Consultant is being hired. In addition, a Project Implementation Consultant (IC) 21 will also be hired who
will also have social and environmental experts to assist HESCO in revising and updating the LARP as
and when required, and then in implementation of the LARP. The Consultants will be provided full
logistic support (including office space and field transport) by the DISCO.
27.3.3
Grid System Construction (GSC) Division
11. . The Grid System Construction (GSC) Division is responsible for implementing the approved
Subprojects, including construction/improvement of grid stations and transmission lines. This office is
headed by the Project Director (GSC), and it will establish Project Implementation Units (PIUs),
comprising Engineers and Patwaris, at the respective towns of each Subproject. The PD GSC has an
in-house Land Acquisition Collector (LAC) to take care of the land acquisition and resettlement activities.
12. The DISCO LAC, along with field Patwaris, in addition to implementation of the LARP activities, will
provide in-field assistance to the Resettlement Experts of ESIC and PIC in updating, revision and
internal monitoring of the LARPs. He normally works as an independent entity, but in case of local needs
like price updating, grievance redress, etc., may involve the local Union Councils and other leaders at
the local levels, and/or the District LACs and Province Board of Revenue for addressing broader level
matters and resolving permanent Land Acquisition issues (not applicable to this Subproject). He will be
provided technical assistance by the Resettlement Experts included in both ESIC and PIC teams.
20
British Power International (BPI), a UK Based Power Consultant firm.
21
Terms of Reference for Implementation Consultant’s Resettlement Expert are provided in Appendix 4.
Appendix 3 - Page 19 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
27.4
Environmental Impact Assessment
District Government
13.
The district government have jurisdiction for land administration, valuation and acquisition. At the
provincial level these functions rest on the Province Board of Revenue while at the district level they rest
on the District Land Acquisition Collector (District LAC). Within LAC office the Patwari (land records clerk),
carry out specific roles such as titles identification and verification required by the HESCO LAC.
27.5
Responsibility for Internal and External Monitoring
14. Land acquisition and resettlement tasks under the Program will be subjected to both internal and
external monitoring. Internal monitoring will be conducted by ESIC, assisted by DISCO LAC and PIC
Resettlement Expert. The external monitoring responsibilities will be assigned to an External Monitoring
Consultant (EMC) to be engaged by PMU, PEPCO according to the Terms of Reference (TOR) that
have been approved by ADB.
Appendix 3 - Page 20 of 310
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
8.
The scope of work to be handled by the ESIC cell far exceeds the physical and professional ability and capabilities of the incumbents. To
support the ESIC cell, to carry out it’s responsibilities monitoring consultants (MC) are being hired (these are also required as per ADB loan
covenants.
27.5.1 Terms of Reference of the monitoring consultants (MC) as follows:
Environmental monitoring
9.
An environment evaluation expert(s) for a period of four (4) person-month (on as and when required basis) who will undertake monitoring of
EIAs and also other environmental issues related to design, construction and commissioning of the sub-projects according to the relevant reports
already prepared and approved by DISCO’S/ADB. The expected completion time of these projects is one years.
(A)
Design Phase
(IX)
(X)
Monitor final site selection process and final alignment selection process and its environmental compliance with EMP.
Review the implementation of the land acquisition plan and expropriation, including considerations concerning vulnerable groups
among land-owners, farmers, and farm workers.
(XI)
Monitor contractor’s detailed project design to ensure relevant environmental mitigation measures in EMP have been included.
(XII) Monitor the detailed environmental guidelines for construction works, including procurement, management, works, closing operations
etc in the light of EIA and EMP.
(XIII) Review the management plan for mineral construction materials and waste management.
(XIV) Audit detailed designs of facilities and installations to ensure standard environmental safeguards/ mitigation measures (as identified in
EMP) have been included.
(XV) Review landscape design plan, including compensatory planting.
(XVI) Monitor the performance of environmental training and briefings for the creation of environmental awareness of project staff and
DISCO’S.
(B)
Construction phase
(III)
Regular monitoring and reporting of contractor’s compliance with contractual environmental mitigation measures in light of EIA and
EMP.
(IV)
Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.
(C)
Operation and Maintenance phase
(III)
(IV)
Monitoring of routine maintenance of facilities and transmission line in light of mitigation measures specified in EMP.
Monitoring of the implementation of the landscape design plan.
10. The MC will mainly assist the ESIC cell in the monitoring functions. DISCO’S is also in the process of hiring management consultants, who will
assist the Project Management Unit (PMU) of DISCO’S in amongst other matters relating to the implementation of the EIA/LARP including updating of
LARP s (price updating) and updating of EIA and EMPs when ever major changes are made to the approved sub projects.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
27.5.2 Terms of reference for Project Implementation (Management) Consultants
11. Terms of Reference (related to social and environmental aspects) of the Project Implementation (Management) Consultants are Specifically, the
PMC shall ensure that:
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
28.
ALL ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT, FRAMEWORK, AND PLANS FOR ALL THE
SUBPROJECTS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED AND IMPLEMENTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ADB’S ENVIRONMENT POLICY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES, AND
PAKISTAN ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REGULATIONS AND GUIDELINES.
29.
ALL LAND ACQUISITION, AND RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK AND PLAN ARE
IMPLEMENTED PROMPTLY AND EFFICIENTLY ACCORDING TO ITS TERMS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE PAKISTAN LAWS, AND ADB’S POLICY ON
INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT.
30.
PMU WILL GUARANTEE THAT ALL SUBPROJECTS AFFECTING ETHNIC MINORITIES ARE
CONSTRUCTED AND OPERATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ADB’S
POLICY ON INDIGENOUS PEOPLES AND APPLICABLE PAKISTAN RULES AND
REGULATIONS.
31.
PMU WILL FOLLOW THE PRINCIPLES OF THE ADB’S POLICY ON GENDER AND
DEVELOPMENT AND USE APPROPRIATE PAKISTAN LAWS DURING EACH SUBPROJECT
IMPLEMENTATION.
32.
ENSURE THAT SUBPROJECT SPECIFIC ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MITIGATION
MEASURES ARE INCORPORATED INTO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
33.
SUPERVISE AND EVALUATE THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION
AD MONITORING MEASURES AS SPECIFIED IN THE ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT
PLANS (EMP).
34.
UPDATE THE EMP AS NECESSARY, INCLUDING CARRYING OUT SUPPLEMENTAL
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL SUBPROJECTS APPRAISED AFTER
LOAN APPROVAL.
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
35.
B
Environmental Impact Assessment
SUPERVISE SOCIAL SAFEGUARD’S RELATED REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND
ENSURE ITS TIMELY SUBMISSION. THE REPORTING DOCUMENTS INCLUDE LARP’S
UPDATING, PROGRESS AND COMPLETION REPORTS.
36.
MONITOR AND SUPERVISE RESETTLEMENT AND OTHER SOCIAL IMPACT MITIGATION
ACTIVITIES, AS DEFINED IN THE APPROVED AND FINAL LARP’S.
37.
ENSURE NO CIVIL WORKS TO BE DONE UNLESS THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE
LARP ARE, INCLUDING IN PARTICULAR THE TIMELY DELIVERY OF COMPENSATION TO
AFFECTED FAMILIES HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.
38.
ESTABLISH A GRIEVANCE MECHANISM PROCEDURE FOR THE SUBPROJECTS.
39.
CONDUCT AND DEVELOP INTERNAL MONITORING AND EVALUATING REPORTING
SYSTEM OF THE LARPS AND EMPS IMPLEMENTATIONS. THE REPORT WILL ALSO
INCLUDE ANY CHANGE IN THE IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE, PROBLEMS OR
DIFFICULTIES ENCOUNTERED AND WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE NEXT PERIOD IN
ACCORDANCE WITH PROCEDURES AND DETAILS ACCEPTABLE TO ADB. THE
MONITORING REPORTS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE QUARTERLY PROGRESS REPORT
TO BE SUBMITTED TO ADB.
PROJECT MONITORING ACTIVITIES DURING THE PROJECT CYCLE:
12. The Activities at various stages of the project cycle have been summarized in the terms of reference for consultants as presented in Table
AX3.1.
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3
Monitoring Parameter
Monitoring
Timing
Responsibility
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Locations
DESIGN PHASE
Audit project bidding documents to ensure
7.
EIA and EMP is included
Monitor that the selection process and final
8. alignment selection process and its
environmental compliance with EMP
Monitor contractor’s detail project design to
9. ensure relevant environmental mitigation
measures in EMP have been included
Monitor through implementation of detail
environmental guidelines for construction
10.
works including procurement management,
works and closing operation
-
-
11.
Review the mineral, construction materials
and waste management
-
12.
Audit detail design of facilities
installation to ensure standard
-
and
Prior to issue of biding
documents
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
alignment survey
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
alignment survey
DISCO’S through project
implementation unit.
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
Prior to DISCO’S approval
of contractor’s detail
design
DISCO’S with the assistance
of
and
external
environmental consultants
DISCO’S with the assistance
of project implementation unit
DISCO’S with the assistance
of project implementation unit
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued)
CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Monitoring Parameter
1 Observation of soil erosion
2
3
4
Water quality
Water consumption
Checks for any damage to water course,
groundwater wells
5
Ambient air quality
6
Checks for exhaust emissions
Checks for dust emissions
7
Noise
Monitoring Locations
Construction sites, campsites
At wells and surface water
bodies near grid station and
construction campsites
Selected local wells
Selected locations at nearby
surface water bodies
Construction sites, campsite
Timing
During routine monitoring
Responsibility
PMU
Before mobilization
Contractor/PMU
Monthly
Contractor/PMU
Monthly
Contractor/PMU
Daily
Contractor/PMU
Construction sites
During routine monitoring
PMU
Construction sites, campsites
Construction sites, campsites
Construction sites, campsites
Before mobilization
Once every two months
Contractor/PMU
Contractor/PMU
During routine monitoring
Contractor/PMU
Construction sites,
campsites, project roads
During routine monitoring
Contractor/PMU
At nearby communities
Fortnightly or during the
construction activities
causing noise.
Contractor/PMU
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
8
Public concerns
Environmental Impact Assessment
At nearby communities
Throughout the field
activities.
Table AX3.1 Monitoring Program for Tranche 3 (continued)
OPERATIONAL PHASE
Monitoring Parameter
Monitoring Locations
Timing
Selected sites for plantation
1 Compensatory tree planting
After construction phase
of trees
Land under the transmission
2 Crops and vegetation
During routine maintenance
line
Population along
3 Social safety Impacts
During routine maintenance
transmission line
PMU
Responsibility
DISCO’S
DISCO’S
DISCO’S
Complete record of sampling and analysis should be maintained and documented.
PMU = Project Monitoring Unit, DISCO’S = Distribution Companies
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
C
Environmental Impact Assessment
SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS FOR EMP
Table AX3.2 Implementation for Tranche 2
Pak. Rs.
Staffing, audit
and monitoring
Monitoring
activities
Mitigation
measures
US $
1 person for 3 years
1,800,0001
22,500
As detailed under EMP
7,000,0002
87,500
10,000,0003
125,000
1,502,2504
18,780
609,000
7,613
20,912,250
261,443
As prescribed under EMP and
EIA
Transport
1 dedicated vehicle 3 years
Contingency
3% contingency
Total
I US$ = 80 Pak. Rupees
1
@ P.Rs. 50,000/month:
Laboratory charges for: testing of construction materials; water quality teats; ambient air tests; emissions measurements; and noise measurements.
3
Includes: Compensatory tree plantation under supervision of forest department; and training on counterpart staff.
4
@ P.Rs. 25000 per month rental charges and Rs. 550.0 per day fuel and operating cost
2
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche
2 MEPCO Conversion
of 66KV
Fatehpur DGS
into 132KV
DGS
Power Distribution
Enhancement
Multitranche
Financing
Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix - 7
SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
66 KV Fatehpur DGS
Sr.
No.
Participant Name
Participant
Profession
Address
Date
Proposed
Measure
Issues Raised/Concerns
expressed/ Suggestions &
Requests
Action Taken /
Proposed
Man Group: Dera Muhammad Shafi (Chak 115 ML)
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
should be paid crops and trees fairly
adequately
and and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
works
Skilled
and
MEPCO
should
unskilled
labor
employ Skilled and
should
be
unskilled labor from
preferred from the
the area
area
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
should be paid crops and trees fairly
adequately
and and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
works
127.
Muhammad Shoqat
Landowner
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
128.
Muhammad Jabar
Landowner
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
129.
Maqbool Ali
Labour
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Local skilled and unskilled
labor
should
be
used
wherever possible
130.
Muhammad Shafi
Landowner
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Crop and tree compensation
should be fair and timely
30/08/2008
Design of the line should not
Construction work MEPCO
be changed, but if necessary
should
be complete
at any stage houses and
completed in time timely
structures should be avoided.
not
MEPCO should avoid
the
distribution lines to
the
pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
131.
Ehsan Elahi
Shopkeeper
Chak 115ML
all
should
work
Woman Group: Dera Muhammad Shafi (Chak 115 ML)
132.
Shamim Khaton
House-Wife
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance; she
hoped the upgradation DGS
will improve the situation.
133.
Shakiran Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
Local norms
honored.
should
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
be
pass over
houses of
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
134.
Kaniz Fatima
House Girl
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
135.
Hajiran Khatoon
Student
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
136.
Rahela Khatoon
House Girl
Chak 115ML
30/08/2008
colony.
Line should not
MEPCO should avoid
Local norms should be pass over the
distribution lines to
honored.
houses of the
pass over the houses.
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance and
effect our studies; she hoped the up gradation of DGS will
improve the situation.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance; she
hoped the up gradation of
DGS will improve the situation.
Man Group: (Chak 107 ML)
137.
Ansar Gulshair
Landowner
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
138.
Shahid Iqbal
Shopkeeper
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
139.
Fransis Masih
Sharecropper
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
140.
Shahjahan
Landowner
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
141.
Shana
Labour
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
142.
Hashim Khan
Landowner
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
Design of the line should not
Construction work MEPCO
should
be changed, but if necessary
should
be complete all work
at any stage houses and
completed in time timely
structures should be avoided.
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly
should be fair and timely
adequately
and and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly
should be fair and timely
adequately
and and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
works
Skilled
and
MEPCO
should
Local skilled and unskilled unskilled
labor
employ Skilled and
labor
should
be
used should
be
unskilled labor from
wherever possible
preferred from the
the area
area
Crop and tree compensation Compensation
MEPCO should pay
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
should be fair and timely
143.
Khurshid
Muhammad
Landowner
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
should be
adequately
timely
paid compensation
of
and crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
Crop and tree compensation should be paid crops and trees fairly
should be fair and timely
adequately
and and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
works
Woman Group: (Chak 107 ML)
144.
Bashiran Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
145.
Nadea Bibi
House Girl
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
146.
Sajida Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
147.
Balqis Bibi
Service
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
148.
Zarina Bibi
Student
Chak 107 ML
30/08/2008
MEPCO should bound
Contractor should
the
contractor
to
respect the local
respect
the
local
norms.
norms.
MEPCO should bound
Contractor should
Local norms should be
the
contractor
to
respect the local
honored.
respect
the
local
norms.
norms.
Line should not MEPCO should avoid
Houses should be avoided.
pass over the distribution lines to
houses.
pass over the houses.
She expect stable supply in
the
region
with
lesser complaints.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is a nuisance and
effect our studies; she hoped the up gradation of DGS will
improve the situation.
Local norms
honored.
should
be
Man Group: Dera Muhammad Aslam (Chak 251 TDA)
149.
Ali Ahmad
Landowner
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
150.
Muhammad Aslam
Teacher+ LO
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
Compensation
compensation
of
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
crops and trees fairly
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
and timely at least 15
timely
days
before
civil
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
151.
152.
153.
154.
155.
Muhammad Zubair
Muhammad Navid
Muhammad Afzal
Akbar Khan
Ghulam
Muhammad
Landowner
Landowner
Sharecropper
Labour
Shopkeeper
Chak 251 TDA
Chak 251 TDA
Chak 251 TDA
Chak 251 TDA
Chak 251 TDA
Environmental Impact Assessment
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
30/08/2008
Skilled
and
Local skilled and unskilled unskilled
labor
labor
should
be
used should
be
wherever possible
preferred from the
area
30/08/2008
Compensation
Crop and tree compensation should be paid
should be fair and timely
adequately
and
timely
Woman Group: Dera Muhammad Aslam (Chak 251 TDA)
156.
Rashidan Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
157.
Sadia Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
158.
Marian Khaton
House-Wife
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer cause skin
diseases and restlessness;
she hoped the up gradation of
DGS will improve the situation.
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary
at any stage houses and
structures should be avoided.
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary
at any stage houses and
Line should
pass over
houses of
colony.
Line should
pass over
houses of
works
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
MEPCO
should
employ Skilled and
unskilled labor from
the area
MEPCO should pay
compensation
of
crops and trees fairly
and timely at least 15
days
before
civil
works
30/08/2008
-
not
MEPCO should avoid
the
distribution lines to
the
pass over the houses.
not MEPCO should avoid
the distribution lines to
the pass over the houses.
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
159.
Zahida Kosar
House-Wife
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
160.
Amina Bibi
House-Wife
Chak 251 TDA
30/08/2008
structures should be avoided.
colony.
Prolonged load shedding in
the summer is causing
restlessness
and
sleeplessness
Children cannot sleep at night
due to load shedding in the summer.
-
-
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2 MEPCO Conversion of 66KV Fatehpur DGS into 132KV DGS
Environmental Impact Assessment
Appendix-8
Project: Fatehpur 66KV DGS
Trees & Infrastructure Likely to be Affected by 30 m RoW
No.
TOWER
From-To
DISTANCE
HOUSE
SHOPS
TREES 66 KV TL
CNG/PP MASQUE
IN METER
/FACTORY HOSPITAL
TUBE
WELL
WATER
COURSE
K/ ROAD/P ROAD
CANAL
1
GS - 1
50.00
3
1
2 houses
60 m
-
-
-
-
-
K Road
-
2
1-2
245.00
5
1
1 house
75m
-
-
-
-
2
K Road
-
3
2-3
245.00
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
2 K Road
-
4
3-4
250.00
35
1
-
-
1 at 30m
-
-
5
6
4-5
5-6
300.00
280.00
6
11
1
1
-
-
-
1 at 25m
1
-
-
-
7
6-7
280.00
31
1
-
-
-
-
-
K Road
-
8
7-8
280.00
8
1
-
-
-
-
-
2 K Road
-
9
10
8-9
9 - 10
280.00
280.00
57
11
1
1
-
-
-
-
1
2 K Road
-
1
-
11
10 - 11
195.00
9
1
-
-
-
1 at 40m
1
-
-
3 houses
40m
3 houses
60m
4 houses
80 m
1 mosque
1 at 35m
50m
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
APPENDIX-9:
Type and Number of Affected Trees in 66kV Fatehpur DGS Sub-project
(Within 30m Wide Corridor - Right of Way)
TL Reach
(Tower Nos.)
From
To
Affected Fruit Trees
Compact
Area
(m2)
Mango
Affected Wood Trees (No.)
Shisham
(Sisso)
Kikar
(Acacia)
Poplar /
Eucalypts
Shareen/
Neem*
Total
(W)
Total
Affected
Trees
(No.)
Fatehpur 132kV D/C Transmission Line
A - Chak 107 ML
GS
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
Sub-total (A):
B - Chak 115 ML
8
9
9
10
10
11
Sub-total (B):
TOTAL:
Percentage:
503.
-
-
3
5
2
28
38
-
35
6
6
7
54
5
24
8
25
62
3
5
2
35
6
11
31
8
53
154
3
5
2
35
6
11
31
8
53
154
-
4
4
3
4
7
1
1
-
7
5
12
11
9
20
4
11
9
24
-
4
2.25
45
1
54
74
174
178
25.28
0.56
30.34
41.57
97.75
100.00
i
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Pakistan: Power Distribution Enhancement MFF Project
Tranche 2
(Loan 2178 SF-PAK)
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station into
132 kV DGS
Submitted to:
Asian Development Bank
May, 2009
Multan Electric Power Company
Government of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan
ii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Table of Contents
1.
2.
3.
INTRODUCTION
1
1.1
Overview
1
1.2
Background
3
1.3
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
1.4
Policy and Statutory Requirements in Pakistan
Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.4.1 Statutory Framework
4
1.4.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
4
1.4.3 Pakistan EPA Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
4
1.4.4 National Environmental Quality Standards
5
1.4.5 Other Relevant Laws
5
1.5
Structure of Report
Error! Bookmark not defined.
6
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
7
2.1
Type of Project
7
2.2
Categorization of the Project
7
2.3
Need for the Project
7
2.4
Location and Scale of Project
8
2.5
Alternatives
2.6
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
Error! Bookmark not defined.
11
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
12
3.1
Project Area
3.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
3.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
12
12
12
3.2
Physical Resources
3.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
3.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
3.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
3.2.4 Surface water
3.2.5 Air Quality
3.2.6 Noise and Vibration
12
12
12
12
13
13
14
3.3
Ecological Resources
3.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
3.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
3.3.3 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
14
14
14
15
3.4
Economic Development
3.4.1 Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
3.4.2 Transportation
3.4.3 Energy Sources
15
15
15
15
3.5
Social and Cultural Resources
3.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
3.5.2 Education and Literacy
3.5.3 Health Facilities
3.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
16
16
16
16
16
iii
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
4.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
18
4.1
Project Location
18
4.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
18
4.1.2 General Approach to Mitigation
18
4.1.3 Cultural Heritage, Temples, Religious Sites Social Infrastructure
18
4.1.4 Cut and fill
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2
Potential Environmental Impacts
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.2 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.3 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.4 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.5 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.6 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable DiseasesError! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.8 Disease Vectors
Error! Bookmark not defined.
4.2.9 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goodsError! Bookmark not defined.
5.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
24
6.
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
27
6.1
Approach to Public Consultation
27
6.2
Public Consultation Process
27
6.3
Results of Public Consultation
27
7.
CONCLUSIONS
28
7.1
Findings and Recommendations
28
7.2
Summary and Conclusions
28
iv
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Figures and Maps
Figure 1.1 Tranche 2 Subprojects and National Transmission Lines of Pakistan
Figure 1.2 Plan for Noor Sar Grid Station
Attachments
Attachment 1
Attachment 2
Attachment 3
Attachment 4
Attachment 5
Attachment 6
Pakistan EIA Process.
Environmental Management Plan (matrix)
Monitoring Plan (matrix)
Summary of Public Consultation
Preliminary program for design, construction and commissioning
Implementation Schedule
Prepared by
Name
S Bushra Waheed
Authorised by
Javed Rashid
Initials
MEPCO
v
Date
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
ABBREVIATIONS
ADB
Noor Sar
COI
CSP
DoF
DFO
DIZ
EA
EARF
EIA
EMP
GDP
GOP
GIS
LARP
Leq
MPL
NEQS
NGO
PC
PEPA
PEPAct
PPMS
REA
SIA
S-P
SR
TOR
TXL
Asian Development Bank
Noor Sar132kv grid substation and transmission line subproject
Corridor of Influence
Country Strategy Program
Department of Forests
Divisional Forest Officer
Direct Impact Zone
Environmental Assessment
Environment Assessment Review Framework
Environment Impact Assessment
Environmental Management Plan
Gross Domestic Product
Government of Pakistan
Gas Insulated Switchgear
Land Acquisition and Resettlement Plan
equivalent sound pressure level
maximum permissible level
National Environmental Quality Standards
Non Governmental Organization
public consultation
Punjab Environmental Protection Agency
Pakistan Environment Protection Act 1997 (as regulated and amended)
Project Performance Monitoring System
Rapid Environmental Assessment
Social Impact Assessment
subproject
Sensitive Receiver
Terms of Reference
transmission line
Rupee, PKR
Unit of Pakistan currency. $US approx R62
vi
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
40.
INTRODUCTION
40.1
Overview
504.
This document is the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Tranche 2 Conversion of Noor
Sar Grid station and Transmission line (as associated subproject) substation and proposed by Multan
Electricity Supply Company; MEPCO] [Fig1.1 and1.2] , Power Distribution and Enhancement Multitranche Finance Facility (PDEMFF) proposed by Multan Electricity Power Company [MEPCO]
[FIG1.1andFig1.2] under the Asian Development Bank [ADB ]subproject Power distribution and
Enhancement Multitrache Finance Facility [PDEMFF] Under the ADB Guidelines.
505.
Government of Pakistan (GoP) has requested ADB to provide the PDEMFF to facilitate
investments in power distribution and development of networks of eight independent distribution
companies (DISCOs) that distribute power to end user consumers. The funding from ADB is expected
to be released in stages (tranches). The Power Distribution Enhancement (PDE) Investment Program
is part of the GoP long term energy security strategy. The proposed ADB intervention will finance new
investments in PDE and assist capacity building of sector related agencies. The investment program
will cover necessary PDE development activities in secondary transmission / distribution networks of
eight DISCOs. The PDEMFF activities include extension (additional transformers) and augmentation
(replacement of transformers with higher capacity) distribution line extensions, new and replacement
distribution lines, additional substations, transformer protection and other non network activities such
as automatic meter reading, construction equipment and computerized accounting. New distribution
lines to and from various network facilities and some of the above activities will also be included in the
later trenches. The proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address both investment and
institutional aspects in the electrical power sector.
506.
This EIA presents the results and conclusions of environmental assessment for the conversion of
66Kv NoorSar substation into132kV subproject proposed by MEPCO, and are submitted by Pakistan
Power Company (PEPCO) on behalf of MEPCO. PEPCO has been nominated by Ministry of Water
and Power (MOWP) to act as the Executing Agency (EA) with each DISCO being the Implementing
Agency (IA) for work in its own area. PEPCO’s role in the processing and implementation of the
investment program is that of a coordinator of such activities as preparation of PC-1s and PFRs,
monitoring implementation activities; that includes submission of environmental assessments for all
subprojects in all trenches of the PDEMFF under ADB operating procedures. An EIA has been carried
out to fulfill the requirements of ADB Guidelines (May 2003). This EIA study report is used to complete
the Summary Environmental Impact Assessment (SEIA) for disclosure by ADB if necessary.
507.
The environmental assessment requirements of the GoP for grid stations and power distribution
subprojects are different to those of ADB. Under GoP regulations, the Pakistan Environmental
Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment
and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations (2000) categorizes development subprojects into two schedules according to
their potential environmental impact. The proponents of subprojects that have reasonably foreseeable
impacts are required to submit an EIA for their respective subprojects (Schedule I). The proponents of
subprojects that have more adverse environmental impacts (Schedule II) are required to submit an
environmental impact assessment (EIA). Distribution lines and substations are included under energy
subprojects and EIA is required for sub transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and less and large
distribution subprojects (Schedule-I). EIA is required by GoP for all subprojects involving sub
transmission / distribution lines of 11kV and above and for Grid Station [DGS] substations (Schedule
II). 22
22
Initial subproject classification was carried out in 2009 and the Category is ‘B’. Most of the construction impacts will take
place with only local impacts and there are no potential significant environmental impacts associated with the T2 (tranche two)
sub-subproject construction. Initial environmental reconnaissance and REA carried out by consultants under ADB guidelines in
August 2008 indicated that all the T2 sub-subprojects will be Category B.
Environmental Assessment Guidelines (ADB May 2003).
22
Category A subprojects that are deemed by ADB's chief compliance officer to be environmentally sensitive for the purposes of
(i) the 120 day rule, and (ii) the environmental management plan requirement could involve subprojects that are near or in
environmentally sensitive areas. At this stage no component of the T1 sub-subprojects under consideration is actually within a
critical area and therefore the MFF tranche as a whole is Category B.
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 2 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
508.
Clarification has been sought from Pakistan EPA on the requirements for environmental
assessment for certain energy subprojects and for sub transmission / distribution lines. A Framework
of Environmental Assessment (FEA) on power extensions and augmentation subprojects was
prepared by consultants and submitted to the Pakistan EPA, after hearings with provincial EPAs. In
response to the FEA submitted by MEPCO to the Pakistan EPA23 it has been clarified that all
proponents must follow section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act for all subprojects.
Pakistan EPA has also assumed that all proponents will consult with the relevant provincial EPAs
(PEPA) and follow their advice. In 2006 Punjab EPA requested disclosure of the scope and extent of
each subproject in order that the Director General of PEPA can determine if additional land is required
and the need for EIA or EIA. A review of the need for EIA/EIA for submission to GoP is therefore
required by the relevant environmental protection agency, in this case the Punjab Environmental
Protection Agency.
40.2
Scope of the EIA Study and Personnel
509.
The Study Area included the identification of irrigation facilities, water supply, habitable structures,
schools, health facilities, hospitals, religious places and sites of heritage or archaeological importance
and critical areas (if any) within about 100m of the DGS boundary. The works are generally envisaged
to involve construction of the DGS, Construction of the bases, foundation pads and towers to support
the distribution line will be carried out also under the same subproject by MEPCO and supervised by
the MEPCO management.
510.
The field studies were undertaken by the subproject’s environment team with experience of
environmental assessment for power subprojects in Pakistan. Mrs. Syeda Bushra Waheed conducted
preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, coordinated the field sampling and analysis,
and were also responsible to supervise collation of information and co-ordinate the various public
consultation activities. The team conducted preliminary scoping, survey and assessment activities, and
carried out the report writing. Dr David Green (International Environmental Consultant of BPI) provided
leadership and guidance in planning the field work and in finalization of the report. The environmental
team also benefited from technical support and other information on the impacts of the proposed
power works provided in feasibility summaries prepared with MEPCO by expert consultants of BPI
dealing with engineering, power distribution, socio-economic, re-settlement and institutional aspects.
511.
A scoping and field reconnaissance was conducted on the subproject site, during which a Rapid
Environmental Assessment was carried out to establish the potential impacts and categorization of
subproject activities. The methodology of the EIA study was then elaborated in order to address all
interests. Subsequently primary and secondary baseline environmental data was collected from
possible sources, and the intensity and likely location of impacts were identified with relation the
sensitive receivers; based on the work expected to be carried out. The significance of impacts from
construction of the DGS was then assessed and, for those impacts requiring mitigation, measures
were proposed to reduce impacts to within acceptable limits.
512.
Public consultation (PC) was carried out in March 2009, in line with ADB guidelines. Under ADB
requirements the environmental assessment process must also include meaningful public consultation
during the completion of the draft EIA. In this EIA the PC process included verbal disclosure of the
sub-subproject works as a vehicle for discussion. Consultations were conducted with local families and
communities around and 66KV substation Noor Sar site and staff of the subproject management. The
responses from correspondents have been included in Attachment 7 and summarized in Section 6 of
this EIA.
Letter dated 29th June 2007 – Ref 2(1)2004-W/KCP-DD from Pak EPA Sajjad Hussein Talpur, Dy Director (EIA/Mont) to MEPCO,
Muhammad Tahir Khan, Subproject Director PPTA, MEPCO, WAPDA House, Lahore.
23
Page 3 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
41.
POLICY AND STATUARY REQUIREMENTS IN PAKISTAN
513.
Direct legislation on environmental protection is contained in several statutes, namely the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997) the Forest Act (1927) the Punjab Wildlife Act (1974). In addition
the Land Acquisition Act (1894) also provides powers in respect of land acquisition for public
purposes. There are also several other items of legislation and regulations which have an indirect
bearing on the subproject or general environmental measures.
41.1
Statutory Framework
514.
The Constitution of Pakistan distributes legislative powers between the federal and the provincial
governments through two ‘lists’ attached to the Constitution as Schedules. The Federal List covers the
subjects over which the federal government has exclusive legislative power, while the Concurrent List
contains subjects regarding which both the federal and provincial governments can enact laws.
“Environmental pollution and ecology” is included in the concurrent list, hence both the federal and the
provincial governments can enact laws on this subject. However, to date, only the federal government
has enacted laws on environment, and the provincial environmental institutions derive their power from
the federal law. The Punjab Environmental Protection Act 1996 is now superseded by the Pakistan
Environmental Protection Act (1997). The key environmental laws affecting this subproject are
discussed below.
41.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997
515.
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 is the basic legislative tool empowering the
government to frame regulations for the protection of the environment. The act is applicable to a wide
range of issues and extends to air, water, soil, marine, and noise pollution, as well as to the handling
of hazardous wastes. The key features of the law that have a direct bearing on the proposed
subproject relate to the requirement for an Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and
environmental impact assessment (EIA) for development subprojects. Section 12(1) requires that: “No
proponent of a subproject shall commence construction or operation unless he has filed with the
Federal Agency an Environmental Impact Assessment [EIA] or, where the subproject is likely to cause
an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact assessment [EIA], and has obtained from
the Federal Agency approval in respect thereof.” The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency has
delegated the power of review and approval of environmental assessments to the provincial
environmental protection agencies, in this case the Punjab EPA. (Fig 1.1)
41.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA Regulations, 2000
516.
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997 (PEP Act) provides for two types of
environmental assessments: Environmental Impact Assessment s (EIA) and environment impact
assessments (EIA). EIAs are carried out for subprojects that have a potentially ‘significant’
environmental impact, whereas EIAs are conducted for relatively smaller subprojects with a relatively
less significant impact. The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of EIA and EIA
Regulations, 20024 (the ‘Regulations’), prepared by the Pak-EPA under the powers conferred upon it
by the PEP Act, categorizes subprojects for EIA and EIA. Schedules I and II, attached to the
Regulations, list the subprojects that require EIA and EIA, respectively.
517.
The Regulations also provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission, and review of
EIAs and EIAs. The following is a brief step-wise description of the approval process (see also
Attachment 1):
(liii) A subproject is categorized as requiring an EIA or EIA using the two schedules attached to the
Regulations.
(liv) An EIA or EIA is conducted as per the requirement and following the Pak-EPA guidelines.
(lv) The EIA or EIA is submitted to the concerned provincial EPA if it is located in the provinces or the
Pak-EPA if it is located in Islamabad and federally administrated areas. The Fee (depending on the
cost of the subproject and the type of the report) is submitted along with the document.
24
The Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Impact
Assessment Regulations, 2000
Page 4 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
(lvi) The EIA/EIA is also accompanied by an application in the format prescribed in Schedule IV of the
Regulations.
(lvii) The EPA conducts a preliminary scrutiny and replies within 10 days of the submittal of a report, a)
confirming completeness, or b) asking for additional information, if needed, or c) returning the report
requiring additional studies, if necessary.
(lviii) The EPA is required to make every effort to complete the EIA and EIA review process within 45 and
90 days, respectively, of the issue of confirmation of completeness.
(lix) Then the EPA accords their approval subject to certain conditions:
(lx) Before commencing construction of the subproject, the proponent is required to submit an
undertaking accepting the conditions.
(lxi) Before commencing operation of the subproject, the proponent is required to obtain from the EPA a
written confirmation of compliance with the approval conditions and requirements of the EIA.
(lxii) An EMP is to be submitted with a request for obtaining confirmation of compliance.
(lxiii) The EPAs are required to issue confirmation of compliance within 15 days of the receipt of request
and complete documentation.
(lxiv) The EIA/EIA approval is valid for three years from the date of accord.
(lxv) A monitoring report is to be submitted to the EPA after completion of construction, followed by annual
monitoring reports during operation.
518.
Distribution lines and grid substations of 11 kV and above are included under energy subprojects
in Schedule II, under which rules EIA is required by GoP. Initial environment examination (EIA) is
required for distribution lines less than 11 kV and large distribution subprojects (Schedule I). A review
of the need for EIA/ EIA submission is therefore required by the relevant EPA, in this case the Punjab
Environment Protection Agency (EPA) as the proposed subproject will be located in Punjab.
519.
There are no formal provisions for the environmental assessment of expanding existing
distribution lines and grid substations but Punjab EPA have requested disclosure of the scope and
extent of each subproject in order that their Director General can determine if additional land is
required and the need for statutory environmental assessment1. The details of this subproject will be
forwarded to the Punjab EPA, in order to commence the local statutory environmental assessment
process.
41.1.3 National Environmental Quality Standards
520.
The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS) were first promulgated in 1993 and have
been amended in 1995 and 2000. The following standards that are specified in the NEQS may be
relevant to the Tranche 2 subprojects:
521.
Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (32 parameters) in municipal and liquid industrial
effluents discharged to inland waters, sewage treatment facilities, and the sea (three separate sets of
numbers)
522.
Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants (2 parameters) in gaseous emissions from vehicle
exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.
41.1.4 Other Relevant Laws
523.
There are a number of other federal and provincial laws that are important in the context of
environmental management. The main laws potentially affecting subprojects in this MFF are listed
below.
524.
The Punjab Wildlife Protection Ordinance, 1972 empowers the government to declare certain
areas reserved for the protection of wildlife and control activities within in these areas. It also provides
protection to endangered species of wildlife. As no activities are planned in these areas, no provision
of this law is applicable to the proposed subproject.
525.
The Forestry Act, 1927 empowers the government to declare certain areas reserved forest. As no
reserved forest exists in the vicinity of the proposed subproject, this law will not affect to the proposed
subproject.
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
526.
The Antiquities Act of 1975 ensures the protection of Pakistan’s cultural resources. The Act
defines ‘antiquities’ as ancient products of human activity, historical sites, or sites of anthropological or
cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The Act is designed to protect these antiquities from
destruction, theft, negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, and export. The law prohibits new
construction in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers the Government of Pakistan to
prohibit excavation in any area that may contain articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act,
the subproject proponents are obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken in the proximity of a
protected antiquity, report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan, any
archaeological discovery made during the course of the subproject.
41.2
Structure of Report
527.
This EIA reviews information on existing environmental attributes of the Study Area. Geological,
hydrological and ecological features, air quality, noise, water quality, soils, social and economic
aspects and cultural resources are included. The report predicts the probable impacts on the
environment due to the proposed subproject enhancement and expansion. This EIA also proposes
various environmental management measures. Details of all background environmental quality,
environmental impact / pollutant generating activities, pollution sources, predicted environmental
quality and related aspects have been provided in this report. References are presented as footnotes
throughout the text. Following this introduction the report follows ADB guidelines and includes:
 Description of the Subproject
 Description of Environmental and Social Conditions
 Assessment of Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
 Environmental Monitoring Plan
 Public Consultation
 Recommendations and Conclusions
Page 6 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
42.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
42.1
Type of Project
528.
MEPCO is providing electricity to Noorsar and nearby towns through 66 kV Noorsar grid station. In
last few years local domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing
rapidly. Due to the increased power demand of the area the power supply has become insufficient and
existing grid station has become overloaded. So there is need to improve the power supply of the
area. For this purpose MEPCO is planning to convert the existing Noorsar grid station from 66kV to
132 kV. The whole construction and conversion activity of the grid station will be done within the
boundary wall of the existing grid station, and there is no transmission line involved in this subproject.
For this subproject no private land is required.
529.
This grid station is owned by MEPCO and is in MEPCO/ WAPDA possession for more then twenty
five years. Noor Sar Grid station is located in Mauza Abdullah Tar and Nanak Chand on Chistian- Noor
Sar Road eight kilo meter away from Noor Sar town near Madrasa village tehsil and district
Bahawalnagar (Punjab). This grid will be taped by 132 kV Bahawalnagar Chishtian transmission line at
tower number 104. This line is under construction with the funding of World Bank. So there is no
private land required for this subproject. There is neither any structure nor any tree being affected by
this subproject. There is no social effect of this substation on any person at all.
42.2
Categorization of the Project
530.
Categorization is based on the most environmentally sensitive component of a sub project. The
aspects of the subproject with potential of significant environmental impacts need to be assessed in
detail and this environmental assessment has therefore focused on the significant impacts possible
from the construction activities of the subproject.
531.
The Noor Sar subproject is categorized as a Category ‘B’ sub-project
and this EIA report is based on that assumption.
42.3
1.3
under ADB requirements
Need for the Project
532.
The standards and conditions of the power transmission system in Pakistan are inadequate to
meet rapidly growing demand for electrical power. This situation limits national development and
economic growth. To cope with the constraints, the existing power transmission infrastructure has to
be improved and upgraded. The overall contribution of power infrastructure also requires institutional
arrangements and capacity that support strategic management of the sector, and planning and
management of investments. Overall the proposed PDEMFF facility has been designed to address
both investment and institutional aspects in the electrical power sector
533.
MEPCO is providing electricity to Noor Sar and nearby towns through 66 kV Noor Sar grid station.
In last few years local domestic, commercial and industrial power demand of the area is increasing
rapidly. Due to the increased power demand of the area the power supply has become insufficient and
existing grid station has become overloaded. So there is need to improve the power supply of the
area. For this purpose MEPCO is planning to convert the existing Noor Sar grid station from 66kV to
132 kV. The whole construction and conversion activity of the grid station will be done with in the
boundary wall of the existing grid station, and there is no transmission line involved in this subproject.
For this subproject no private land is required.
Figure 2.1:
Jurisdiction Map of MEPCO
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
42.4
Location and scale of project
534.
The EIA has included field reconnaissance of site and surroundings of Noor Sar DGS and TXL
.The Noor Sar DGS s located within MEPCO Jurisdiction Fig2.2 presents the location of substation.
535.
The Noor Sar subproject will involve the conversion of 66kV substation into 132 kV .The proposed
location route to the nearest 132 line appears to be environmentally feasible and technically
appropriate and DGS will be tapped by an existing Bahawalpur-Chishtian132kV line at tower
No104.This line already under construction with World Bank funding.
Figure 2.2:
Location Noor Sar Substation
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
536.
This EIA has been conducted based on the assumptions available in March 2009 when the
preliminary designs for the DGS and TXL were completed and the overall requirements for installation
of the equipment had been identified (Attachment-1). The detailed designs are currently being
progressed by MEPCO. At this stage, the construction activities under the SP are expected to include
the usual localized civil works such as extension of the main yard, including excavation and concreting
of foundations for the new transformers, capacitor banks, cable trays and terminal tower (within the
DGS compound), installation of the transformers, equipment and fittings, erection of the towers,
cabling, construction of the control rooms and installation of allied equipment, and construction of the
offices and residences. Impacts from conversion of the Noor Sar DGS from 66kVto 132kV subproject
are envisaged to be minor, since no additional land needs to be acquired for conversion of the DGS
and TXL, the works for the conversion of DGS will be on the land owned by MEPCO.
537.
The connecting line from Noor Sar to the network will not involve erection of any tower that will be
strung with the new DGS. The designs for the Tranche 2 (T2) subprojects will be developed under the
subproject support component of the MFF. This EIA , however, is based on detailed line route surveys
(which includes alternative routes and the route which minimizes the social impacts is chosen) . The
line route is then submitted to the design formation which determines the line profiles and tower
locations, these towers are then located on ground . The EIA is , therefore based on line design which
is final (baring any unforeseen occurrence ) and only is changed at implementation stage if so
warranted by new developments .The line design is based on the following parameters .
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Permissible Conductor Clearances at 650C
Clearance
m
Sr. No.Description
1 Cultivated land traversed by vehicles
2 Roads and Streets
3 Communication and power lines
power lines up to 66 kV
power lines up to 33 kV
4 Highways
5 Railroads
6 Electrified railroads trolley wire
7 River at high flood
8 places accessible to pedestrians only
9 Building roofs not accessible to people
10 Tops of trees (Orchards)
11 Canals
6.7
7.9
2.7
2.7
7.9
7.9
3.85
9.1
7.9
5.2
5
9.1
Proposed Schedule for Implementation
538.
Designs power transmission arrangements, access, review of environmental management and
construction processes could take several months. When the detailed designs are completed,
tendering and award of contract will take place over about three to six months. The construction period
will follow and best estimates indicate about eighteen months to two years.(Attachment6 presents the
sub project implementation schedule) , the tranche implementation schedule is presented as follow
TIME SCHEDULE - TRANCHE 2 - DISTRIBUTION ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM
Responsibility
1
2
Loan Processing
Loan negotiation
Tranche 2 Approval
Loan Effectivity
Bidding Documents
Bidding Documents Preparation
Evaluation
Contract Awards
Construction
Delivery of equipment
Construction & Installation
Testing & Commissioning
Loan Closing
ADB
ADB
EAD
EAD
EAD
ADB
PEPCO
PEPCO
PEPCO
DISCOs
DISCOs
DISCOs
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
ADB
PEPCO
I
Year 2009
II III IV
I
Year 2010
II III IV
I
Year 2011
II III IV
I
Year 2012
II III IV
I
Year 2013
II III IV
I
Year 2014
II III IV
I
Year 2015
II III IV
I
Year 2016
II III IV
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
43.
DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
43.1
Project Area
43.1.1 General Characteristics of Project Area
539.
MEPCO is planning to convert the existing grid station from 66kV to 132 kV. The whole
construction and conversion activity of the grid station will be done within the boundary wall of the
existing grid station, and there is no transmission line involved in this subproject. For this subproject no
private land is required. There is neither any land nor any structure nor any tree acquisition involved in
this subproject.
540.
This grid station is owned by MEPCO and is in MEPCO/WAPDA possession for more then twenty
five years.It is located on Noor Sar-Chishtian road in Chak Madrasa (8 kilometer from Noor sar)Tehsil
and District Bahawalnagar.The land of this grid belongs to mauza Abdullah Tar and Nanak Chand On
the South is abadi basti Majeed kar) ,adjacent to DGS wall, On the North 1acre open land then abadi
Marassa Adda, On the West open land and cultivated fields ,and on the East access to the DGS on
Noor Sar road and open cultivated land across the road, NoorSar grid will be taped by 132 kV
Bahawalnagar Chishtian transmission line at tower number 104. This line is under construction with
the funding of World Bank. So there is no private land required for this subproject. There is neither any
structure nor any tree being affected by this subproject. There is no social effect of this substation on
any person at all. .
43.1.2 Affected Administrative Units
541.
The Noor Sar subproject will indirectly affect only and Madrasa village authorities DGS, in tehsil
and district Bahawalnagar, Province of Punjab (Figure 1.2). For the purpose of this study the Noor Sar
subproject has been assumed to affect Madrasa village and interviews have been conducted with the
public from all along the DGS site TXL corridor.
43.2
Physical Resources .
43.2.1 Topography, Geography, Geology, and Soils
542.
Bahawalnagar district is geographically divided into three strips running east to west and parallel
to each other throughout the whole length of the district these strips are: The alluvial tract formed by
the action of the rivers locally known as Hithar, Central tract considerably higher than the valleys of the
adjoining rivers locally called Uttar, Pure desert, known as Rohi or Cholistan.
543.
The three cultivated zones of soil run parallel to one another. These are: Cholistan desert, the
second Nehri which was a part of the Cholistan and has been irrigated now and the third one is Daryai
or riverine area which at some places is called as Bet.
544.
Bahawalnagar town is 130 m above the sea level. Its slope is one meter per 4.4 km from northeast to south-west. Topographically the district can be classified into three zones: Daryai (Riverine) or
Hithar, Uttar (Nehri), and Cholistan.
545.
Geologically the district can be divided into: (a) Active flood plain is the narrow belt along the Satluj
River. The parent soil material consists of salty and river alluvium. (b) Abandoned or recent flood plain,
the area is slightly higher than the active flood plain. The soil is generally homogenized to a depth of
15 to 20 cm from the surface. (c) Covered or sub-recent flood plain Sand plain or old desert remains. It
consists of fine grained alluvium and sheet flooding has converted it into level plain. (d) The sand plain
forms the south-western edge of the district. Sandy deposits are Aeolian in nature and derived from
the deposits of lower Indus plains. The northern part of Cholistan is clay alluvium derived from
Himalayas which is composed of calcareous sand and clay. The central part is sandy alluvium
deposited by river Hakra (Ghagra).
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
43.2.2 Climate and Hydrology
546.
There is little variation of altitude above sea level in the land along the alignment. The small
change and short length of the transmission line means no variation between the climates of the
project area. The climate at Madrasa (Bahawalnagar) is typical of that of the south Punjab.
547.
The maximum temperature in summer reaches 50oC. In winter the minimum is 5oC. The mean
maximum and minimum temperatures in summer are 41oC and 25oC; and in winter 25oC and 5oC
respectively. The summer season starts from April and continues till October. May, June and July are
the hottest months. The winter season on the other hand starts from November and continues till
March, December, January and February are the coldest months.
548.
The rainy season starts in July and ends in September. Annual rainfall is 119.4 millimeter. More
rains occur in July and August than any other months. Most of the winter rains are received in the
months of January, February and March.
43.2.3 Groundwater and Water Supply
549.
Irrigation is largely dependent on the canals, but tube wells have also been sunk in the areas
where water is fit for irrigation. The chemical quality of ground water in the district varies area wise and
depth wise. The tube wells have been installed to make up the deficiencies. The strata near the Noor
Sar and Madrasa towns are water bearing and alluvial deposits, giving groundwater potential
throughout the project area and the water table is fairly near the surface i.e 5-7m.. The water table is
not seasonal and dug wells do not generally run dry. Groundwater sources exist in the area and there
are tube wells within 500m of the proposed TXL towers but the wells are generally well away from the
proposed transmission lines. There is piped water supply in most areas Madrasa town. Elsewhere the
local population is generally reliant on supply from hand pumps.. There should be no impact on these
sources of water during the construction.
550.
Around 30 percent of the housing units are using piped water, most of which has that facility in
their own houses. A majority is using hand pump for potable water representing 57.7 percent housing
units. Still 1.6 percent households are using potable water taken out from wells. Such facility is mostly
being availed in rural areas where their percentage share is around 2.
43.2.4 Surface water
Rivers and Tributaries
Rivers
551.
River Satluj passes along 12/8 km the north-western boundary of the district no other river or
nullah passes through the district.
Lake
552.
Dhand Mahiwali in Minchinabad Tehsil of this district is the only note worthily lake. It is circular in
shape and is 8 km in length and half to 01 km n width. The fisheries department has very recently got
a scheme approved for developing this lake as a tourist resort and s a fish farm.
553.
Irrigation:
Barani cultivation is not possible in this district due to scanty rainfall and high
temperature. So agriculture depends upon irrigation from wells, tube wells, canals, uplifts and jhallars.
The Persian wheel has been used for a long time for irrigation. Before the completion of Satluj valley
project in 1933-34, all the canals were in undation canals, which were used for irrigation. These were
ford wah Murad Wah, Grey Wah, Sotri Excape, Kotor Wah and Daulat Wah. The district is irrigated by
two main canals viz Sadiqia (perennial) and Ford wah (non-perennial) which take off from Sulemanki
head works. Out of total cropped area of 1,566,874 acres about 89,149 acres (i.e. 5.68%) is
supplemented by the tube wells and other sources of irrigation, whereas 32,943 acres i.e. 1.88% of the
cropped are is rain fed.
Page 12 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
43.2.5 Air Quality
554.
Air quality in most of the project area appears good based on observation during the study period.
Emissions should be controlled at source under the EMP. There will be a few items of powered
mechanical equipment to be used in the construction of the transmission line works that may give rise
to many complaints about dust and other emissions, however there should be well dissipated. The
major sources of complaint will likely be any necessary earthworks and local soil compaction. In
comparison domestic sources of air pollution, such as emissions from wood and kerosene burning
stoves as well as small diesel standby generators in some households, are minor.
555.
Industrial pollution sources are not present in the vicinity of Noor Sar subproject. The project area
is distant from major sources of air pollution like industries or urban type traffic, domestic sources such
as burning of wood and kerosene stoves, etc. or fugitive sources such as burning of solid wastes. Air
quality in the project area appeared very good during the study period . Air quality measurements in
major urban centers , carried out by Pak-EPA , revealed that CO, SO2 and NO levels were in excess
of the acceptable levels in some areas but the average levels were found below WHO standards . Air
quality testing by DISCOs (average values are : TSP 1.09 mg/m3 , CO 634 ppb , SO 2 24.34 ppb, NO2
23.73 ppb ) through various consultants has reveled that most substations have NO2, CO2 and CO
values below international standards although TSP levels at some locations was higher than
international standards .
556.
There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the project. In the operational phase the
industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the main polluters. All such
emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no cumulative effect from
the project.
557.
The other major source of air pollution is dust arising from construction and other ground or soil
disturbance. Near the access roads, when vehicles pass, dust levels will increase. Dust levels are
elevated when vehicles pass intermittently over the roads based on field observations and may be
high enough to obscure vision significantly based on observations in August and September 2006.
43.2.6 Noise and Vibration
558.
Noise from vehicles and other powered mechanical equipment is intermittent. There are also the
occasional calls to prayer from the PA systems at the local mosques but there are no significant
disturbances to the quiet rural setting. However the construction from the proposed power expansion
will use powered mechanical equipment. Subjective observations were made of background noise and
also of individual vehicle pass by events. Based on professional experience background daytime noise
levels are probably well below 55dB (A) L90. DISCOs have carried out noise level measurements at
various substations and transmission line locations within the system .These analyzed to calculate Leq
values have resulted in Leq values much below the 85 dBA limit prescribed under the NEQs
established by the EPA or the 75 dBA used by DISCOs/NTDC/PEPCO in the equipment specifications
. Typical values were : average 46.21 dBA ; high 63.14 dBA ; and low 34.35 dBA .
43.3
Ecological Resources
43.3.1 Wildlife, Fisheries and Aquatic Biology
559.
Various kinds of animals are found in the district according to environmental conditions. Terrestrial
and arboreal forms in the northern side while terrestrial and burrowing forms are mostly found in the
southern deserted areas. The mammals found in swampy riveine area are: pig, hog-deer (Pahra), otter
(Ludhar), jackal, fox, wolf and dugong or Bullan. The wolf or Nahr or Bhagyar is found generally in
pairs in the Rohi or Cholistan. Various kinds of birds such as pea-cock (More), storks, purple moorhen
(Jal-kukar), common Teel, water fowl (Murghabi), Maheed or magpie, Babblers, Kal-chir (Dicrurus
Matrocarcus) and weaving birds are found. Other lower animals or reptiles found in this area are
snakes, tortoises, crocodiles, frogs and toads. These are cold-blooded (Poikilothermal) vertebrates
with scaly skin. The mammals found in the arid desert of Cholistan are Chinkara deer, blue bull
(Neelgae), ravine deer(Heran), wild-ass, wild cat (Caracal), desert rat (Gerbille), desert hedge-hog,
porcupine, hare, fox, jackal, Hyaena, wolf and desert mongoose,among the birds Houbara bustard,
sand grouse, Tilyar, partridge and falcon are common.Among migratory birds are game birds, like
Page 13 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Houbara bustard, eagle, partridge and Tilyar etc. some aquatic birds like water fowl, storks teal,
Morhan, king fisher and pea-cocks are found in the riverine and water logged areas.
560.
Various species of Falcon, Eagle, Owlsare found, and many kinds of snakes and lizards Goh
(Varanus monitor) Sahna(Uromastix hardwicklii), Girgat or Chameleon (Chamaeleon vulgaris),
Common wall lizard (Chhapkalie (Geeko qeeko), desert lizard (Hemideetylus species).
561.
Common fishes found are Dambia or Rohu (Laheo rehita), Thaila Mori, Mirgal or Murakhi (Cirrhina
mrigala), Jhalli, Singhari, (Macronous aor) Butti or Pari (Nutopterus kapirat), Dehi (Labeo calbasu),
Tirkanda (Ritp rita), Malli (Wallago attu), Dhungna (Pseudutropius oprua), Malli, Sap-machhi
(Mastacembalus armatus), Shahingar tiger-fish or Kinger (Mysetus vitatus).
43.3.2 Terrestrial Habitats, Forests and Protected Species
Vegetation cover and trees
562.
The project area, which is not dry, is dominated by urban suburbs and with various productive
fields of monocultures that now dominate the agro-ecosystems present in the project area. Common
floral species with rooted vegetation are also present in most of the water bodies of the area.
563.
There is no vegetation at the DGS site and in the RoW. Just either side of the transmission line
alignment no vegetation exists. There are a number of indigenous and exotic flowering plants in the
district. The indigenous and cultivated trees found in the district Jand or Jandi (Prosopia sicigera),
Karinch, Kari, Karil or Karir (Capparia aphylla), Jal or Van (Salvadora obeides), red Lei or Philchhi
(Tamarix qellica) and Kallar Lei (Tamarix species), Okanh, Pilchhi or Favuro (Tamarix dioica, Roxb),
babuli or Bavali (Acacia eburna), Kikar, Babul (Acacia Arabica), Shisham or Tahli (Dalbergia sissoo),
Beri (Zizyphus jujube, Uamk), Siria, Sirin, Sars or Sharinh (Albizzia lebbek Benth), Dharek or Bakein
(Melia azedarach, Linn), Nim (Melis indica or Azadirachta indica, Juss) and Sohanjna (Moring
ptorygosperma), Lasura (Teccoma undulate), Bohar or Bor (Ficus indica), Piple (Ficus religiosa),
Jaman, (Engenia jombolana) and Harnali are also grown.
564.
There is no wild growth of any bush near the area of works but natural forest cover in the district
has been significantly reduced in the past but some of the older stands of trees are well established
could be considered as semi-naturalized to some extent.
565.
The majority of the land adjacent to the substation is agriculture rural area The construction
activity will be within the existing grid station boundary on vacant space, where there in no vegetation.
43.3.3 Protected and Religious Trees
566.
There is no tree within the proposed DGS boundary and along the RoW. In general permission
should be sought from the local tree owners for the felling of any trees. The LARP may make provision
for compensation of local people for the loss of trees, if needed after detailed study. The works must
deal with trees that need to be lopped or removed for safety reasons with the necessary permissions.
43.3.4 Protected areas / National sanctuaries
567.
In Pakistan there are several areas of land devoted to the preservation of biodiversity through the
dedication of national parks and wildlife sanctuaries. There are no protected areas near the near
proposed DGS and transmission alignment.
43.4
Economic Development
43.4.1 Agriculture, Industries, and Tourism
568.
Agriculture: The main crops in the subproject area during winter are wheat, rape-seed and
mustard, lentil (Masoor), Gram and gardens and Cotton, rice, sugarcane, maize, jawar, bajra, mung
and mash are the summer crops.
Page 14 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
569.
Horticulture: Fruits play an important role in the economy and health of a nation. Fruit growing is
more profitable than agriculturist. Fruits produced in the district are mangoes, date, citrus, guava and
Ber. Besides fruits vegetables are also grown in the district
570.
Industry:
Due to this revolution cotton weaving, shoe making and pottery cottage industries
were affected greatly .but carpet industry has developed. According to the small industries corporation
embroidery, carpets and rug, iron work, carving in wood, mud pottery, ban making, gold and silver
ornaments, hand made shoes, musales and baskets, light engineering, Hukka making, sport goods,
bangle making, glass, printing of bed sheets, Sarkanda products and cotton wears are produced by
the local cottage industry.
43.4.2 Transportation
571.
Noor Sar (Bahawalnagar) is linked with the rest of the country by rail and road.
572.
There is a complete network of roads in the district. All major villages are connected with the
district headquarters through metalled roads. There are 855.41 km metalled roads in Bahawalnagar
district and its virtual length comes out 872 km,.
573.
Bahawalnagar is connected with the main railway line Peshawar to Karachi via Samma Satta. It is
also connected with Haroonabad and Fort Abbas on one side and on the other with Minchinabad and
Amruka. There is only one train service daily which comes and goes back to Samma-Sata.Ther is no
direct train link between Bahawalnagar and the provincial capital. To travel to Lahore by train via
Samma Satta takes about 14 hours whereas the distance of about 230 km can be covered by bus
within 6 hours. Thus Bahawalnagar Samma Satta section is seldom used by people proceeding to
central Punjab and beyond.
574.
Tourism: There are many places of interest those attract tourists and promote tourisms e.g. Fort
Abbas, Fort of Sardar Garh, Phulra Fort, Mirgarh Fort, Jam Garh Fort, Marrot Fort and Shahr Farid.
43.4.3 Energy Sources
575.
The transmission lines for electrical power run to a main grid substation at. The existing 132 kV
Grid Station owned by MEPCO, transmits power to the load centers.
576.
Reserves of fossil fuels the main sources of energy in Pakistan others are derived from
hydropower. In the study area there is no source of hydropower and other energy sources are
progressively more common further away from the major towns. The biomass sourcing is concentrated
on home garden production of fuel wood, the extraction of wood from forests, woodland, crop
plantations and agricultural residues. The other significant energy sources in the area are kerosene
and LPG. There are numerous petrol stations and LPG dealers in the district.
577.
More than three-fifths of housing units are using wood i.e. 68.4 percent, as cooking fuel in their
houses while 2.2 percent are using gas for this purpose and 1.6 percent is using kerosene oil as a
source of cooking fuel in their houses. Regarding urban and rural differential wood is mainly used,
representing 66.7 percent, in rural areas and 76.2 percent in urban areas as cooking fuel, followed by
kerosene oil in rural areas and gas in urban areas representing 0.7 and 10.6 percent housing units
respectively.
43.5
Social and Cultural Resources
43.5.1 Population Communities and Employment
578.
The total population of Bahawalnagar district, tehsil, patwar circle Sadiq Nagar and village
Madrasa was 2,061,447, 541,553, 6229 and 481 persons respectively as enumerated in March 1998
As emerged from 1998 census the population of district is predominantly Muslims i.e. 99.1 percent.
The next higher percentage is of Christians with 0.6 percent followed by Ahmadis 0.2 percent. While
other minorities like Hindu (Jati). Scheduled castes etc. are very small in number. The proportion of
population of Muslims is higher in urban areas. 98.5 percent as compared to their counterparts in rural
areas, 80.4 percent. Christians are mostly living in urban areas representing 1.0 percent as compared
to just 0.4 percent in rural areas. Ahmadis are also more in urban area as compared to their proportion
Page 15 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
in rural areas. Punjabi is the predominant language being spoken in the district, representing 94.6
percent 0of the population, followed by Urdu spoken by 3.7 percent, Siraiki 1.2 percent each and
Pushto 0.3 percent while others speak Sindhi, Balochi, Bravi, Dari etc. leaving aside the rural area
which is influenced by the local people, the proportion of Punjabi speaking represents 96.8 percent,
Urdu 1.4 percent, Siraiki 1.3 percent and Pushto 0.3 percent. While remaining people speak Sindhi,
Balochi, Bravi, Dari etc.
579.
Of the total economically active population 93.6 percent were registered as employed in 1998.
Only 5.9 percent were government employees, 70.3 percent self employed and 14.4 percent private
employees. Un-paid family helpers were recorded as 6.4 percent. The difference in proportions of
employed population was significant between the genders and urban and rural residences.
43.5.2 Education and Literacy
580.
The literacy ratio in Bahawalnagar district has increased from 19.5 percent in 1981, to 35.1
percent in 1998. The literacy ratio for males is 45.5 percent as against 23.8 percent for females. The
ratio is much higher in urban when compared with rural areas both for male and female. There are
primary, middle and high schools for boys and girls in city at 1 km .There is a school girls at 350m and
a and a high school for boys at 200m from DGS
581.
Number of educational institutions and their enrolment 1997-98 is given in the table below:Table 3.1
Level
Primary
Middle
Secondary
Higher secondary (class
l-Xlll)
Intermediate and degree
colleges
Mosque schools
TOTAL
Educational Institutions by Level of Education, 1997-98
Institution
Male
Female
1103
917
125
153
107
53
Enrolment
Male
Female
75000
42000
24000
19000
49000
25000
Teaching Staff
Male
Female
3270
2126
1358
1409
2297
1027
3
3
3450
2633
196
112
5
5
3922
2352
176
69
398
1741
1131
10122
165494
90985
794
8091
4743
Source: Punjab Development Statistics, Bureau of Statistics Punjab, 1999.
43.5.3 Health Facilities
582.
There are 01 district headquarter hospital, 04 tehsil headquarter hospitals, 10 rural health centers,
101 basic health units, 34 sub health centers, 10 civil dispensaries, 03 T.B dispensaries/Clinics, 47
Rural Dispensaries, 07 M.C H. Centers.Thereis Rural Health Centre adjacent to girls school at 200M
from DGS.
43.5.4 Cultural Heritage and Community Structure
583.
There are no official heritage sites or historic, religious or archeologically important sites located in
the Subproject works areas. There is no major historic or archaeological feature of note but there a few
places of worship a mosque in the DGS within about 500m of the works.
584.
The major tribes inhabited in the area are Syeds (Mashadi,Kirmani,Bukhari) Qureshi,
(Abbasi,Saddiqi,FarooqiAlvi) Chishtis, Ar-Rais or Arains, Rajputs, Bhattis, Punwars, Muhammadan
Labanas, Chuhans, Kharals, Lunan, Ber and Wisul, Wattoos, Chhinas, Pathan, Chotias, Butts, Dhuddi,
Tihars, Kambohs, Bukharis, Baluch, Hotis, Khokhar and Jat.
Page 16 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
44.
SCREENING POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES
44.1
Project Location
44.1.1 Impact Assessment and Mitigation
585.
This Tranche 2 subproject will involve the conversion of 66kVDGS into 132 kV transmission Line
Bahawalnagar- Chistian is under construction just along the boundary wall of the grid station with the
funding of World Bank. Noor Sar Grid station will be tapped by this Bahawalnagar- Chistian 132 kV
transmission line from tower no. 104. See Figure 1.1 which presents the line rout. Conversion of 66kV
DGS into 132kV implying an expansion of both outside and within the existing boundaries of Noor Sar
grid station (DGS will be constructed on land previously owned by MEPCO. There are no sensitive
receivers close to the DGS which could be possibly affected by certain activities of the SP works. The
TXL will not cross roads, highway, and canal and could not require the removal of trees but there is no
other sensitive receiver on its routs, which could be affected by the works.
586.
The location and scale of the works are very important in predicting the environmental impacts.
This process of impact prediction is the core of the EIA process and it is critical that the
recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to with reference to the
conditions on the ground in the affected areas (Figure 1.2 show TXL route) in the spirit of the
environmental assessments process. In this section the potential environmental impacts are reviewed.
Where impacts are significant enough to exceed accepted environmental standards, mitigation is
proposed in order to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes
of the project being implemented. Therefore, it is essential that a proper analysis is carried out during
the project planning period. In this regard, the impact prediction plays a vital role as these predictions
are used for developing mitigation measures and any alternative options, if appropriate. When the
detailed designs are completed the impacts and mitigation measures will need to be further reviewed
to take account of how the contracts are set up and in the light of any fine tuning of the Subproject
proposals.
587.
The environmental management plan (Section 5 and EMP matrix Attachment 2) has been
reviewed based on the EMP and shall be reviewed in due course at project inception and through
construction in order to feed back any significant unpredicted impacts. It is based on the analysis of
impacts, primarily to document key environmental issues likely to arise from Subproject project
implementation, to prescribe mitigation measures to be integrated in the project design, to design
monitoring and evaluation schedules to be implemented during Subproject project construction and
operation, and to estimate costs required for implementing Subproject mitigation measures. The EMP
plan must be reviewed in the Subproject inception by the project management and approved before
any construction activity is initiated, to take account of any subsequent changes and fine tuning of the
proposals.
44.1.2 General Approach to Mitigation
588.
Based on experience on some projects contractors have put emphasis on the financial
compensation for nuisances. This may be acceptable for some social impacts where evacuation is
necessary or where houses have been accidentally damaged, however it is not best international
practice to accept payment for environmental impacts. An approach whereby the subproject contractor
pays money for nuisances rather than control impacts at source will not be acceptable. This practice
should not be allowed and financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for environmental
impacts or environmental nuisance.
589.
During the preparation for the Subproject construction phase the future contractors must be
notified and prepared to co-operate with the executing agency, project management, supervising
consultants and local population in the mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be
primed through bidding stages and the contract documentation to implement the EMP in full and be
ready to engage trained environmental management staff to audit the effectiveness and review
mitigation measures as the project proceeds. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited
as part of the loan conditions and the executing agency (MEPCO) must be prepared for this. In this
regard the MEPCO must fulfill the requirements of the law and guidance prepared by FEPA on the
environmental aspects of power projects and the recommendations already made for Subproject in
this EIA and under Pakistan’s PEP Act law.
Page 17 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
590.
The location of the residences, mosques, schools, hospitals and civic, cultural and other heritage
sites has been reviewed in Section 3. Residences or schools are not close enough [at100m] to the
subproject on which there could not be some potential impacts in the construction stage from
disturbance and significant noise and dust. This is because the TXL is very short (only142m), and the
alignment is with in DGS boundary and has no human settlements and structures .as the development
of the colony is under progress.
591.
Work on the tower sites could cause some generation of air borne dust, but any nuisance from this
is likely to be very localized and temporary. Other project activities, e.g. movement of heavy vehicles
on unpaved tracks during the works, could generate considerable dust. Water is available in the study
area, although surplus water may not always be available to suppress dust at vulnerable locations in
the dry season. Therefore as a general approach it is recommended that where works are within 15m
of any residential sensitive receivers, the contractor should install segregation between the works and
the edge of the sensitive receivers. The segregation should be easily erectable 2.5m high tarpaulin
sheet and designed to retain dust and provide a temporary visual barrier to the works. Where dust is
the major consideration the barrier can take the form of tarpaulins strung between two poles mounted
on a concrete base. These can be moved along from tower base to tower base as the work proceeds.
592.
Noise from the construction of the towers should not be a major consideration unless very close to
schools or hospitals where construction should be avoided at sensitive times. In addition to the
physical effect of mitigating dust and noise with barriers installation of such measures should be
discussed with the local population and serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the
implementation stage to assist in public relations.
44.1.3 Cultural Heritage, Mosques, Religious Sites, and Social Infrastructure
593.
The location of mosques and other cultural and other heritage SR sites has been reviewed in
Section 3. There are no mosques or other religious sites close to the DGS site. The new line will also
not affect or disturb any such site. (Attachment 8).
594.
The nearest clinic / hospital is more than 50m from the edge of the Subproject or TXL route, but
the nearest school is at 100m from the DGS in front of the Subproject, and the nearest houses at
about100mm from the DGS. The TXL will not cross some road. Apart from these features, there will be
sufficient buffer distance between the works and any other SRs, so that no significant impacts should
be expected. Public consultation should be undertaken at the implementation stage to ensure
nuisances are not allowed to escalate for the SRs close to the DGS sites.
44.2
Potential Environmental Impacts in construction
44.2.1 Encroachment, Landscape and Physical Disfiguration
595.
The extent of the proposed power expansion is moderate and should not extend beyond the
power corridor (RoW) created by the subproject. No significant landscape impacts are expected from
conversion of 66kV Noor Sar DGS into 132kV.
44.2.2 Cut and fill and waste disposal
596.
Disposal of surplus materials must also be negotiated through local authority approvals prior to the
commencement of construction. The Subproject work should not involve any significant cutting and
filling but minor excavations (down to 4m) and piling may be required to create the foundations for the
new transformers and for some towers (if required). It is envisaged (depending on the mode of
contract) that the surface under the towers will need to be scrabbled to remove unstable materials, or
to stockpile topsoil.
597.
Mitigation measures must focus on the minimization of impacts. In order to allow the proper
functioning of the settlement sites (access to villages) during construction it is recommended that
consideration be given to erect temporary hoardings immediately adjacent to the nearest houses and
shops if they are within 15m of the power distribution line tower construction.
Page 18 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
598.
If surplus materials arise from the removal of the existing surfaces from specific areas, these
should be used elsewhere on the subproject before additional soil, rock, gravel or sand is brought in.
The use of immediately available material will generally minimize the need for additional rock based
materials extraction from outside.
599.
The subproject detailed designers have so far estimated that no substantial additional materials
will be required subject to confirmation at the detailed design stage.
600.
At this stage no areas require removal of woodland. However if specimen trees of religious
plantations are affected the owners should be given the resources and opportunity to reinstate the
woodland long term and a plantation compensation plan should be drawn up to replant the
woodland/trees. In the event that the land is not suitable for plantation then other areas should be
identified to replace the cut trees and sufficient areas should be identified to allow plantation of trees at
a rate of say 3:1. The replacement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate among the newly planted
trees in the dry environment or otherwise as based on advice from the forest authority.
601.
Contractual clauses should be included to require each contractor to produce a materials
management plan (one month before construction commences) to identify all sources of cement and
aggregates and to balance cut and fill. The plan should clearly state the methods to be employed prior
to and during the extraction of materials and all the mitigation measures to be employed to mitigate
nuisances to local residents. Financial compensation shall not be allowed as mitigation for
environmental impacts or environmental nuisance. Mitigation measures shall seek to control the
impacts at source in the first place. The engineer shall be responsible to update the subproject cut and
fill estimates and create Materials Master Plan to facilitate materials exchange between the different
contract areas along the power line and sub-contractors on the power line and to provide an overall
balance for materials and minimize impacts on local resources.
44.2.3 Trees, Ecology and Protected Areas
602.
There are no Reserved or Protected Forests or trees near the DGS site or TXL alignment. 132 kV
transmission Line Bahawalnagar- Chistian is under construction just along the boundary wall of the
grid station with the funding of World Bank. Noor Sar Grid station will be tapped by this BahawalnagarChistian 132 kV transmission line from tower no. 104. See Figure 1.1 which presents the line route. by
MEPCO (April 2009) will not affect any tree .In case removal all the trees on private or forest land
during the works, written permission should be sought.
603.
If for some unforeseen reason or change of alignment, any trees with religious significance or
other trees need to be removed, written permission should be obtained from the forest authority and
the owner after written justification by MEPCO. Trees shall be planted to replace the lost trees with
three trees planted to replace every cut tree (3:1) or more as agreed with the authority.
604.
A requirement shall be inserted in the contracts that no trees are to be cut on the Noor Sar DGS
and TXL site or outside, without the written permission from the supervising consultant who may
permit the removal of trees if unavoidable on safety / technical / engineering grounds after written
justification by MEPCO and to the satisfaction of the forest authority and the owner.
44.2.4 Hydrology, Sedimentation, Soil Erosion
605.
The drainage streams en-route of the subproject should not be impeded by the works. The scale
of the works does not warrant hydrological monitoring.
44.2.5 Air Pollution from earthworks and transport
606.
The material (cement, sand and aggregate) requirement of a typical 132 kV substation (about 150
cu m) and a 132 kV transmission tower (4.8 cu m, or 40 bags of cement per tower) are not large. In
transmission line construction sand and aggregate are delivered directly to the tower location from the
quarry / source, there is no intermediate or bulk storage of these materials .Similarly construction
materials for the substation are stored within the substation site are scheduled as per the work
progress (which is staggered as the buildings which require bulk of the construction materials are built
in phases over 6 to 12 months period ) , which means that at any given point in time the amount of
construction material stored is not significant .The quantities of construction material required for a
Page 19 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
typical substation or transmission tower are not so larger that they potentially represent a traffic
hazard , these requirements are time dispersed in case of substations and time and space dispersed
in case of transmission lines . The contractor will be , however, required to provide a traffic
management plan before commencement of work at site .Field observations indicate that ambient air
quality is generally acceptable and that emissions from traffic and other powered mechanical
equipment in the area are rapidly dispersed. There will be a few items of powered mechanical
equipment to be used in the construction of the distribution line works that may give rise gaseous
emissions. However these should be well dissipated. The major sources of complaint will likely be any
necessary earthworks and local soil compaction.
607.
Earthworks will contribute to increasing dust, and the foundation earthworks for the transformers
and the line poles will generate dust and the following mitigation measures are needed:
608.
Dust suppression facilities (water sprayers / hosepipe) shall be available where earth and cement
works are required.
609.
Areas of construction (especially where the works are within 50m of the SRs) shall be maintained
damp by watering the construction area.
610.
Construction materials (sand, gravel, and rocks) and spoil materials will be transported trucks
covered with tarpaulins.
611.
Storage piles will be at least 30m downwind of the nearest human settlements.
612.
All vehicles (e.g., trucks, equipment, and other vehicles that support construction works) shall be
well maintained and not emit dark, smoky or other emissions in excess of the limits described in the
NEQS.
613.
The need for large stockpiles should be minimized by careful planning of the supply of materials
from controlled sources. Stockpiles should not be located within 50m of schools, hospitals or other
public amenities such as wells and pumps and should be covered with tarpaulins when not in use and
at the end of the working day to enclose dust.
44.2.6 Noise, Vibration and Blasting
614.
It is anticipated that powered mechanical equipment and some local labor with hand tool methods
will be used to construct the subproject works. No blasting is anticipated. Powered mechanical
equipment can generate significant noise and vibration. The cumulative effects from several machines
can be significant. To minimize such impacts, the contractor for subproject should be requested by the
construction supervision consultants (engineer) to provide evidence and certification that all equipment
to be used for construction is fitted with the necessary air pollution and noise dampening devices to
meet EPA requirements.
615.
A criterion of 70dB (A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has been used for assessment in previous
EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS as far from SRs as possible to
prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
616.
Noise from construction of the power distribution lines and improvements to substations is not
covered under any regulations however in order to keep in line with best international practice it is
recommended that no construction should be allowed during nighttime (9 PM to 6 AM) and
70dB(A)Leq should be the criterion at other times during the day measured at the boundaries of land
from which construction noise is emitted. A criterion of 70dB (A)Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has
been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. Any noisy equipment should be located within DGS
or as far from SRs as possible to prevent nuisances to dwellings and other structures from operation.
617.
Vibration from construction of piles to support pads may be required for some tower construction
and may be a significant impact but this should be short duration. Where vibration could be come a
major consideration (within say 100m of schools, religious premises, hospitals or residences) a
building condition survey should take place prior to construction. The physical effect of piling should be
assessed prior to construction and measures should be discussed with the local population as well as
timing of the works to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and
Page 20 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
to assist in public relations. At nearby schools, the contractor shall discuss with the school principals
the agreed time for operating these machines and completely avoid machine use near schools during
examination times, if such a need arises.
44.2.7 Sanitation, Solid Waste Disposal, Communicable Diseases
618.
The main issues of concern are uncontrolled or unmanaged disposal of solid and liquid wastes
into watercourses and natural drains, improper disposal of storm water and black water and open
defecation by construction workers.
619.
In order to maintain proper sanitation around construction sites, access to the nearby DGS
lavatories should be allowed provision of temporary toilets should be made. Construction worker
camps will not be necessary, based on the scale of the works needed. If for some unforeseen reason
a larger workforce is needed any construction camp should not be located in settlement areas or near
sensitive water resources and portable lavatories or at least pit latrines should be provided.
620.
Wherever water is allowed to accumulate, in temporary drainage facilities, due to improper storm
water management, or improper disposal of wastewater generated from the site, it can offer a breeding
site for mosquitoes and other insects. Vectors such as mosquitoes may be encountered if open water
is allowed to accumulate at the Noor Sar site. Temporary and permanent drainage facilities should
therefore be designed to facilitate the rapid removal of surface water from all areas and prevent the
accumulation of surface water ponds.
44.3
Potential Environmental Impacts in operation
44.3.1 Air pollution and noise from the enhanced operations
621.
The subproject works will extend the power distribution lines but no houses, mosques or schools
will be close to the new TXL in the operational phase. Nevertheless some houses, a school, a hospital
and a hostel are close to the DGS. The DGS will be constructed at already functioning Petrol pump in
the locality on G.T road, and the extended level of operation of the facility is not likely to cause any
appreciable increase in the noise level already generated by the existing equipment. However, it is
recommended that an acoustical check be made on the detailed design to determine of any noise
barriers are required. There should be no source of atmospheric pollution from the subproject. In the
operational phase any nearby industrial facilities with fuel powered mechanical equipment will be the
main polluters. All such emissions will be very well dissipated in the open terrain and there will be no
cumulative effect from the subproject.
622.
Noise impacts from the operation of the DGS equipment should be reviewed at the detailed design
stage. There are/not national noise standards in Pakistan for power distribution noise emissions that
would apply in the operational stages. A criterion of 70Db (A) Leq (exterior, boundary of DGS) has
been used for assessment in previous EIA studies. It is recommended that a check be made on the
likely acoustical performance based on makers specifications of the installed equipment at the
detained design stage
44.3.2 Pollution from oily run-off, fuel spills and dangerous goods
623.
No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are expected to
arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such as
transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated areas away from surface water
resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be disposed at a site agreed with
the local authority. No significant impacts from oily residues such as transformer oil and lubricants are
expected to arise in this subproject. However control measures will be needed for oily residues such
as transformer oil and lubricants in the case of accidental or unexpected release. Transformer oil is
supplied in drums from an imported source and tap tanks are topped up as necessary on site. There
are facilities in some subproject DGS maintenance yards for recycling (dehydrating) oil from breakers.
Page 21 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
However the areas upon which these recycling facilities are located have no dedicated drainage which
can capture run-off. Oily residues and fuel and any contaminated soil residues should be captured at
source by installing bunds (Appendix 6) and refueling and maintenance should take place in dedicated
areas away from surface water resources. Contaminated residues and waste oily residues should be
disposed at a site agreed with the local authority . DISCOs are served by the Technical Services
Group (TSG) , TSG prepare a detailed routine maintenance schedule for each piece of hardware .TSG
also supervise and monitors the implementation of this schedule by Grid System Operation (GSO)
.Transformer oil has a long life (typically over 15 years, which depends upon the level of load the
transformer serves ) .Oil spills are very rare and are preempted by routine maintenance .TSG and
GSO have a written down procedure to deal with oil spills .
624.
The DISCO procedures for handling PCB need to be strengthened the maintenance of
transformers need to be based on the manufactures instructions. There need to be performance
evaluation procedure prescribed and followed for each power transformer. In working areas where
PCBs are handled, it is necessary to monitor the levels of chlorinated solvents. In case of emergencies
the first step is to attempt to control the spread of the liquid, this is especially relevant during
transportation. In case of spills emergency measures need to be taken by personal specially trained
and wearing protective clothes. Oil absorptive materials are a useful tool and needs to be spread over
the spill. All equipment and surfaces exposed to the spill need to be washed with solvent. The best
international procedures and guidelines need be followed; one such guideline is the UNEP PCB
transformers and capacitors – Form Management to Reclassification and disposal, May 2002. This
however, is not relevant as this EIA is related to the development and construction if a new substation
and PEPCO/DISCOs have already banned the use of any equipment that uses PCB.
625.
MEPCO already prohibits use of PCBs in new power transformers, there is however need to
prepare an inventory of any PCB carrying equipment in the system and all such equipment be
replaced. The maintenance instructions prepared by the Technical Services Group needs to be
reviewed and revised to add PCB based equipment maintenance and a procedure for handling any
PCB spills. The Kot Lakhpat and Shalimar workshops already follow. Such procedures, however,
these need to be reviewed and upgraded in light of best international practice. This would include
provision of special clothing availability of oil absorptive solvents, availability of steel containers.
Training to staff on oil spills and special care during transportation of equipment using PCB’s. TSG
ensure that the maintenance schedule of each piece of hardware is adhered to . DISCOs have also
established a safety unit, which among other tasks , investigates all accidents .Frequency of accidents,
on average is about 1 per DISCO per year (based on last 4 years record), about 60 % of these are
non-fatal .Most accidents occur due to staff and supervision negligence .Detailed report of each
accident is prepared .
44.4
Enhancement
626.
Environmental enhancements are not a major consideration within the Noor Sar subproject site.
However it is noted that it is common practice at many such sites to create some local hard and soft
landscaping and successful planting of fruit trees and shrubs has been accomplished in many sites.
This practice should be encouraged as far as practicable. Other opportunities for enhancements can
be assessed prior to construction and proposed enhancements should be discussed with the local
population to serve as a vehicle for further public consultation at the implementation stage and to
assist in public relations. Trees removed for construction purposes should be replaced as
compensation in line with best practice at ratio of three replaced for one removed however additional
trees should be planted as enhancements where there is space in the DGS and along the TXL.
Page 22 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
45.
INSTITUTIONAL REQUIREMENTS & ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
627.
In this section, the mitigation measures that are required for the Noor Sar subproject Tranche 2
subproject, to reduce residual impact to acceptable levels and achieve the expected outcomes of the
project, are discussed. The Environmental Management Plan is based on the type, extent and duration
of the identified environmental impacts for the Noor Sar subproject Tranche 2 subproject. The EMP
has been prepared following best practice and by reference to the ADB Environmental Assessment
Guidelines 2003.
628.
It is important that the recommendations and mitigation measures are carried out according to the
spirit of the environmental assessment process and in line with the guidelines. The EMP matrix is
presented as Attachment 4. The impact prediction (Section 4) has played a vital role in reconfirming
typical mitigation measures and in identifying any different approaches based on the feasibility and
detailed design assumptions and any alternatives available at this stage.
629.
Prior to implementation and construction of the subprojects the EMP shall be amended and
reviewed by the MEPCO in due course after detailed designs are complete. Such a review shall be
based on reconfirmation and additional information on the assumptions made at this feasibility stage
on positioning, alignment, location scale and expected operating conditions of the subprojects. For
example, in this case if there are any additional transmission lines or extension of the substation
boundaries to be included, the designs may be amended and then the performance and evaluation
schedules to be implemented during project construction and operation can be updated and costs
estimates can be revised. The EIA and EMP should than be revised on a subproject by subproject
basis.
630.
The EIA and EMP plan must be reviewed by the project management and approved by the PEPA
before any construction activity is initiated. This is also an ADB requirement in order to take account of
any sub-sequent changes and fine tuning of the proposals. It is recommended that, before the works
contract is worked out in detail and before pre-qualification of contractors, a full extent of the
environmental requirements of the project (EIA/EIA and EMP) are included in the bidding documents.
Professional experience indicates that past environmental performance of contractors and their
awareness of environmentally responsible procurement should also be used as indicator criteria for
the prequalification of contractors.
631.
In order to facilitate the implementation of the EMP, during the preparation for the construction
phase the MEPCO must prepare the future contractors to co-operate with all stakeholders in the
mitigation of impacts. Furthermore the contractor must be primed through the contract documentation
and ready to implement all the mitigation measures. MEPCO will need to engage at least one trained
environmental management staff and the staff should audit the effectiveness and review mitigation
measures as the subprojects are rolled out. The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as
part of the mid term review of loan conditions and the executing agency must prepare for this at the
inception stage.
632.
The details of EMP given in the Attachment 2 are for the Noor Sar subproject. The EMP matrix will
have much in common for many other future (Tranche 2) substation and line projects that have a
similar scale of works and types of location but will be different for more complicated substation and
line projects that involve impacts to land outside the existing substations and for lines traversing more
sensitive land. In all cases separate dedicated EIAs must be prepared.
633.
The impacts have been classified into those relevant to the design/preparation stage, construction
stage and operation and maintenance stage. The matrix provides details of the mitigation measures
recommended for each of the identified impacts, time span of the implementation of mitigation
measures, an analysis of the associated costs and the responsibility of the institution. The institutional
responsibility has been specified for the purpose of the implementation and the supervision. The
matrix is supplemented with a monitoring plan (Attachment-3) for the performance indicators. An
estimation of the associated costs for the monitoring is given with the plan. The EMP has been
prepared following best practice and the ADB environmental assessment guidelines 2003.
Page 23 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
634.
Prior to implementation of the subproject the MEPCO needs to comply with several environmental
requirements, such as submitting and EIA/EIA to PEPA and obtaining PEPA clearance (“No Objection
Certificate” compiling acceptable EMP and Clearance Certificate) under PEPAct (guidelines and
regulations 2000) and any other permissions required from other authorities. MEPCO will also need to
confirm that contractors and their suppliers have complied with all statutory requirements and have
appropriate and valid licenses and permits for all powered mechanical equipment and to operate in
line with local authority conditions.
635.
The EMP (Attachment 4) was prepared taking into account the limited capacity of MEPCO to
conduct environmental assessments of the subprojects. MEPCO has appointed 01 environmental
manager and 01 social impact manager with support staff. MEPCO ESU is fully functional. However,
an environmental manager will be required. It is envisaged that experience in this field should
therefore develop in the near future. However it is also strongly recommended that for subprojects in
future Tranches that the MEPCO be prepared to engage more support where necessary (e.g. senior
environmental specialist with at least 3 years experience in environmental management one years site
experience in environmental monitoring and auditing) to guide the subsequent formal assessment and
submission process under the PEPAct and monitor compliance with the EMP. As of August 2007, the
MEPCO has demonstrated only limited commitment to developing in-house environmental and social
capability.
636.
The appointed environmental manager has to have a good level of awareness and will be
responsible for addressing environmental concerns for subprojects potentially involving hundreds
kilometers of distribution lines and DGS. Whereas some of their work may in future be delegated to
consultants they will need more training and resources if they are effectively provide quality control
and oversight for the EMP implementation. They will require robust support from senior management
staff members and the management consultant if they are to address all environmental concerns for
the subprojects effectively. Specific areas for immediate attention are in EMP auditing, environmentally
responsible procurement, air, water and noise pollution management and ecological impact mitigation.
It is recommended that an environmental specialist consultant with 10 years experience be made
available to all the DISCOS to cover these aspects full time for at least the first six months of the
PDEMFF project and that on a call off basis with local support those services are retained for the life of
the PDEMFF loan. The newly appointed graduate environmental manager can then shadow the
environmental specialist to improve awareness and hopefully provide independent quality control and
oversight for the EMP implementation for the first 12 months.
637.
In order to achieve good compliance with environmental assessment principles the graduate
environmental manager for the project implementation team must be actively involved prior to the
outset of the implementation design stage to ensure compliance with the statutory obligations under
the PEP Act. It is also recommended that MEPCO Board allow direct reporting to Board level from the
in-house Environmental and Social Unit (ESU). If the ESU requires resources for larger subprojects
then environmental specialist consultants could be appointed through the project implementation unit
to address all environmental aspects in the detailed design. It is recommended that the project
management unit (PMU) should liaise directly with the ESU to address all environmental aspects in the
detailed design and contracting stages. The graduate environmental manager will cover the
implementation of environmental mitigation measures in the project packages.
638.
Overall implementation of the EMP will become MEPCO’s responsibility. MEPCO and other
parties to be involved in implementing the EMP are as follows:
639.
Contractors: responsible for carrying out the contractual obligations, implementing all EMP
measures required to mitigate environmental impacts during construction;
640.
The MEPCO Board of Directors will be responsible to ensure that sufficient timely resources are
allocated to process the environmental assessments and to monitor implementation of all construction
and operational mitigation measures required to mitigate environmental impacts, and
641.
Other government agencies such as the regional PEPA and state pollution authorities, Department
of Forests, Department of Wildlife Services, who will be responsible for monitoring the implementation
of environmental conditions and compliance with statutory requirements in their respective areas and
local land use groups at the local levels.
Page 24 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
642.
Considering that other government agencies that need to be involved in implementing the EMP,
training or harmonization workshops should be conducted for all ESUs in all DISCOS every six months
or twice each year, for the first 2 years (and annually thereafter) to share the monitoring report on the
implementation of the EMP in each DISCO and to share lessons learned in the implementation and to
achieve a consistent approach decide on remedial actions, if unexpected environmental impacts
occur.
643.
The monitoring plan (Attachment-3) was designed based on the project cycle. During the
preconstruction period, the monitoring activities will focus on (i) checking the contractor’s bidding
documents, particularly to ensure that all necessary environmental requirements have been included;
and (ii) checking that the contract documents’ references to environmental mitigation measures
requirements have been incorporated as part of contractor’s assignment and making sure that any
advance works are carried out in good time. Where detailed design is required (e.g. for power
distribution lines and avoidance of other resources) the inclusion and checking of designs must be
carried out. During the construction period, the monitoring activities will focus on ensuring that
environmental mitigation measures are implemented, and some performance indicators will be
monitored to record the Subprojects environmental performance and to guide any remedial action to
address unexpected impacts.
644.
Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on recording environmental performance
and proposing remedial actions to address unexpected impacts. The potential to use local community
groups contacts for monitoring should be explored as part of the activities in setting up the
Environmental and Social Unit which should have regular meetings with the NGOs as a matter of good
practice and to discuss matters of mutual concern.
645.
At this stage, due to the modest scale of the new power distribution projects and by generally
keeping to non-sensitive and non-critical areas the construction and operational impacts will be
manageable. No insurmountable impacts are predicted providing that the EMP is implemented to its
full extent and required in the contract documents. However experience suggests that some
contractors may not be familiar with this approach or may be reluctant to carry out some measures. In
order that the contractors are fully aware of the implications of the EMP and to ensure compliance, it is
recommended that environmental measures be coasted separately in the tender documentation and
that payment milestones are linked to environmental performance, vis a vis the carrying out of the
EMP.
646.
The effective implementation of the EMP will be audited as part of the loan conditions and the
executing agency must be prepared for this. In this regard the MEPCO (the IA) must be prepared to
guide the design engineers and contractors on the environmental aspects.
Page 25 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
46.
46.1
PUBLIC CONSULTATION AND INFORMATION DISCLOSURE
Approach to Public Consultation
647.
The public consultation (PC) process with various stakeholders has been approached so as to
involve public and other stakeholders from the earliest stages. Public consultation has taken place
during the planning and design and viewpoints of the stakeholders have been taken into account and
their concerns and suggestions for possible improvements have been included where appropriate.
Much of the PC process to date has revolved around concerns for the mitigation of construction
impacts and the possible side effects from the proximity of high voltage power lines and the DGS and
its equipment.
648.
There is also a requirement for ongoing consultation for land acquisition and resettlement (LARP)
and the completion of the Resettlement Plan (RP) is documented separately. It is expected that this
process will continue through all stages of the subproject in order to accommodate stakeholders'
aspirations and to orient the stakeholders positively towards the project implementation and where
possible to harness cooperation over access issues in order to facilitate timely completion.
46.2
Public Consultation Process
649.
The public consultation process has commenced in the initial feasibility stages (prior to
construction) in order to disclose the project information to the stakeholders and record feedback
regarding the proposed project and preferences. The stakeholders involved in the process were the
population likely to be impacted along the route of the proposed power lines; the village leaders and
school teachers.
650.
Prior to the implementation of the consultation, feedback, etc. has been carried out to support
this EIA and recorded. The focus of attention has been the population near the proposed TXL that may
be affected by the Subproject expansion. The level of engagement varied from the stakeholder to
stakeholder with some registering no major comment but it is noted that none registered any outright
opposition to subproject.
651.
The disclosure of the enhancement project in advance and subsequent consultation with stake
holders has advantages in the environmental assessment and mitigation of impacts. Public
consultation can also provide a conduit for the improvement of the project implementation to better
serve the stakeholders.
652.
The environmental assessment process under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act only
requires the disclosure to the public after the statutory EIA / EIA has been accepted by the relevant
EPA to be in strict adherence to the rules. In this EIA the consultation process was performed to
satisfy the ADB requirements. The locations of consultation and people consulted are listed in the full
table of public consultation presented in Attachment 4.
46.3
Results of Public Consultation
653.
The consultations identified some potential environmental and social impacts and perceptions of
the affected communities. The public consultation resulted in 12 responses in April 2009 (Attachment4). The community generally supports the construction of the DGS. The local poor people
predominantly requested for unskilled and semi skilled jobs on priority basis with the contractors during
implementation of the project. Women requested that safety precaution should be taken during
construction.aNo land acquisition and resettlement is involved in this subproject. Grid Staff requested
to change the name of grid station. from Noor Sar to Madrassa as Noor Sar is located at 8 km from
DGS which is located in Madrssa Post man usually deliver their letters in NoorSar.
654.
On the basis of the consultations so far, it appears that the project will have no insurmountable
environmental and social impacts but MEPCO will have to make sure that compensation and
assistance amounts are assessed justly and that skilled and unskilled employment should be
preferentially given to the AP as far as is reasonably practicable.
Page 26 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
47.
47.1
CONCLUSIONS
Findings and Recommendations
655.
This study was carried out at the planning stage of the project. Primary and secondary data were
used to assess the environmental impacts. The potential environmental impacts were assessed in a
comprehensive manner. The report has provided a picture of all potential environmental impacts
associated with the Project, and recommended suitable mitigation measures. This study recommends
that some further follow up studies are undertaken during project processing in order to meet the ADB
requirements.
656.
There are some further considerations for the planning stages such as obtaining clearance for the
project under the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act (1997) but environmental impacts from the
power enhancements will mostly take place during the construction stage. There are also some noise
impacts and waste management issues for the operational stage that must be addressed in the
detailed design and through environmentally responsible procurement. At the detailed design stage
the number of and exact locations for transmission tower enhancements may change subject to
detailed surveys but the impacts are likely to be broadly similar at most locations and impacts have
been reviewed in the environmental impact section of this EIA report.
657.
There are a number of key actions required in the detailed design phase. Prior to construction the
MEPCO must receive clearance certification from the PEPA and MEPCO must complete an EMP that
will be accepted by the PEPA and agreed by the contractor prior to signing the contract. The
information provided in this report can form the basis of any further submission to PEPA as required in
future.
658.
No land acquisition, compensation and resettlement is involved. However, some trees will be
compensated to the concerned parties, if needed. However, provisions may be made in LARP, based
on the proposed alignments these should not be difficult tasks and can be conducted as the detailed
designs are worked out and to dovetail with the existing system and minimize adverse impacts and
maximize benefits. A social impact assessment and resettlement action plan (LARP) has been
completed in tandem with this EIA for the whole subproject. The study has:
(xvii)
(xviii)
(xix)
(xx)
Examined and assess the overall social and poverty profile of the project area on the basis of
the primary and secondary data sources and preparation of a socio-economic profile of the
project districts.
Prepared a social and poverty analysis, taking into account socio-economic and poverty status
of the project area of influence, including the nature, extent and determinants of poverty in the
project area including assessment. In addition, estimation of the likely socioeconomic and
poverty reduction impacts of the project should be included.
Held consultations with relevant officials from the government and other relevant officials,
including consultation with affected communities to assess responses to the project and
ascertain the nature and scope of local participation in project planning and implementation.
Identified, analyzed and, where appropriate, quantified the potential resettlement impacts
(minimal) of the proposed Project on the area and the population.
659.
Baseline monitoring activities should be carried out during project detailed design stage to
establish the baseline of parameters for checking during the construction stage. The monitoring
schedule (Attachment-3) recommends monitoring on two occasions at the site location. The results
should be integrated with the contract documentation to establish performance action thresholds,
pollution limits and contingency plans for the contractor’s performance.
660.
During the commissioning phase noise monitoring should ensure that statutory requirements have
been achieved. Monitoring activities during project operation will focus on periodic recording
environmental performance and proposing remedial actions to address any unexpected impacts.
47.2
Summary and Conclusions
661.
The conversion of 66kV Noor Sar DGS into 132kV is a feasible and sustainable option from the
power transmission, engineering, environmental, and socioeconomic points of view. Implementation of
the EMP is required and the environmental impacts associated with the subproject need to be properly
Page 27 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
mitigated, and the existing institutional arrangements are available. Additional human and financial
resources will be required by MEPCO to complete the designs and incorporate the recommendations
effectively and efficiently in the contract documents, linked to payment milestones. The proposed
mitigation and management plans are practicable but require additional resources.
662.
This EIA, including the EMP, should be used as a basis for an environmental compliance program
and be included as an Attachment to the contract. The EMP shall be reviewed at the detailed design
stage. In addition, any subsequent conditions issued by PEPA as part of the environmental clearance
should also be included in the environmental compliance program. Therefore, continued monitoring of
the implementation of mitigation measures, the implementation of the environmental conditions for
work and environmental clearance, and monitoring of the environmental impact related to the
operation of the subproject should be properly carried out and reported at least twice per year as part
of the project performance report.
Page 28 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Page 29 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-2
Environmental Management Plan – Matrix July 2008
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
o ensure that the
dverse impacts due
the
property
cquisition
and
settlement
are
itigated according to
e LARP.
1. Social preparation completed (June 2008) . LARP etc in place
IN CASE UNFORSEEN ADDITIONAL LAND IS REQUIRED
2. Acquisition of lands completed to minimize the uncertainty of
people.
3. Completed implementation of LARP and LARCs to provide
compensation and assistance to the APs.
4. MEPCO to select a site that will not affect any public in property
or house such that no additional land is required..
5. All the payments / entitlements are paid according to the
Entitlement Matrix, prepared according to the LARP.
6. All the impacts identified by the EIA are incorporated in to the
project as well as the LARP and relevant entitlements included into
the Entitlement Matrix.
Before
the
construction of the
GSS and all the
included structures,
the APs to be given
sufficient time with
compensation
money
and
to
resettle
satisfactorily.
Affected Families will be
compensated by MEPCO
through the concerned
District
Revenue
Department and Land
Acquisition Collectors.
MEP
ESU
o
minimize
ydrological
and
ainage
impacts
uring constructions.
1. Hydrological flow in areas where it is sensitive, such as water
courses or bridges and culverts.
2. Design of adequate major and minor culverts facilities will be
completed
If lines or substation are
relocated
near
water
courses,
culverts
or
bridges in the design
stage reports
MEP
ESU
Desig
Cons
nsure
cumulative
oise impacts are
cceptable
in
onstruction
and
perational phase.
1. Conduct detailed acoustic assessment for all residential, school,
(other sensitive structures) within 50m of DGS and line.
2. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
construction activities should be mitigated, monitored and
controlled.
3. If noise at sensitive receiver exceeds the permissible limit, the
design to include acoustic mitigation (noise barrier or relocation of
noisy equipment) and monitoring.
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEP
ESU
desig
consu
nsure
adequate
sposal options for all
aste
including
ansformer
oil,
sidually contaminated
ils, scrap metal.
1. Create waste management policy and plan to identify sufficient locations
for, storage and reuse of transformers and recycling of breaker oils and
disposal of transformer oil, residually contaminated soils and scrap metal
“cradle to grave”.
2. Include in contracts for unit rates for re-measurement for disposal.
3. Designate disposal sites in the contract and cost unit disposal rates
accordingly.
1.Prior to detailed
design stage no later
than pre-qualification
or tender negotiations
2. Include in contract.
MEPCO ESU. Locations
approved by EPA and
MEPCO and local waste
disposal authorities.
MEPC
and E
the
consu
clude mitigation in
eliminary designs for
osion
control
and
mporary drainage.
1. Identify locations where drainage or irrigation crossing RoW may be
affected by works.
2. Include protection works in contract as a payment milestone(s).
During
designing
stage no later than
pre-qualification
or
tender negotiations.
Locations based on drainage
or irrigation crossing RoW
near DGS.
MEPC
and
consu
Noise sensitive locations
identified
in
the
EIA/EIA/EMP
or
as
required / approved by
PEPA.
MEP
ESU
desig
consu
1. Locations of each
construction activity to be
listed
by
the
CSC
engineer.
2. Special locations are
identified on the site by
the contractor to minimize
disturbances.
3. A list of locations of
1.Con
supe
by CS
active
supe
and e
Before
the
commencement of
construction
activities/during
design stage
1. During detailed
design stage. No
later
than
prequalification
or
tender negotiations.
2. Include acoustic
specification in the
contract.
13.
13.
nsure requirements
nd
commendations of
nvironmental
ssessment
are
cluded
in
the
ontracts.
Include EMP Matrix in tender documentation and make
contractors responsible to implement mitigation measures by
reference to EIA/EIA in contract.
14.
Include preparation of EMP review and method statement
WM plan, TD and EC Plan in contract as a payment
milestone(s).
15.
Require environmental accident checklist and a list of
controlled chemicals / substances to be included in the
contractor’s
work
method
statement
and
tender
documentation.
o ensure the proper
mplementation of any
quirements
entioned in EPA
onditions of approval
tter in relation to
ydrology
of
the
oject.
1. Consideration of weather conditions when particular construction
activities are undertaken.
2. Limitations on excavation depths in use of recharge areas for
material exploitation or spoil disposal.
3. Use of landscaping as an integrated component of construction
activity as an erosion control measure.
4. Minimizing the removal of vegetative cover as much as possible
and providing for it s restoration where construction sites have
been cleared of such areas.
During
tender
preparation.
14.
No
later
than
prequalification or
tender
negotiations
15.
In bidding
documents as
evaluation
criteria.
Res
M
Prepare a thorough
drainage
management plan
plan
to
be
approved by CSC
one month prior to
a commencement
of construction
Page 1 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
o ensure that the
SC contractor and
orkers understand
nd have the capacity
ensure the
nvironmental
quirements
and
mplementation
of
itigation measures.
o prevent adverse
ater quality impacts
ue to negligence
nd
ensure
navoidable impacts
e
managed
fectively.
Ensure
dverse impacts on
ater quality caused
y
construction
ctivities
are
inimized.
o minimize dust
fectively and avoid
omplaints due to the
rborne
particulate
atter released to the
mosphere.
o minimize ground
brations
during
onstruction.
Mitigation Measures recommended
1. MEPCO ESU environmental specialist to monitor and progress
all environmental statutory and recommended obligations.
2 Conduct special briefing for managers and / or on-site training for
the contractors and workers on the environmental requirement of
the project. Record attendance and achievement test for
contractors site agents.
3. Agreement on critical areas to be considered and necessary
mitigation measures, among all parties who are involved in project
activities.
4. Continuous progress review and refresher sessions to be
followed.
Compile temporary drainage management plan one month before
commencement of works.
1. Proper installation of temporary drainage and erosion control
before works within 50m of water bodies.
2. Proper maintenance and management construction of TD and
EC measures, including training of operators and other workers to
avoid pollution of water bodies by the considerate operation of
construction machinery and equipment.
3. Storage of lubricants, fuels and other hydrocarbons in selfcontained dedicated enclosures >50m away from water bodies.
4. Proper disposal of solid waste from construction activities.
5. Cover the construction material and spoil stockpiles with a
suitable material to reduce material loss and sedimentation and
avoid stockpiling near to water bodies.
6. Topsoil stripped material shall not be stored where natural
drainage will be disrupted.
7. Borrow sites (if required) should not be close to sources of
drinking water.
CONTROL ALL DUSTY MATERIALS AT SOURCE.
1. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations.(Relevant
regulations are in the Motor vehicles fitness rules and Highway
Act).
2. Stockpiled soil and sand shall be slightly wetted before loading,
particularly in windy conditions.
3. Fuel-efficient and well-maintained haulage trucks shall be
employed to minimize exhaust emissions.
4. Vehicles transporting soil, sand and other construction materials
shall be covered. Limitations to speeds of such vehicles necessary.
Transport through densely populated area should be avoided.
5. To plan to minimize the dust within the vicinity of orchards and
fruit farms.
6. Spraying of bare areas with water.
7. Concrete plants. to be controlled in line with statutory
requirements should not be close to sensitive receptors.
1. Review requirements for piling and use of powered mechanical
equipment within 100m of SRs.
2. Review conditions of buildings and conduct public consultation
with SRs to establish less sensitive time for works involving piling
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Proper
timetable
prepared
in
consideration with
the
climatic
conditions of the
area, the different
construction
activities mentioned
here to be guided.
Induction course for
all site agents and
above including all
relevant
MEPCO
staff / new project
staff
before
commencement of
work.
irrigation channels / drains
to be compiled and
included in the contract.
At early stages of
construction for all
construction
employees as far
as
reasonably
practicable.
All staff members in all
categories.
Monthly
induction and six month
refresher
course
as
necessary until contractor
complies.
Res
M
MEP
ESU,
Contr
and t
and
detai
1.Con
(MEP
ESU
to en
1 month prior to
construction.
During
construction.
all
1 month prior to
construction.
1. 50m from water bodies
2. Relevant locations to be
determined in the detailed
project design.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
Page 2 of 28
2. Co
has t
water
and r
MEP
3.
supe
imple
on ac
Contr
shou
main
accep
stand
CSC
supe
activi
Contr
shou
main
accep
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
o minimize noise
creases
during
onstruction.
revent
adverse
ater quality impacts
ue to negligence
nd
ensure
navoidable impacts
e
managed
fectively.
o
minimize
soil
osion due to the
onstruction activities
towers, stringing of
onductors
and
eation of access
acks for project
ehicles.
o
minimize
sruption
and
ontamination of the
urroundings,
inimize and or avoid
dverse
environental
impacts
ising
out
of
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
and schedule works accordingly.
3. Non-percussive piling methods to be used wherever practicable.
4. Percussive piling shall be conducted in daylight hours.
5. Hammer- type percussive pile driving operations shall not be
allowed at night time.
1. Review requirements for use of powered mechanical equipment
within 100m of SRs.
2. Conduct public consultation with SRs to establish less sensitive
time for works and schedule works accordingly.
3. All heavy equipment and machinery shall be fitted in full
compliance with the national and local regulations and with
effective silencing apparatus to minimize noise.
4. Heavy equipment shall be operated only in daylight hours.
5. Construction equipment, which generates excessive noise, shall
be enclosed or fitted with effective silencing apparatus to minimize
noise.
7. Well-maintained haulage trucks will be used with speed controls.
8. Contractor shall take adequate measures to minimize noise
nuisance in the vicinity of construction sites by way of adopting
available acoustic methods.
SCHEDULE WORKS IN SENSITIVE AREAS (e.g. NEAR RIVERS)
FOR DRY SEASON
1. In the short-term, temporary drainage and erosion control plan to
be presented with tender. Temporary drainage and erosion control
plan one month before commencement of works to protect all
areas susceptible to erosion. (Permanent drainage works shall be
in the final design).
2. Installation of TD and EC before works construction within 50m
of water bodies.
3. Clearing of green surface cover to be minimized during site
preparation.
5. Meaningful water quality monitoring up and downstream at any
tower site during construction within a river or stream bed. Rapid
reporting and feedback to CSC.
5. Back-fill should be compacted properly in accordance with
MEPCO design standards and graded to original contours where
possible.
6. Cut areas should be treated against flow acceleration while filled
areas should be carefully designed to avoid improper drainage.
7. Stockpiles should not be formed within such distances behind
excavated or natural slopes that would reduce the stability of the
slopes or cause slippage.
8. Measures shall be taken to prevent ponds of surface water and
scouring of slopes. Newly eroded channels shall be backfilled and
restored to natural contours.
9. Contractor should arrange to monitor and adjust working and
adopt suitable measures to minimize soil erosion during the
construction period. Contractor’s TD and EC plan should be
endorsed and monitored byt CSC after consulting with concerned.
authorities.
10. Replanting trees to be done before the site is vacated and
handed back to MEPCO with appropriate trees (other vegetation
cover as appropriate) to ensure interception of rainwater and the
deceleration of surface run-off.
(consider also for future trances if civil works)
1. Use only EPA licensed sites for raw materials in order to
minimize adverse environmental impacts.
2. Measures to be taken in line with any EPA license conditions,
recommendations and approval to be applied to the subproject
activities using the licensed source including:
(xxv) Conditions that apply for selecting sites for material
exploitation.
Locations to
implement MM
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
1.Construction sites within
100m
of
sensitive
receivers.
1 month prior to
construction.
1 month prior to
construction
because the area
can be subject to
unseasonal heavy
rain Plan before
and
during
construction
(cut
and
fill,
land
reclamation
etc.)
while considering
the
climatic
conditions.
month
prior
to
starting of works.
Update monthly.
2. A list of locations to be
included in contract and
other
sensitive
areas
identified by the CSC
along the ROW during
works.
Res
M
stand
CSC
supe
relev
activi
Contr
shou
main
accep
stand
CSC
supe
relev
activi
1. Locations based on
history
of
flooding
problems indicated by
local authorities .
2. A list of sensitive areas
during construction to be
prepared by the detail
design
consultant
in
consideration with the cut
and fill, land reclamation,
borrow areas etc.
Contr
and C
3. Locations of all rivers,
streams,
culverts,
irrigation channels, roads
and highways.
1. List of borrow areas to
be prepared with tender
stage contractors method
statement and updated
one
month prior to
construction.
2.List
of
routes
of
transport of construction
Page 3 of 28
Contr
and
agree
of rep
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
onstruction material
xploitation, handling,
ansportation
and
orage
by using
ources that comply
th EPA license
onditions
(xxvi) Conditions that apply to timing and use of roads for
material transport.
(xxvii) Conditions that apply for maintenance of vehicles used in
material transport or construction.
(xxviii) Conditions that apply for selection of sites for material
storage.
(xxix) Conditions that apply for aggregate production.
(xxx) Conditions that apply for handling hazardous or
dangerous materials such as oil, lubricants and toxic
chemicals.
1. Waste management plan to be submitted to the CSC and
approved by MEPCO ESU one month prior to starting of works.
WMP shall estimate the amounts and types of construction waste
to be generated by the project.
2. Investigating whether the waste can be reused in the project or
by other interested parties without any residual environmental
impact.
3 Identifying potential safe disposal sites close to the project, or
those designated sites in the contract.
4 Investigating the environmental conditions of the disposal sites
and recommendation of most suitable and safest sites.
5. Piling up of loose material should be done in segregated areas
to arrest washing out of soil. Debris shall not be left where it may
be carried by water to down stream flood plains, dams, lagoons or
other water bodies.
6. Used oil and lubricants shall be recovered and reused or
removed from the site in full compliance with the national and local
regulations.
7. Oily wastes must not be burned. Disposal location to be agreed
with local authorities/EPA.
8. Waste breaker insulating oil to be recycled, reconditioned, or
reused at DISCO’s facility.
9. Machinery should be properly maintained to minimize oil spill
during the construction.
10. Machinery should be maintained in a dedicated area over drip
trays to avoid soil contamination from residual oil spill during
maintenance.
11 Solid waste should be disposed at an approved solid waste
facility and not by open burning which is illegal and contrary to
good environmental practice.
1. Identify location of work camps in consultation with local
authorities. The location shall be subject to approval by the
MEPCO. If possible, camps shall not be located near settlements
or near drinking water supply intakes.
2. Cutting of trees shall not b permitted and removal of vegetation
shall be minimized.
3. Water and sanitary facilities (at least pit latrines) shall be
provided for employees. Worker camp and latrine sites to be
backfilled and marked upon vacation of the sites.
4. Solid waste and sewage shall be managed according to the
national and local regulations. As a rule, solid waste must not be
dumped, buried or burned at or near the project site, but shall be
disposed of to the nearest sanitary landfill or site having complied
with the necessary permits of local authority permission.
5. The Contractor shall organize and maintain a waste separation,
collection and transport system.
6. The Contractor shall document that all liquid and solid
hazardous and non-hazardous waste are separated, collected and
disposed of according to the given requirements and regulations.
7. At the conclusion of the project, all debris and waste shall be
removed. All temporary structures, including office buildings,
shelters and toilets shall be removed.
8 Exposed areas shall be planted with suitable vegetation.
9.MEPCO and Construction Supervising Consultant shall inspect
inimize the impacts
om the disposal of
onstruction waste.
o ensure that the
peration of work
amps
does
not
dversely affect the
urrounding
nvironment
and
sidents in the area.
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Res
M
material is to be prepared
for the contract and
agreed one month prior to
construction.
3. Map of locations of
storage is prepared by the
contractor.
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
1.Dumping:
A list of temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement
One month prior to
starting of works.
Update monthly
A
list
of
temporary
stockpiling areas and
more permanent dumping
areas to be prepared at
the contract stage for
agreement (in W M Plan)
UPDATE Once a
month
Location Map is prepared
by the Contractor.
Page 4 of 28
1.Con
2-11.
and
ESU
supe
and
action
ensu
contr
comp
relev
activi
accor
EIA /
EMP
requi
& NE
Contr
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
o avoid negative
mpacts
due
to
moving
of
ndmark,
sentinel
nd specimen trees
s well as green
egetation
and
urface cover.
o ensure safety of
orkers
Mitigation Measures recommended
and report that the camp has been vacated and restored to preproject conditions.
41. Tree location and condition survey to be completed one month
before tender.
42. The route for the distribution line should be selected so as to
prevent the loss or damage to any orchard trees or other trees.
Use of higher towers to be preferred to avoid trees cutting.
43. Clearing of green surface vegetation cover for construction,
borrow of soil for development, cutting trees and other important
vegetation during construction should be minimized by careful
alignment. Written technical Justification for tree felling included in
tree survey.
44. At completion all debris and waste shall be removed and not
burned.
45. The contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to
damage any vegetation such as trees or bushes outside
immediate work areas. Trees shall not be cut for fuel or works
timber.
46. Land holders will be paid compensation for their standing trees
in accordance with prevailing market rates (LARP). The land
holders will be allowed to salvage the wood of the affected trees.
47. The contractor will plant three (3) suitable new trees outside
the 30 meter corridor of the transmission line in lieu of one (1) tree
removed.
48. Landscaping and road verges to be re-installed on completion.
49. Compensatory planting of trees/shrubs/ornamental plants (at a
rate of 3:1) in line with best international practice.
50. After work completion all temporary structures, including office
buildings, shelters and toilets shall be removed.
9. Providing induction safety training for all staff adequate
warning signs in health and safety matters, and require the
workers to use the provided safety equipment.
10. Providing workers with skull guard or hard hat and hard toe
shoes.
inimize disturbance
vehicular traffic and
9.
Submit temporary haul and access routes plan one month
edestrians
during
prior to start of works.
aulage
of
10.
Routes in vicinity of schools and hospitals to be avoided.
onstruction materials
nd equipment.
13.
Potential for spread of vector borne and communicable
diseases from labour camps shall be avoided (worker awareness
o ensure minimum
orientation and appropriate sanitation should be maintained).
mpacts
from
14.
Complaints of the people on construction nuisance /
onstruction
labour
damage close to ROW to be considered and responded to
rce.
on
public
promptly.
ealth.
15.
Contractor should make alternative arrangements to avoid
local community impacts.
o
ensure
that Capacity building activities were taken by Environmental Officer in
EPCO officials are Tranche 1. Environmental Management Unit (EMU) was setup with
ained to understand in MEPCO under Director Operations in Tranche 1. Development
nd to appreciate of strengthening plan for the EMU should be taken up with
MP
resources.
inimize air quality
mpacts
inimize
noise
mpacts
inimize
improper
aste disposal
aintain survival of
No significant Impacts Tranche 1.Monitor designs and plans for all
future tranches.
No significant Impacts Tranche 1. Acoustic designs checking and
plan for all future tranches.
Continue waste management arrangements in operational phase
of all subprojects and MEPCO activities.
Employ landscaping contractor to monitor, water and feed
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
Res
M
Route design and
site identification (1
& 2) during design
stage and other
matters
during
construction
of
relevant activities
Tree
survey
to
be
completed one month
before tender at relevant
Locations with a Map to
be compiled prior to
tender by the design
consultant / MEPCO ESU
during detailed design and
CSC
to
update
as
necessary.
Desig
consu
Contr
and C
Prior
to
commencement
and
during
construction
Location to be identified
by
the
CSC
with
contractor.
Contr
and C
Prior
to
throughout
construction.
The
most
important
locations to be identified
and listed. Relevant plans
of the Contractor on traffic
arrangements to be made
available.
Contr
and C
Complaints
of
public to be solved
as soon as possible
All
subprojects
tranches
Contr
and t
Initiate
preconstruction and
continue
beyond
project completion.
Awareness training for all
management and senior
staff in MEPCO at senior
engineer and above in
PMU and related units.
and
the
Operational phase
Operational phase
Operational phase
Operational phase
all subprojects
tranches
all subprojects
tranches
all subprojects
tranches
all subprojects
all
MEP
ESU
in future
MEP
in future
MEP
in future
MEP
in future
MEP
Page 5 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Objectives
Mitigation Measures recommended
Timing to
implement MM
Locations to
implement MM
ees planted
replacement saplings and replace dead specimens as necessary.
tranches
void landslips and
Operational phase
No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and
all subprojects in future
ss of productive
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
nd
inimize
water No significant Impacts in Tranche 1. Review designs checking and Operational phase
all subprojects in future
uality impacts
plan for all future tranches.
tranches
onitor impacts from
Operational phase
aintaining
tree
all subprojects in future
Track growth of large trees under the conductors.
earance
under
tranches
ansmission lines
nsure
no
Operational phase
ncroachments
/
Necessary signboards with limits of height clearances to be placed
onstruction
under
all subprojects in future
all along the line.
e transmission line.
tranches
Identify and prevent any illegal encroachments under the DXLs..
o
violation
of
earance spaces.
LARP = Land acquisition and resettlement plan. AP = Affected Persons. LAC = Local Authority Council. TD = Temporary drainage.
EC = Erosion control. WM = waste management.
CSC = Construction supervision consultant or equivalent. TXL = Transmission line. GSS = Grid substation NEQS =
National Environmental Quality Standards
Page 6 of 28
Res
M
MEP
MEP
MEP
MEP
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
ATTACHMENT-4
SUMMARY OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION
66Kv Noor Sar Grid Station
Sr.
No.
Participant Name
Participant
Profession
Address
Date
Issues Raised/Concerns
expressed/ Suggestions &
Requests
Propo
Measu
Man Group: Madrisa
161.
Qazi Imran
Land Owner
Madrisa
April 2009
162.
Muhammad Khalid
Land Owner
Madrisa
April 2009
163.
Waqar Hussain
Shopkeeper
Madrisa
April 2009
164.
Ahmad Hussan
Teacher
Madrisa
April 2009
165.
Ghulam Muhammad
Shopkeeper
Madrisa
April 2009
166.
Ali Hussan
Student
Madrisa
April 2009
167.
Mukhtar Ahmad
I have already compensated by
MEPCO.
I have already compensated by
MEPCO.
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary at
any
stage
houses
and
structures should be avoided
No Comments
Design of the line should not
be changed, but if necessary at
any
stage
houses
and
structures should be avoided
Load shedding in the summer
is disturbing our study; he
hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
-
Constructi
work sho
completed
Constructi
work sho
completed
Skilled
unskilled
should
preferred
the area
Labour
Madrisa
April 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
Housewife
Madrisa
April 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
during project works
Safety pre
should be
during wor
Skilled
unskilled
should
preferred
the area
Women Group: Madrisa
168.
Ghulam Ruqaia
169.
Balqees Bibi
Housewife
Madrisa
April 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
170.
Naheed
Housewife
Madrisa
April 2009
Safety pre cautions to be taken
during project works
Safety pre
should be
during wor
April 2009
Local skilled and unskilled
labor should be used wherever
possible
Skilled
unskilled
should
preferred
the area
April 2009
Load shedding in the summer
is disturbing our study; she
hoped the new DGS will
improve the situation.
-
171.
172.
Sajida
Kanza
LHV
Student
Madrisa
Madrisa
Page 7 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Attachment 6 : Photographs
Picture 1: Incoming 66 kV Transmission line at Noorsar Grid station
Picture 2: Open space at Noorsar grid station yard
Page 8 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 3: Existing Transformer at Noorsar 66 kV grid station
Page 9 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 4: Existing 11 kV feeders at Noorsar Grid station
Page 10 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 5: Foundation of under construction 132 kV Chistian Bahawlnagar TXL (Connecting point)
Page 11 of 28
Power Distribution Enhancement Multitranche Financing Facility
– Tranche 2- Conversion of 66kV Noor Sar Grid Station to 132 kV
Environmental Impact Assessment
Picture 6: Available open space out side the yard
Page 12 of 28